Spaceborn Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration
Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and their Radiometric Calibration. Terms and Definitions.
Part 1. Calibration Techniques
Alexander V. Prokhorov Raju U. Datla Vitaly P. Zakharenkov Victor Privalsky Thomas W. Humpherys
Victor I. Sapritsky
Editors:
Albert C. Parr Lev K. Issaev
QC NIST too National Institute of Standards and Technology *U,SL Technology Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce * 7*03
*oo 5
NISTIR 7203
Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and their Radiometric Calibration. Terms and Definitions.
Part 1. Calibration Techniques
Alexander V. Prokhorov Raju U. Datla Vitaly P. Zakharenkov Victor Privalsky Thomas W. Humpherys
Victor I. Sapritsky
Editors:
Albert C. Parr Lev K. Issaev
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology Technology Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce
NISTIR 7203 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and their Radiometric Calibration. Terms and Definitions
Part 1. Calibration Techniques
Alexander V. Prokhorov Raju U. Datla NIST Vitaly P. Zakharenkov
Vavilov State Optical Insitute, S. -Petersburg, Russia Victor Privalsky Thomas W. Humpherys Space Dynamics Laboratory/Utah State University, Logan, UT
Victor I. Sapritsky All-Russian Research Institute for Optical and Physical Measurements, Moscow, Russia
Editors: Albert C. Parr NIST Lev K. Issaev Russian Institute ofMetrological Seiwice, Moscow, Russia
March 2005
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Carlos M. Gutierrez, Secretary TECHNOLOGY ADMINISTRATION Phillip J. Bond, Under Secretaiy of Commercefor Technology' NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY Hratch G. Semerjian, Acting Director
0imHHKMICKTPOHHbl8 flaT4MKM KOCMMMeCKOlO I83MIMBMNI M MX paAMOMeTPHiecKafl KanuGpoBKa
TepMHHbi h onpe^ejieHHH HacTb 1. MeTO/jbi Kajm6poBKH
AjieKcaimp IlpoxopoB, Pa^y /JaTJia, HaijHOHajibHbiH HHCTHTyT CTaH^apTOB h TexHOJiorHH, reHTec6epr, niTaT MepHnenr, CUJA
BMTajiHH 3axapeHKOB, rocy^apcTBeHHbm ohthhcckhh HHCTHTyT hm. C. H. BaBHJiOBa, CaHKT-rieTep6ypr, PoccHHCKaa OeziepaHHJi
Bhktop IIpHBajibCKHH, ToMac XaM^pH3, JIa6opaTopiui KocMHHecKOH ziHHaMHKH yHHBepcHTeTa niTaia K)Ta, JIoraH, K)Ta, CLLIA
Bhktop CanpHUKHH, BcepOCCHHCKHH HayHHO-HCCJiejJOBaTeJIbCKHH HHCTHTyT 0nTHKO(j)H3HHeCKHX H3MepeHHH, MocKBa, PoccHHCKan OeziepaHHfl
Pe^aKTopti:
Ajib6epT Ilapp, HaiiHOHajiBHbm HHCTHTyT CTaH^apTOB h TexHOJiorHH, reHTec6epr, niTaT MepHJieHzi, CLLIA
JleB HcaeB, BcepOCCHHCKHH HHCTHTyT MCTpOJlOTHH, MocKBa, PoCCHHCKafl (})e,nepaHHfl
reirrecOepr, M3pHJieH^, 2005
2
Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES
Contents
Authors’ preface 13 IfpeziHCJiOBHe aBTopoB 16
1. Basic concepts - OcHOBHtie nojio>KeHHfl 19 1.1. Electromagnetic radiation - OneKipoMarHitTHoe H3JiyneHHe 19 1.1.1. Amplitude - AMnjiHTy/ta 19 1.1.2. Frequency - ^acTOTa 19 1.1.3. Wavelength - JfjiHHa bojihbi 20 1.1.4. Wavenumber - BonHOBoe hhcjio 20 1.1.5. Optical radiation - OnTimecKoe H3nyHeHHe 21 1.1.6. Radiometry - PamiOMeTpim 21 1.1.7. Visible radiation - Bn^HMoe H3JiyneHHe 21 1.1.8. Infrared radiation - HH(j)paKpacHoe H3JiyneHne 22 1.1.9. Ultraviolet radiation - YnLTpa^noneTOBoe H3JiyHeHHe 23 1.1.10. Monochromatic radiation - MoHoxpOMaTnuecKoe H3JiyneHHe.. 23 1.1.11. Spectrum - Cneiap 24 1.1.12. Spectral line - CneiapajibHafl jihhha 24 1.1.13. Point source - TonenHEin hctohhhk 25 1.1.14. Isotropic point source - TUotpohhbih tohchheih hctohhhk 25 1.2. Optical remote sensing - OnTHnecKoe ztHCTaHHHOHHoe 30H^HpoBaHHe 25 1.2.1. Active system - AKTHBHas CHCTeMa 26 1.2.2. Passive system - IlaccHBHas CHCTeMa 26 1.2.3. Pointing - HaBe^emie 26 1.2.4. Sounding - BoH^npoBaHHe 27 1.2.5. Oblique sensing - HaKJioHHoe 30HjiHpoBaHHe 27
1 .2.6. Surveying - 0630p 27 1.2.7. Monitoring - Mohhtophht 28
1 .2.8. Sensor - JfaTHHK 28 1.2.9. Sensor optical system - OnTHHecKaa CHCTeMa jiaTHHKa 29
1 .2. 1 0. Image - H3o6pa^eHne 29
1.2.1 1. Imaging - 06pa6oTKa H3o6pa>KeHHH 30 1.2.12. Imaging sensor - ,ZI,aTHHK H3o6pa>KeHHH 30 1.2.13. Stereoscopic imaging - nojiyneHHe CTepeoH3o6paHceHHH 30 1.2.14. Staring - CMOTpeHHe 31 1.2.15. Tracking - Cjie>KeHHe 31
1 .2. 1 6. Step-staring - TlomaroBoe cMOTpemie 31 1.2.17. Step-tracking - IIomaroBoe cne>KeHHe 32
1 .2. 1 8. Scanning - CKaHHpoBaHHe 32
1.2.19. Target - Ifejib 33 1.2.20. Signature - CnmaTypa 33
1 .2.2 1 . Platform - ILiaTiJiopMa 33 1.2.22. Zenith angle - 3eHHTHbiH yron 33
3 1
Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES
1.3.1.2.23. Nadir angle - HannpHbiH yron 34 1.2.24. Geostationary orbit - TeocTaHHOHapHan op6HTa 34 Radiometric calibrations for remote sensing - PannoMeTpHuecKHe Kaim6poBKn
Jilin TtHCTaHIIHOHHOrO 30HHHp0BaHHH .....34 1.3.1. Radiometric calibration - PanHOMeTpHuecKan Kajm6poBKa 34 1.3.2. Radiometric measurement system - PanHOMeTpHuecKan H3MepHTenbHaH CHCTeMa 35 1.3.3. Measurement equation - YpaBHeHHe H3MepeHHH 35 1.3.4. Calibration coefficients - KajindpoBOHHbie K03(jx})HHHeHTbi 36 1.3.5. Calibration equation - YpaBHemie Kajm6poBKH 36 1.3.6. Radiometric calibration system - PanHOMeTpHuecKan KajiH6pOBOHHan cncTeMa 36 1.3.7. Radiometric standard - PazmoMeTpHuecKim STanoH 37 1.3.8. Primary radiometric standard - IlepBHHHBiH panHOMeTpHuecKHH 3TajiOH..... 37 1.3.9. Secondary radiometric standard - Btophhhmh panHOMeTpHuecKHH 3TanoH. 38 1.3.10. Background radiation - OoHOBoe H3JiyueHHe 38 1.3.11. Low background conditions - HH3KoypoBHeBE>m (j)OH 38 1.3.12. Medium background conditions - CpenHeypOBHeBbiH $oh 39 1.3.13. Ground calibration - Ha3eMHan KanH6poBKa 39 1.3.14. Onboard calibration - EopTOBan KajiH6poBKa 39 1.3.15. Test site - TecTOBan 30Ha 40 1.3.16. Test target - TecTOBbin o6beKT 40 1.3.17. Calibration attitude maneuver - OpHeHTaimoHHbiH MaHeBp hjih KajiH6poBKii .....40 1.3.18. Vicarious calibration - SaMemaiomaH Kajm6pOBKa 41 1.3.19. Validation - npOBepKa 41 1.3.20. Verification - lloBepKa 41
1.3.21. Uniformity of measurements - Ehhhctbo H3MepeHHH 42 1.3.22. Traceability of measurements - npHBH3Ka k 3TanoHaM 42
2. Quantities, Symbols, and Units - BejiHHHHbi, CHMBOJibi h e^HHHitbi H3MepeHHH... 43 2.1. Geometrical quantities - TeoMeTpHuecKHe BejiHHHHbi 43 2.1.1. Solid angle - TenecHbiH yron .43 2.1.2. Projected area - ITnomanb npoeKHHH 44 2.1.3. Projected solid angle - npoeKHHH TenecHoro yrna 45 2.1.4. Geometric extent - TeoMeTpHuecKHH (})aKTOp 46 2.1.5. Optical extent - OnTHuecKHH (JiaKTop 47 2.2. Radiometric quantities - PannoMeTpHuecKHe BenHHHHbi 48 2.2.1. Radiant flux - noTOK H3JiyueHHfl 48 2.2.2. Photon flux - noTOK (|)otohob 48 2.2.3. Radiant energy - OHepran H3JiyueHHH 49 2.2.4. Number of photons - Hhcho (Jkdtohob 50 2.2.5. Radiant exposure - OHepreTHHecKan 3Kcno3HHHH 50 2.2.6. Photon exposure - OoTOHHan 3Kcno3HHHH 51 2.2.7. Radiant intensity - Cnna H3JiyueHHH 5
4 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES
2.2.8. Photon intensity - OoTOHHaa cnna H3JTyHemw 52 2.2.9. Radiance - DHepreTHuecKaji apKOCTb 52 2.2.10. Photon radiance - OoTOHHaa jipKOCTb 55
2.2. 1 1 . Irradiance - OdjiyueHHOCTb 55
2.3.2.2.12. Photon irradiance - OoTOHHaa o6jiyueHHOCTb 56 2.2.13. Radiant exitance - DHepreTHuecKaa cbcthmoctb 57 2.2.14. Photon exitance - OoTOHHaa cbcthmoctb 58 Spectral radiometric quantities - CneiapajitHtie pa/tHOMeTpnuecKHe BejiHHHHbi 59 2.3.1. Spectral radiant flux - CneKTpajibHafl nnoTHOCTb noTOKa H3JiyHeHim 59 2.3.2. Spectral photon flux - CneKTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb (jioTOHHoro noToxa 59
2.3.3. Spectral radiant energy - CnexTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb 3Hepnm H3JiyueHmj .... 60
2.3.4. Spectral number of photons - CnexTpajibHaji nnoraocTb micna (])otohob .... 61 2.3.5. Spectral radiant exposure - CnexTpajibHas nnoTHOCTb BHeprerauecxoH 3KCn03HUHH 61 2.3.6. Spectral photon exposure - CnexTpanbHaa nnoTHOCTb ^otohhoh 3xcno3Hmm .62 2.3.7. Spectral radiant intensity - CnexTpajibHafl nnoTHOCTb cnjibi H3JiyHeHHa 62 2.3.8. Spectral photon intensity - CnexTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb (Jiotohhoh chum H3JTyueHHH 63 2.3.9. Spectral radiance - CnexTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb sHepreTHuecxofi flpxocTM 64 2.3.10. Spectral photon radiance - CnexTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb cJiotohhoh flpxocTH. 64
2.3.1 1. Spectral irradiance - CnexTpanbHafl nnoTHOCTb odjiyueHHOCTH 65 2.3.12. Spectral photon irradiance - CnexTpajibHafl nnoTHOCTb (Jiotohhoh odjiyueHHOCTH 66 2.3.13. Spectral radiant exitance - CnexTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb SHepreTHuecxoii CBeTHMOCTH 66 2.3.14. Spectral photon exitance - CnexTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb (Jdotohhoh cbcthmocth 67 3. Optical phenomena - OnTHuecxne abjichha 68 3.1. Coherent radiation - KorepeHTHoe H3JiyHeHne 68 3.2. Interference - IdHTepijiepeHLUDi 68 3.3. Diffraction - ,ZfH(j)paxHHfl 68 3.4. Emission - Dmhcchji 69 3.4.1. Thermal radiation - TennoBoe H3JiyueHHe 69 3.4.2. Thermal radiator - TemioBOH H3JiyuaTejib 69 3.4.3. Perfect blackbody - A6cojuotho uepHoe Teno 70 3.4.4. Planck’s law - 3aKOH LLiaHxa 71 3.4.5. Stefan-Boltzmann law - 3aKOH Cre^aHa-EojibHMaHa 72 3.4.6. Lambert’s law - 3aKOH JlaM6epTa 72 3.4.7. Lambertian surface - JIaM6epTOBCKa;i noBepxHOCTb 73 3.4.8. Luminescence - JIiOMHHecneHUHJi 73 3.4.9. Stimulated emission - BbiHy>K£eHHoe H3JiyueHHe 74 3.4.10. Synchrotron radiation - CimxpoTpOHHoe H3JiyueHHe 74 3.5. Reflection - OTpa^ceHne 75
5 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES
3.5.1. Specular reflection - 3epKanbHoe OTpa^Kemie 75 3.5.2. Diffuse reflection - ,Hn(j)(j)y3Hoe OTpaaceHne.. 75 3.5.3. Mixed reflection - CMemaHHoe OTpaaceHne 76 3.5.4. Retroreflection - Bo3BpaTHoe OTpa^eHne 76 3.5.5. Perfectly diffuse reflection - PLteajibHO ^H(j)(j)y3Hoe OTpa^eHne 76 3.5.6. Total internal reflection - FIojiHoe BHyTpeHHee OTpa^ceHne 77 3.5.7. Interreflection - MHoroKparabie OTpa^ceHHH 77 3.6. Transmission - IIponycKaHHe 77 3.6.1. Regular transmission - HanpaBJieHHoe nponycKaHne 78
3.6.2. Diffuse transmission - flH(j)(])y3Hoe nponycKaHne 78 3.6.3. Mixed transmission - CMemaHHoe nponycKaHne 78
3.6.4. Perfectly diffuse transmission - PbteajibHO £H(j)(})y3Hoe nponycKaHne 78 3.7. Absorption - nornomeHne 79 3.7.1. Transparent medium - IIpo3paHHaji cpe/ta.... 79 3.7.2. Translucent medium - npocBennBaiomafl cpe^a 79 3.7.3. Opaque medium - HenpospauHafl cpezta 80 3.8. Scattering - Pacce^Hne 80 3.9. Refraction - npenoMjieHHe 80 3.10. Polarization - noji^pH3anna 81 3.10.1. Polarized radiation - nojDipH30BaHHoe H3JiyHeHne 81 3.10.2. Linearly polarized radiation - JlnHeimo non^pH30BaHHoe H3JiyneHHe 81 3.10.3. Circularly polarized radiation - PhnyneHne, nojmpH30BaHHoe no Kpyry.... 82 3.10.4. Elliptically polarized radiation - DjuranranecKH nojmpn30BaHHoe H3JiyneHHe 82 3.10.5. Unpolarized radiation - HenojwpH30BaHHoe H3JiyneHHe 83 3.10.6. Partially polarized radiation - HacranHO nojwpH30BaHHoe H3JiyneHne 83 3.10.7. Degree of polarization - CreneHb nojMpH3annn 83 3.11. Dispersion - /fncnepcna 84 3.12. Photoeffect - 0OTO3())(})eKT 84 4. Optical characteristics of surfaces and media - OnranecKne xapaKTepncraKH noBepxHOCTen n cpejx 85 4.1. Geometry of radiation transfer - TeoMeTpnji nepeHoca H3JiyHeHHJi 85 4.1.1. Incidence angle - Yron na^emw 85 4.1.2. Reflection angle - Ytoji OTpa^Kemw 85 4.1.3. Refraction angle - Yron npejiOMnemw 86 4.1.4. Angle factor - Ytjioboh K03(j)(})HimeHT 86
4.2. Characteristics of thermal emission - XapaKTepncraKH TennoBoro H3JiyHeHim .. 88 4.2.1. Spectral directional emissivity - CneKTpajibHaa HanpaBJieHHafl H3JiynaTejibHaji cnoco6HOCTb 88 4.2.2. Total directional emissivity - IdHTerpajibHaa HanpaBJieHHafl H3JiyHaTejibHa5i cnoco6HOCTb 89 4.2.3. Spectral normal emissivity - CneKTpanbHa^ HopManbHaa H3JiynaTejibHafl cnoco6HOCTb 89
6 1
Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES
4.2.4. Total normal emissivity - HHTerpajibHas HopManbHafl H3JiyHaTejibHaji cnoco6HOCTb 90 4.2.5. Spectral conical emissivity - CneKTpajibHa^ KOHHHecKaa H3JiyHaTenbHa5i cnoco6HOCTb 91 4.2.6. Total conical emissivity - HHTerpajibHaa KommecKafl H3JiynaTejibHaH cnoco6HOCTb 92 4.2.7. Spectral hemispherical emissivity - CneKTpajibHas nojiyc^epnuecKaji H3JiyHaTenbHaH cnocodHOCTb 93 4.2.8. Total hemispherical emissivity - HHTerpajibHaji nojiyc^epimecKaH H3nyHaTejibHa>i cnocodHOCTb 94 4.2.9. Selective radiator - CeneKTHBHbm H3JiyuaTejib 95 4.2.10. Non-selective radiator - HeceneKTHBHbiH mjiyuaTejib 95
4.2.1 1. Radiance temperature -RpicocTHafl TeMnepaTypa 95 4.2.12. Total radiance temperature - PazmaimoHHafl TeMnepaTypa 96 4.2.13. Distribution temperature - TeMnepaTypa pacnpe^enemw 96 4.3. Characteristics of reflection - XapaKTepncTHKH oipa^cemm 97 4.3.1. Reflectance - Ko3(})(]DHnHeHT OTpa>KeHHfl, 97 4.3.2. Specular reflectance - Ko3(})(})HHHeHT 3epKajibHoro OTpayKemm 98 4.3.3. Diffuse reflectance - Kx^tjumneHT ^n(j)(f)y3Horo OTpa^eHHJi 99 4.3.4. Bidirectional reflectance distribution function - Oymainfl pacnpe^enemw nByHanpaBJieHHoro K03(J)c[)HHHeHTa OTpanceHiHi 99 4.3.5. Bidirectional reflectance - ^ByHanpaBJieHHbin K03(jKj)HnneHT OTpa>KeHHJi. 100 4.3.6. Directional-conical reflectance - HanpaBJieHHo-KOHHuecKHH KoscJxjunjHeHT OTpa>KeHH^ 101 4.3.7. Biconical reflectance - JfByKOHHuecKHH K03(jD(j3HnneHT OTpa>KHeHHJi 102 4.3.8. Conical-directional reflectance - KoHHHecKo-HanpaBjieHHbin K03(})(j)nnHeHT OTpa^ceHiw 103 4.3.9. Directional-hemispherical reflectance - HanpaBJieHHO-nonyciJiepHHecKHH K03(j)(j)HnHeHT 0Tpa>KeHHJi 104 4.3.10. Hemispherical-directional reflectance - nojiycijiepHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiH K03(})(})HHHeHT OTpa>KeHH5I 104
4.3.1 1. Conical-hemispherical reflectance - KoHnnecKO-nonyc^epHnecKiih K03(j)(])HIIHeHT OTpa^eHns 105 4.3.12. Hemispherical-conical reflectance - nonyc^epHuecKO—KOHHuecKHH K03^3(J)HLIHeHT OTpaH
4.4.2. Regular transmittance - KoscjxjiHHHeHT HanpaBJieHHoro nponycKaHim 1 10
4.4.3. Diffuse transmittance - Kos^cjiHHHeHT £H(})(])y3Horo nponycKaHHfl 1 1
7 1
Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES
4.4.4. Bidirectional transmittance distribution function - OymonDi pacnpe^eneHHa
ZiByHanpaBJieHHoro K03(})(})HHHeHTa nponycKamm 1 1 4.4.5. Bidirectional transmittance - flByHanpaBJieHHBm Koacj^mmeHT nponycKamifl
' 112 4.4.6. Directional-conical transmittance - HanpaBJieHHO-KOHHHecKHH K03(})(j)HHHeHT nponycKaHna 113
4.4.7. Biconical transmittance - flByKOHHuecKHH K03(j)(j)HUHeHT nponycKamm ... 114 4.4.8. Conical-directional transmittance - KoHHuecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiH K03(f)(j)HitHeHT nponycKamni 114 4.4.9. Directional-hemispherical transmittance - HanpaBJieHHO-nojiyecjiepHHecKHH K03(})(})HnHeHT nponycKamm 115 4.4.10. Hemispherical-directional transmittance - nonycfjiepHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiH
K03(j)(]DHLiHeHT nponycKaHHfl 1 16 - 4.4. 1 1 . Conical-hemispherical transmittance KoHHHecKO-nojiycijiepHHecKHH K03(j)(})mmeHT nponycKaHHu 117 4.4.12. Hemispherical-conical transmittance - nojiycijiepHHecKO-KOHHHecKHH
K03(j)(j)HiiHeHT nponycKaHna 1 17 4.4.13. Bihemispherical transmittance - ^BynojiyctJiepHHecKHH K03(jx])HLiHeHT nponycKamw 118 4.5. Characteristics of absorption - XapaKTepHCTHKH nornomeHiia... 119 4.5.1. Absorptance - KostjMjmimeHT nornomeHiui 119
4.5.2. Directional absorptance - HanpaBJieHHtm K03(jxj)HHHeHT nornomeHUH 1 19 4.5.3. Conical absorptance - Kohhhcckhh K03(Jx|)HHHeHT nornomeHHfl 120 4.5.4. Hemispherical absorptance - nojiyc^epHuecKHH K03(j)(})HitHeHT noniomeHHfl 120 4.5.5. Spectral linear scattering coefficient - CneKTpajibHbiH HaTypanbHbiH noKa3aTejib paceeaHmi 121 4.5.6. Spectral linear absorption coefficient - CneKTpajibHbiH HaTypajibHbin noKa3aTejib noniomeHHfl 122 4.5.7. Spectral linear attenuation coefficient - CneKTpajibHbiH HaTypajibHbiH noKa3aTejib ocjia6jieHHii 123 4.5.8. Spectral mass attenuation coefficient - CneKTpajibHbin noica3aTejib ocjia6neHmi 124 4.6.4. Ha ejummiy Maecbi 4.5.9. Spectral optical thickness - CneKTpajibHau onTHuecKan TOJintHHa 124 4.6. Characteristics of refraction - XapaKTepHCTHKH npejiOMJieHHn 126 4.6.1 Refractive index - noKa3aTejib npejiOMJieHHn 126 4.6.2 Spectral absorption index - CneKTpajibHbiH rjiaBHbiii noKa3aTejib norjiomeHiw 126 4.6.3 Complex refractive index - KoMnneKCHbiii noKa3aTenb npejiOMJTemw 127 Brewster angle - Ytoji BpiocTepa 127 4.7. Characteristics of scattering - XapaKTepHCTHKH paccemmu 128 4.7.1 Scattering indieatrix - HmtHKaTpHca paceeflmw 128 4.7.2 Bidirectional scattering distribution function - OyHKitHu pacnpejtejieHHJi ZlByHanpaBjieHHoro paccenHHH 129
8 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES
5. Components of Radiometric Systems - KoMnoHeHTbi pa/tnoMeTpHnecKiix chctcm .130 5.1. Radiation Sources - Hctohhhkh H3JiyHeHiw 130 5.1.1. Blackbody - HepHoe Teno 130 5.1.2. Globar- Tjio6ap 130 5.1.3. Nemst’s glower - LLIth^t HepHCTa 131 5.1.4. Laser- Jla3ep 131 5.1.5. Light emitting diode - CBeT0H3nyHaK>mnn nno;t 131 5.1.6. Overfilling beam - UlnpOKnii nynoK 132 5.1.7. Underfilling beam - Y3khh nynoK 132 5.1.8. Extended-area source - npoTJDKeHHbin hctohhhk...... 132 5.2. Spectral Instruments - CneKTpajibHbie npndopbi 133 5.2.1. Filter - OnjibTp 133
5.2.2. Interference filter - MHTeptjiepeHiiHOHHbm (JtnnbTp.. 133 5.2.3. Longpass filter - .ZfmHHOBOJiHOBbiii nponycKaiomnii (jmnbTp 134 5.2.4. Shortpass filter - Kopotkobojihobbih nponycKaiomnn (JmjibTp 134 5.2.5. Bandpass filter - FIojiocoboh nponycKaiontHH (jmnbTp 134
5.2.6. Band reject filter - FIojiocoboh Bbipe3aiomHH (jjHJibTp 135 5.2.7. Blocking filter - EnoKHpyiomHH (jmjibip 135 5.2.8. Neutral density filter - HeifrpajibHbm (jmjibTp 135
5.2.9. Circular variable filter - KpyroBon nepeMeHHbiH cjiHJibTp 136 5.2.10. Monochromator - MoHOxpoMaTop 136 5.2.11. Filter monochromator - OnjibTpoBbm MoHOxpoMaTop 136 5.2.12. Prism monochromator - fIpH3MeHHbiH MoHOxpoMaTop 136 5.2.13. Diffraction monochromator - /],H(j)paKnHOHHbiH MoHOxpoMaTop 137 5.2.14. Michelson’s interferometer - HHTeptJiepOMeTp MamcejibcoHa 137 5.2.15. Fourier transform spectrometer - Oypbe-cneiopoMeTp 137 5.3. Optical Components - OnranecKHe KOMnoHeHTbi 138 5.3.1. Window - Okho 138 5.3.2. Mirror - 3epKano 138 5.3.3. Lens - JInH3a 139 5.3.4. Objective - OdteKTHB 139 5.3.5. Collimator - KojuiHMaTop 140 5.3.6. Beamsplitter - Jfejnrrejib nymca 140 5.3.7. Dichroid - IfBeTOnejiHTejib 141 5.3.8. Polarizer - nojiapn3aTop 141 5.4. Detectors of Optical Radiation - npneMHHKH onTnuecKoro H3nyueHHJi 142 5.4.1. Detector - flpneMHHK onTnuecKoro H3JiyHeHiw 142 5.4.2. Standard detector - DTajiOHHbin npneMHHK H3nyHeHim 142 5.4.3. Selective detector - CeneKTHBHbm npneMHHK H3JiyHemm..., 143 5.4.4. Non-selective detector - HecejieKTHBHbin npneMHHK H3JiyHeHH$i 143 5.4.5. Photoelectric detector - OoT03JieKTpoHHbih npneMHHK nsnynemiR 143 5.4.6. Photoemissive cell - 9 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.4.9. Photomultiplier - 5.4.10. Photovoltaic cell - BeHTHJibHbin 4)oto3jicmcht 146 5.4. 1 1 . Photodiode - Ootozihozi; 146 5.4.12. Avalanche photodiode - JlaBHHHbin (jjoToztnozt 146 5.4.13. Phototransistor - OoTOTpaH3HCTop ...147 5.4.14. Quantum detector - KBaHTOBbin npneMHHK H3nyueHHJi 147 5.4.15. Photon counter - Chcthhk (})otohob 148 5.4.16. Charge-coupled device - TlpH6op c 3ap5iztOBon CB5i3bio 148 5.4.17. Thermal detector of radiation - TernioBon npneMHHK H3nyHemw 148 5.4.18. Absolute thermal detector - A6cojik>thbih TernioBon npneMHHK H3JiyneHH5i 149 5.4.19. Radiation thermocouple - PaztnannoHHbin TepM03JieMeHT 149 5.4.20. Radiation thermopile - PaztnannoHHafl TepMo6aTapen.. 150 5.4.21. Bolometer - BonoMeTp 150 5.4.22. Pyroelectric detector - nnposjieKTpHHecKnn npneMHHK 150 5.4.23. Matrix detector - MaTpnHHbin npneMHHK 151 5.5. Radiometric Instrumentation for Remote Sensing - PaztnoMeTpnnecKafl annapaTypa zuia ztHCTaHnnoHHoro 30HztnpoBaHHfl 152 5.5.1. Radiometer - PaztnoMeTp 152 5.5.2. Spectroradiometer - CneKTpopaztnoMeTp 152 5.5.3. Filter radiometer- OnjibTpoBBih paztnoMeTp 152 5.5.4. Spectrophotometer - CneKTpo(j)OTOMeTp 153 5.5.5. Gonioradiometer - ToHnopaztnoMeTp 153 5.5.6. Reflectometer - Pe(})JieKTOMeTp 153 5.5.7. Optical scatterometer - OnTnnecKHH CKarrepOMeTp 153 5.5.8. Polarimeter - Iloji^pnMeTp 154 5.5.9. Imaging radiometer - H3o6pa>KaK)nznh paztnoMeTp 154 5.5.10. Focal plane array - OoKajitHa^ MaTpnna 154 5.5.1 1. Multispectral imaging radiometer - MyjibTncneKTpajiBHbih H3o6pancaK)mnh pazmoMeTp 155 5.5.12. Hyperspectral radiometer - rnnepcneKTpajibHbin paztnoMeTp 155 5.5.13. Thermal imager- TennoBH3op 155 5.5.14. Sounder - 3oHztnpyK)mnh npn6op 156 5.5.15. Tracking sensor - Cjiezwmnn ztaTHHK 156 5.5.16. Step-tracking sensor - FIomaroBO-cjieznmtHh ztaTHHK 156 5.5.17. Staring sensor - CMOTpsiunh ztaTHHK 156 5.5.18. Step-stare sensor - FlomaroBO-CMOTpainnh ztaTHHK 157 5.5.19. Scanning sensor - CKaHHpyfomnh zisthuk 157 5.5.20. Across-track scanning sensor - FlonepeHHO-CKaHnpyioiunh ztaTHHK 157 5.5.21. Along-track scanning sensor - npoztojibHO-CKaHnpyKDmnn ztaTHHK 158 5.6. Radiometric Accessories - PaztnoMeTpnnecKne npnHazuiencHocTn 159 5.6.1. Chopper - npepbiBaTejib 159 5.6.2. Shutter - 3aTBop 159 5.6.3. Modulator - Moztyjnrrop 159 10 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.6.4. Diffuser - PacceHBaTejib 160 5.6.5. Reference panel - DTanoHHan OTpa^aTenbHaR naHejib 160 5.6.6. Integrating sphere - PlHTerpHpyiomaji cijiepa 161 5.6.7. Attenuator - OcjiaOnTejit 161 5.6.8. Diaphragm - flnaiJiparMa 162 5.6.9. Aperture stop - AnepTypHan £Ha(])parMa 162 5.6.10. Field stop - FIoneBaji zmatjiparMa 162 5.6.11. Blend - BneHjta. 163 6. Characteristics of radiometric system components - XapaKTepHCTHKii KOMnoHeHTOB pazmoMeTpuuecKHX chctcm 164 6.1. Characteristics of optical systems - XapaKTepHCTHKH onTHuecKHx chctcm...... 164 6.1.1. Point spread function - OyHKmw paccejumn tohkh 164 6.1.2. Impulse function of optical system - FlMnyjibCHan c^ymcm'Di onrauecKOH CHCTeMLI 164 6.1.3. Spread circle - Kpy>KOK paccenHHn 165 6.1.4. Encircled energy - Koa^mmeHT KomxeHTpauHH SHepniH b xpyre 166 6.1.5. Ensquared energy - Ko3(j)(])HiiHeHT KOHueHTpauHH 3HeprHH b KBajtpaTHOH nnoma^Ke.... 166 6.1.6. Line spread function - Oymcmw paccenmni jihhhh 167 6.1.7. Optical transfer function - OnTHnecKan nepeflaTOHHan (})yHKHH5i 167 6.1.8. Modulation transfer function - MoxiyjBmHOHHan nepeztaTOHHaa (jiymonni. 168 6.1.9. Field-of-view - none 3peHHH 169 6.1.10. Field-of-regard - none o63opa 169 6.1.1 1. Instantaneous field-of-view - DneMeHTapHoe none 3pemni 170 6.1.12. Footprint - 3oHa HadmoaeHHn 170 6.1.13. Focal length - OoxycHoe paccTonHHe 170 6.1.14. Relative aperture - OTHocHTejibHoe OTBepcrae 171 6.1.15. Entrance pupil - BxonHOH 3pauoK 171 6.1.16. Exit pupil - BbixoztHon 3pauoK 172 6.2. Characteristics of spectral instruments - XapaKTepHCTHKH cneKTpanbHbix npn6opoB 1 72 6.2.1 . Spectral bandwidth - CneKTpanbHbiH HHTepBan 1 72 6.2.2. Instrument function - Annaparaan (JiyHKHHn 173 6.2.3. Bandpass - flonoca nponycKamw 174 6.2.4. Slope of transmission - KpyTH3Ha nponycKamw 174 6.2.5. Out-of-band leakage - BHenonocoBoe nponycKamie 175 6.3. Parameters and characteristics of radiometric devices - FlapaMeTpbi h xapaKTepncTHKH paxmoMeTpHuecKHx ycTpohcTB 176 6.3.1. Input - BxoziHan BejiHHHHa 176 6.3.2. Output - BbixoflHan BenHHHHa 176 6.3.3. Response matrix - MaTpnua otkjihkob 177 6.3.4. Electronic gain - Ko3(])cj)HHHeHT ycHJiemDi 177 6.3.5. Photocurrent - Oototok 178 6.3.6. Dark current - Tcmhoboh tok 178 11 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.7. Background signal - Oohobbih cnraaji 179 6.3.8. Responsivity - ByBCTBHTenbHOCTb 179 6.3.9. Relative responsivity - OTHOCHTejibHaa nyBCTBHTejibHOCTb 180 6.3.10. Spectral responsivity - CneiapajibHafl HyBCTBHTejibHocTb... 180 6.3.1 1. Relative spectral responsivity - OTHOCHTejibHaji cneKTpanbHaH HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb 181 6.3.12. Peak spectral responsivity - MaKcmviajibHafl cneKTpajibHaa HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb 181 6.3.13. Effective value of radiant quantity - 3(})(})eKTHBHoe 3HaneHHe OHepreTHnecKOH BejiHHHHbi 182 6.3.14. Response time - BpeMfl peaxitHH 183 6.3.15. Time constant - nocTommaa BpeMeHH 183 6.3.16. Rise time - BpeMH HapacTamni 184 6.3.17. Fall time - BpeMH cnajta... 184 6.3.18. Noise -LLJyM 185 6.3.19. Signal-to-noise ratio - OTHomemie cnraaji/myM 185 6.3.20. Noise equivalent input - OKBHBajieHTHbin Bxozmon cnmaji myMa 186 6.3.21. Noise equivalent power - OKBHBajieHTHaji moiuhoctb myMa 186 6.3.22. Noise equivalent irradiance - 3KBHBajieHTHafl o6jiyHeHHOCTb no myMy... 187 6.3.23. Noise equivalent radiance - OKBHBajieHTHaa SHepreTHHecKaa flpKOCTb no myMy 187 6.3.24. Noise equivalent difference of temperatures - OKBHBajieHTHafl pa3HOCTb TeMnepaTyp no myMy 188 6.3.25. Detectivity - 06Hapy^cHTejibHa5i cnoco6HOCTb 188 6.3.26. Normalized detectivity - y^ejibHaa o6Hapy>KHTejibHafl cnoco6HOCTb 189 6.3.27. Spectral distribution of normalized detectivity - CneKTpajibHoe pacnpeziejieHne y^ejibHon oGHapyyKHTejibHon cnoco6HOCTn .190 6.3.28. Quantum efficiency - KBaHTOBan 3(j)c|)eKTHBHOCTb 190 6.3.29. Generalized quantum efficiency - 06o6meHHan KBaHTOBaa sijxjieKTnBHOCTb 191 6.3.30. Resolving power - Pa3pemaioman cnocodHocrb 191 6.3.31. Spatial resolution - npocTpaHCTBeHHoe pa3pemenne 191 6.3.32. Spectral resolution - CneKTpajibHoe pa3pemeHne 192 6.3.33. Temporal resolution - BpeMeHHoe pa3pemeHne 192 6.3.34. Optical crosstalk - OnTnnecKaa nepeKpecTHaa noMexa 193 6.3.35. Non-linearity of responsivity - HejinHenHOCTb nyBCTBHTejibHOCTH 193 6.3.36. Relative spatial responsivity - 3oHHa>i xapaKTepHCTHKa HyBCTBHTejibHocTn 193 6.3.37. Relative angular responsivity - OTHOCHTejibHaa ymoBaa HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb 194 REFERENCES IN ENGLISH. 195 REFERENCES IN RUSSIAN 198 English Index 200 Russian Index 210 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART I . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Authors’ preface The uniformity of terms and definitions in the area of radiometric calibration of spaceborne optoelectronic sensors is a critically important problem for international space programs, in particular, for space research undertaken in cooperation between the United States and the Russian Federation. The solution to this problem should be based upon the past experience gained by the leading industrial nations in the standardization of technical and scientific terminology, in our case - in optics, optical instrumentation, photometry, radiometry, light engineering, image processing, and optical radiation transfer. Over the last 25 years, such important national and international agencies such as the Russian Committee for Standards and American National Institute of Standards and Technologies, National Aeronautics and Space Administartion (NASA), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), American National Standard Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA), Bureau International des Poids et Mesures (BIPM), International Organization for Standardization (ISO), and International Commission on Illumination (CIE) of International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) have been involved in efforts made in the area of unification of technical and scientific, especially optical and radiometric, terminology. In the former Soviet Union, the uniformity assurance of terminology in the areas of optics, photometry and radiometry had been made at the government level. The State Standard (GOST) document, Physical Optics. Terms, Symbols, and Definitions ofBasic 1 Quantities [R4] , which contains 87 standard definitions in physical optics, radiometry, photometry, and optical properties of surfaces and media, had been issued in 1978. An additional GOST document, Photometry. Terms and Definitions [R5], had been published with improved and more detailed definitions of radiometry and photometry terms in 1984. An important contribution towards the unification of Russian terminology in the above areas was made in 1974 with the publication in the USSR of the third edition of the International Lighting Vocabulary [R25]. There were practically no joint Russian-American space programs with optoelectronic sensors, a fact which has delayed the development of a unified Russian and American terminology in optical remote sensing. In the U.S.A., in 1963, R. C. Jones proposed a nomenclature for radiometric and photometric quantities [35], which is still being used in near original form. A well- ordered nomenclature of optical properties of objects was introduced into the scientific community in 1967 [26]. In later years, serious contribution in the uniformity assurance 1 References to literature in the Russian language are given as [R+#]. 13 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES of terms and definitions in physical optics, photometry and radiometry were made by National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST, until 1988 - National Bureau of Standards, NBS). The efforts towards standardizing the terminology of optical measurements, illumination technology, optical properties of materials and media had been made previously, and are still being made, by The American National Standard Institute (ANSI), The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), and The Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA). It is the responsibility of ANSI to coordinate and manage voluntary efforts to standardize terminology in the private sector. It represents the interests of approximately 1000 companies, organizations, governmental agencies and international members. ANSI does not itself develop American National Standards but rather distributes the task among groups of experts. ASTM standards are developed by volunteers from more than 100 countries. The team includes manufacturers, users and interested academic or governmental institutions and the standards are used on a voluntary basis. The Internet thesauri developed by NASA and its affiliates have played an important role in creating a unity of terms and definitions for optical remote sensing and space-borne radiometric instrumentation. A standard for international terminology in the areas of optical phenomenology, radiometry and optical measurement technology is The International Lighting Vocabulaiy [3] (which we used extensively to compile our dictionary), along with some other publications by the International Lighting Commission (CIE). The last (4 ) edition of The International Lighting Vocabulaiy was published in 1987, and since then, several suggestions have been rejected in practice (e.g. spectral radiance rather than the suggested term spectral concentration ofradiance), while other concepts believed to be rarely used in practice have proven to be quite customary in science terminology. “ The current document Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and their Radiometric Calibration. Terms and Definitions. Part 1. Calibration Techniques” contains close to 500 terms and definitions from the optical remote sensing field and related areas. Currently, the document is under review by American experts. The second part of the document will cover terms and definitions relating to theoretical modeling, measurements, analysis of data and uncertainties in radiometric calibration of spaceborne optoelectronic sensors. The main goal of the document was to develop a one-to-one correspondence between terms, which are used by the Russian and American specialists. Keeping in mind that this 14 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART I . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES is a compilation work, the authors did not attempt to introduce any new terms or concepts and did not redefine any existing ones. Comparative assessments of definitions from the Russian (Soviet) State Standards and ANSI, ISA, NASA glossaries and thesauri were given in doubtful cases. The decisive criteria were the practice of usage and the unambiguous understanding of terms and definitions by governmental agencies of both nations - NIST, NASA, NOAA etc. (in USA) and VNIIOFI, GOI, VNIIM, VNIIFTRI, VNIIMS etc. (in Russian Federation). The significant part of definitions from Sectionsl.l, 2.1, 2.2, 3, 4, 5.4, 6.3 were adopted from International Lighting Vocabulary [3]. This bilingual document consists of 6 chapters. The text is two-columned, each article is arranged in table-like form containing the mandatory fields “Term” (or “Quantity” for physical quantities), “Definition”, “Symbol” (for physical quantities), “Unit” (for physical quantities), as well as optional fields “Synonyms” and “Comments”. For physical quantities that have no unit, the dash was placed in appropriate field. Document ends by two indices (English-Russian and Russian-English), and the lists of references in both English and Russian. 15 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES ripeAMcnoBLie aeTopoe E^HHCTBO TepMHHOJIOTHH H OnpeZjeJieHHH B o6naCTH OnTHKO-3JieKTpOHHBIX ^aTHHKOB KOCMHHecKoro 6a3HpoBaHH5i npe^cTaBJiiieT co6oh KpHTiwecKH Ba>KHyio npo6neMy j\jm Me^cjiyHapoziHBix KOCMnnecKHX nporpaMM, b hbcthocth, zijm nporpaMM, BbinojiHaeMbix coBMecTHO Pocchhckoh OeflepanneH h CoeaHHeHHbiMH UiTaTaMH AMepHKH. PemeHHe 3toh npo6neMbi ^oji^cho 6a3HpOBaTbC5i Ha onbrre, HaKonneHHOM Be^ymiiMH npOMbiHiJieHHbiMH CTpaHaMH b aene CTaH,n,apTH3anHH HaynHO-TexHHnecKOH TepMHHOJIOTHH, b HameM cjiynae - b onTHKe, ohthhcckom npnSopocTpoeHHH, (j)OTOMeTpHH, pa^HOMCTpHH, CBeTOTCXHHKe, 06pa60TKe H306pa^ 3a nocjie^HHe 25 KpynHeHiiiHe HaHHOHajibHBie h MOKziyHapoziHbie ynpeiamemBi, xaKHe Kax Komhtct CTaHjjapTOB Pocchhckoh Oe^epaniiH, aMepHKaHCKHe HanHOHajibHbiH HHCTHTyT CTaHZiapTOB H TeXHOJlOTHH (NIST), HaHHOHaJIBHOC ynpaBJieHHe a3pOHaBTHKH h KOCMOca (NASA), ElannoHajibHoe ynpaBJieHHe no H3yneHHio oxeaHOB h aTMOcc[)epbi (NOAA), AMepHKaHCKHH HanHOHajibHbiH HHCTHTyT CTaHziapTOB (ANSI), AMepHKaHCKoe o6mecTBO no Hcm>rraHHHM h MaTepnajiaM, CBeTOTexHHnecKoe o6mecTBO CeBepHOH AMepHKH (IESNA), Me^ciyHapo^Hoe 6K)po Mep h BecoB (BIPM), Me^cayHapoaHan opraHH3anHfl cTaH^apTHsanHii (ISO), h Me^cayHaponHaa komhccha no ocBemeHHocTH (CIE) Me>KayHapo^HOH 3JieKTpoTexHHnecKHH komhcchh (IEC) npe^npnHHMajin ycnjina no yHH(j)HKanHH HaynHO-TexHimecKon TepMHHOJIOTHH, b tom nncjie b onTHKe h pajlHOMeTpHH. B CoBeTCKOM CoK)3e o6ecneneHHe e^HHCTBa TepMHHOJIOTHH b onTHKe, pa^HOMCTpHH h (jiOTOMeTpHH ocymecTBJiajiocb Ha rocyjiapcTBeHHOM ypoBHe. Tocy^apCTBemibiH o6inecoK)3HbiH cTaH,n,apT (TOCT) «OH3HnecKaa onTHKa. TepMHHbi, 6yKBeHHbie 1 o6o3HaneHHR h onpe^ejieHHii ocHOBHbix bcjihhhh)) [R4] , co^ep^camHH 87 onpe^ejieHHH no (j)H3HnecK0H onTHKe, pazniOMeTpHH, (})OTOMeTpHH h onTimecKHM cbohctbbm noBepxHocTeii h cpezi, 6bui BbinymeH b 1978 roziy. /(onojiHHTejibHbm TOCT «OoTOMeTpH5i. TepMHHbi h onpeziejieHHJi» [R5], coziep^amHH 6ojiee neTajibHbie onpeziejieHHa TepMHHOB pa^HOMeTpHH h (JioTOMeTpHH, 6biJi onySjiHKOBaH b 1984 roxiy. Ba>KHbiM BKJia^OM b ^cjio yHH^HKanHH TepMHHOJIOTHH Ha pyccKOM H3biKe 6bma ny6jiHKanHH b Cobctckom CoK)3e TpeTbero nsziaHna «Me^ayHapoziHoro 3JieKTpoTexHHnecKoro cjioBapR» b 1974roziy [R25]. COBMeCTHbIX pOCCHHCKO-aMepHKaHCKHX K0CMHH6CKHX npOCKTOB C OnTHKO- 3JieKTpoHHbiMH ^aTHHKaMH npaKTHnecKH He 6bmo, hto 3aziepjKajio pa3pa6oTKy e^HHoii 1 CcbiJiKH Ha JiHTepaTypy Ha pyccKOM *i3biKe ziaiOTca b BH^e [R + HOMep ccbuiKH b onHCKe pyccKOM ;iHTepaTypbi]. 16 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES pyCCKO- H aHrJIOH3bIHHOH TepMHHOJIOTHH B oGjiaCTH OnTHHeCKOTO ZIHCTaHIIHOHHOrO 30HHHp0BaHH5I. B 1963 rony P. J^hcohc (R. Jones) npe^no^HJi b CUIA HOMeHKJiaTypy paZIHOMeTpHHeCKHX H (j)OTOMeTpHHeCKHX BeJIHHHH [35], KOTOpaa £0 CHX nop ncnonB3yeTC5i npaKTnnecKH b Hen3MeHH0M Bicie. TmaTejibHo npoziyMaHHaa HOMemuiaTypa onTHnecKHx xapaKTepncTHK 6biJia BBeaeHa b HaynHyio cpe^y b 1967 rony [26]. BnocjiencTBHH cepbe3HbiH BKjian b nocTHvKeHHe enHHOo6pa3iw TepMHHOJIOTHH H Onpe^eJieHHH B (j}H3HHeCKOH OnTHKe, pajIHOMeTpHH H (])OTOMeTpHH 6bIJI BHeceH HanHOHajibHbiM HHCTmyTOM CTaHnapTOB h TexHOJiorHH CUJA (NIST, 30 1988 rona - HauHOHanbHoe Biopo CTaH^apTOB, NBS). Ychjihji no CTaH£apTH3anHH TepMHHOJIOTHH no onTnnecKHM H3MepeHHHM, CBeTOTexHince h onranecKHM CBOHCTBaM cpe^ h MaTepnanoB nenajiHCb paHee h nponojDKaioT nejiaTbcn AMepHKaHCKHM HamiOHajIbHblM HHCTHTyTOM CTaHnapTOB (ANSI), AMepHKaHCKIIM oSmecTBOM no ncnbiTaHHUM h MaTepnanaM (ASTM) h CBeTOTexminecKHM o6mecTBOM CeBepHoii AMepHKH (IESNA). AMepHKaHCKHH HanHOHaJIbHblH HHCTHTyT CTaHJiapTOB KOOp^HHHpyeT ZI 06p 0B 0JIbH 0 BbinojiHiieMbie pa6oTbi no CTaH,napTH3anHH TepMHHOJIOTHH b npoMbinuieHHOCTH. Oh npe^cTaBJiaeT HHTepecbi npHMepHO 1 000 KOMnamiH, opraHH3amiH, rocynapcTBeHHbix h MeHcnyHaponHbix ynpe^eHHH. CaM ANSI CTaHjiapTbi He pa3pa6aTbiBaeT, a pacnpenejineT 3Ty pa6oTy no rpynnaM 3KcnepTOB. CTaHnapTbi ASTM pa3pa6oTaHbi jioOpoBOJibnaMH H3 6ojiee neM 100 CTpaH. Haji hhmh paOoTajiH npezicTaBHTejiH npoMbmnieHHOCTH, HaynHbie h rocyziapcTBeHHbie ynpendemm. OztHaKO, npnMeHeHne sthx cTaHnapTOB He nBJineTCH o6^3aTejibHbiM. Bamiyio pojib b co3naHHH c^hhoh TepMHHOJIOTHH h enHHCTBa onpe^ejieHHH b onTHnecKOM nHCTaHHHOHHOM 30H^HpoBaHHH h pajiHOMeTpHnecKOH annapaTypbi KOCMHnecKoro 6a3HpoBaHHn nrpaiOT noMemaeMbie Ha MHTepHeTe Te3aypycbi h TOJiKOBbie cnoBapH, pa3pa6oTaHHbie HACA h coTpyziHHHaioiHHMH c Heii opraHH3anHHMH. MenciyHapo^HbiH cTaHjiapT no TepMHHOJIOTHH b oOnacTux onTHHecKOH (JjeHOMeHOJIOTHH, pajIHOMeTpHH H MeTO^OB OnTHHeCKHX H3MepeHHH HaeTCH «MeHcnyHaponHbiM 3JieiapoTexHHHecKHM cjiOBapeM» [3], KOTopbiii niHpoKO Hcnojib30Bajicn juih cocTaBJieHHn Harnero cjiOBapn, a Taioxe HexoTopbiMH nySjiHKanHiiMH MenciyHapojiHOH CBeTOTexHHnecKOH komhcchh. K coHcajieHHio, nocjiezmee, neTBepToe H3jiaHHe MencnyHaponHoro 3JieiapoTexHHHecKoro cjiOBaps 6buio ony6jiHKOBaHO eme b 1987 rony. C Tex nop Kaicne-To npHHUTbie paHee TepMHHbi 6bijih OTBeprayTbi npaKTHKOH (HanpHMep, bmccto TepMHHa «KOHneHTpanH5i cneiapajibHOH npKOCTH» Hcnojib3yeTCn 17 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration 1 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES TepMHH «cneKTpajn>Hafl iijiothoctb npKOCTH»), a HeKOToptie pe^KO HcnonbsyeMbie TepMHHbl CTajIH BnOJIHe npHBbIHHLIMH; HaKOHeU, nOflBHJIHCb H HOBbie TepMHHbl. HaCTOjURHH flOKyMeHT «OnTHKO-3JieKTpOHHbie XiaTHHKH KOCMHHeCKOEO 6a3HpOBaHH5I H hx paziHOMeTpHHecKaH KajiH6pOBKa. TepMHHbl h onpe^enemm. HacTb I. MeTo^bi KajiH6poBKH» co^ep>KHT okojio 500 xepMHHOB h onpe,nejieHHH no onranecKOMy aHCTaminoHHOMy 30HanpoBaHmo SeMJin h CMe^cHbiM oOnacTHM. Bxopyio nacTb nnamipyeTCJi nocB^THTb TepMHHOJiornn h onpe^ejieHHSM b o6jiacra aHamrn aaHHbix, Mo^ejinpOBaHHH n oneHHBaHHH norpeniHOCTen npn pa^HOMCTpHnecKon KajinOpOBKe OnTHKO-3JieKTpOHHbIX ^aTHHKOB KOCMHHeCKOTO 6a3HpOBaHH5I. OcHOBHaa nejib ^oicyMeHTa cocTOJUia b Bbipa6oTKe B3aHMHO-oziH03HaHHOH aHrno- pyCCKOH TepMHHOJIOTHH JXJ1K HCn0JIb30BaHH51 cnennajiHCTaMH CUIA n Pocchh. Hmch b Buziy KOMnnjiFiTHBHbiH xapaicrep paOoTbi, aBTopbi He bbo^huh HOBbie xepMHHbi h KOHnennHH h He aaBajiH hobbix onpejjejieHHji y>Ke cymecxByiomHM TepMHHaM. npH npHELHTHH pemeHHH npoiOBonHJiocb conocTaBJieHHe onpeaejieHHH H3 pocchhckhx (huh coBeTCKHx) CTaH^apTOB h H3 rnoccapHCB h TeaaypycoB ANSI, ISA h NASA h xjpyrnx o(j)HHHajibHbix ^OKyMeHTOB. OKOHnaTejibHbiM KpHTepHeM xubi Bbi6opa TCpMHHa HJIH onpeaenemni cjiy^KHJiH npaKTinca ero Hcnonb30BaHM h o^H03HaHHoe TOJiKOBaHHe - rocy^apCTBeHHbiMH ynpe^caeHHMMH o6enx CTpaH NIST, NASA, NOAA h t. r . (b CUIA) h BHHHOOH, TOM, BHHHM, BHHMOTPH, BHHHMC h t. n. (b Pocchhckoh O eziepaHHH). 3HaHHTejibHan nacTb onpefleneHHH H3 pasnenoB 1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 3, 4, 5.4, 6.3 3aHMCTBOBaHa H3 Me^ynapo^Horo CBeTOTexHHnecKoro CnoBapn [3]. HaCTOHIHHH ^By>I3bIHHbIH flOKyMCHT COCTOHT H3 HieCTH TJiaB. TeKCT npencTaBJieH B JX Byx KOJioHKax h pa3MemeH b TaOjiHHHoii CTpyKType, conepncamen oOnaaTejibHbie nonn «TepMHH» (hjih «BejiHHHHa» (f>H3HHecKHX bcjihhhh), «OnpeziejieHHe», «06o3HaneHHe» (ann (j)H3HnecKHx bcjikhkh), «EflHHHua» (j)H3HnecKHX bcjikhkh), a TaioKe Heo65i3aTejibHbie - «CHHOHHMbi» h «npHMenaHH5i». (j)H3HnecKHx BenHHHH, He HMeiomHx e^HHHHbi H3MepeHini, b cooTBeTCTByiomeM none CTaBHJicn nponepK. floxyMeHT 3aBepmaeTcn aByMfl HH^eKcaMH (aHmo-pyccKHM h pyccKO-aHTJiHHCKHM) h cnncKaMH jiHTepaTypbi Ha aHniHHCKOM h pyccKOM n3biKax. 18 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1. 1. Basic concepts - OcHOBHbie nonoKenun 1. Electromagnetic radiation - SneumpoMazHumHoe u3JiyneHue Term TepMUH Electromagnetic radiation 3jieKTpoMarHHTHoe H3JiyHeHne Definition OnpedeneHue 1 . Emission or transfer of energy in the 1 . HcnycKaHiie hjih pacnpocTpaHeHHe form of electromagnetic waves with the 3JieKTpOMaTHHTHE>IX BOJTH ((JiOTOHOB). associated photons. 2. 3ueKTp0MarHHTHbie bojihbi ((^otohbi). 1.1.1. 2. These electromagnetic waves or these [3] photons. [3] Amplitude - AMrmmyAa Term TepMUH Amplitude AMnjiHTy^a Definition1.1.2. Onpedenenue The maximum value of a harmonically HaH6ojibiuee 3HaueHHe BejiHHHHbi, oscillating quantity. coBepmaionteH rapMOHnuecKHe KOJie6aHHH. Frequency - HacTOTa Quantity Benumma Frequency HacTOTa Symbol 06o3Hayemie V V Definition Onpedenenue The number of oscillation cycles per unit of Hhcjio nepno^OB KOJie6aHHH b ejtHHHity time. BpeMeHH. Unit Edunuya 1 Hz, s~' Tu, c" 19 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.1.3. Wavelength - flnuHa BOJiHbi Quantity' BenuHuua Wavelength JjlHHa BOJiHbi Symbol Ooo3HaneHue A A Definition OnpedeJieuue Distance in the direction of propagation of PaccTOJMHe b HanpaBJieHHH a periodic wave between two successive pacnpocTpaHeHHfl nepHO^HHecKoii bojihbi points at which the phase is same [3]. Merely flByMfl nocjiejiOBaTejiBHBiMH TOHKaMH C OZIHOH H TOH >Ke (j)a30H KOJiedaHHfl [3], Unit Edunuifa m, pm, nm, A M, MKM, HM, A Comments FlpuMeHaHUH 1 . The wavelength in medium is equal to fljiHHa bojihbi b epe^e paBHa OTHOineHHK) the wavelength in vacuo divided by the aJiHHBi bojihbi b BaxyyMe k noKa3aTejno refractive index of the medium. Unless npejioMJieHiw cpejiBi. 06bihho 3HaueHHH otherwise stated, values of wavelength are jijihh bojih jiaiOTca j\j\% B03,ziyxa. generally those in air. The refractive index rioKa3aTejiB npejiOMJieHHfl CTaHjiapTHoro of standard air (for spectroscopy: t = 15°C, B03^yxa (juin cneKTpocKonHH: t = 15 °C,p = p = 101325 Pa) lies between 1.00027 and 101325 Fla) jiokht b npejiejiax MOKjiy 1.00029 for visible radiations [3]. 1,00027 h 1,00029 jijiji bhahmoto 2. If v is the frequency and c is the phase H3JiyueHH5I [3]. velocity in a medium, then the wavelength 2. Ecjih v -uacTOTa, c-(j)a30Ban in that medium is CKOpOCTB B epejie, TO JIJIHHa BOJIHBI B 3TOH epejie v v 1 .1 .4. Wavenumber - BonHOBoe hmcjio Quantity Bemmuua Wavenumber Bojihoboc hhcjio Symbol Ooo3uaueuue (7 <7 Definition OnpedeneHue The reciprocal of the wavelength [3]: BejiHHHHa, o6paTHaa fljiHHe bojihbi [3]: 20 . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1 1 (7 — — . a = — A Unit Edunuua -1 -1 m” 1 cm m” 1 cm , , Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Wave number (GB) Repetency 1.1.5. Optical radiation - OnTunecKoe M3JiyHemie Term TepMun Optical radiation OnTHHecKoe iojiyneHne Definition Onpedenenue Electromagnetic radiation at wavelengths OjieKTpoMarHHTHoe tojiyueHne c xunmaMH between the region of transition to X-rays bojih, jie^camnMH b npe^enax Meacjjy (X ~ 1 nm) and the region of transition to o6nacTBK) nepexozta k pemreHOBCKHM radio waves (X ~ 1 jiyuaM X ~ 1 hm) h odnacTbio nepexojta k 1.1.6. mm) [3]. ( pajtiiOBOJiHaM ( X ^ 1 mm) [3]. Radiometry - PafluoMeTpun Term TepMun Radiometry PaZIHOMeTpHH Definition Onpedejiemie Measurement of the quantities associated H3MepeHHe bcjihhhh, CBjnaHHbix c 1.1.7. with radiant energy [3]. 3HeprneH H3JiyueHHJi [3]. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl Optical radiometry OnTiinecKan paztnoMeTpnsi Visible radiation - BnA^Moe M3nyHeHMe Term TepMun Visible radiation Bn^HMoe iojiyneHne Definition Onpedejiemie Any optical radiation capable of causing a OnrauecKoe H3JiyueHHe, KOTopoe mokct visual sensation directly [3]. HenOCpe^CTBCHHO BbI3bIBaTb 3pHTeJlbHOe Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES omymeHne [3]. Synonyms ClIHOHlIMbl Light Cbct Comments TlpuMenaHun There are no precise limits for the spectral He cymecTByeT tohhbix npeztenoB range of visible radiation since they depend cneKTpajibHoro £iiana30Ha bh^hmoto upon the amount of radiant power reaching H3JiyueHH5I, TaK KaK OHH 3aBHC5IT OT the retina and the responsivity of the MontHOCTH floCTHraioLuero peTHHH observer. The lower limit is generally taken H3JiyHeHHfl H HyBCTBHTeJIfcHOCTH between 360 nm and 400 nm and the upper Ha6juoziaTejiM. 3a hh>khhh npezteji o6bihho limit between 760 nm and 830 nm. [3] npHHHMaeTca ;mana30H ot 360 hm £0 400 hm, a 3a BepxHHH npezien ^nana30H Meaczty 760 hm h 830 hm. [3] 1.1.8. Infrared radiation - MHcjDpaKpacHoe M3JiyHeHMe Term TepMun Infrared radiation HHtJipaKpacHoe H3JiyHeHne Definition Onpedenenue Optical radiation for which the OnTHuecKoe H3JiyueHHe, y KOToporo wavelengths are longer than those for ZUIHHBI BOJIH 6oJItme BH^HMOrO H3JiyueHHiI visible radiation [3]. [3]. Synonyms ClIHOHlIMbl IR (abbreviation) UK (coKpameHHe) Comments UpuMeHaHUH There are several classifications of CymecTByeT HecKontKO KJiaccH^HKauHH subranges for the infrared radiation. noxmHana30HOB xum HH(J)paKpacHoro In optical radiometry, the range between H3JiyueHH5I. B OnTHHeCKOH pa^HOMeTpHH 780 nm and 1 mm is subdivided into [3]: ZIHana30H Meiacny 780 hm h 1 mm IR-A 780 nm ... 1400 nm noztpa3ziejiaeTC^ Ha no/mHana30Hti [3]: IR-B 1.4 pm ...3 pm HK-A 780 hm ... 1400 hm ... 3 IR-C 3 pm ... 1mm. HK-B 1,4 mkm MKM MK-C 3 MKM ... 1 MM. Another classification is used in electro - optical engineering and remote sensing: JXpyraa KnaccH(J)HKaHH^ Hcnojn>3yeTc;i b OnT03JieKTpOHHKe H ZIHCTaHHHOHHOM Near infrared 30HXtHpOBaHHH: (NIR) (0.75. ..0.76) ... (1.2... 1.5) pm Short-wave infrared Bjih^chhh HK zmana30H (0,75. ..0,76) ... (1,2... 1,5) mkm (SWIR) (1.2... 1.5) ... 3 pm Mid-wave infrared KopOTKOBOJIHOBBIH HK ztnana30H (1,2... 1,5) ... 3 mkm 22 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES (MWIR) 3 ... (5. ..6) pm Cpe,ZI,HeBOJlHOBE>IH Long-wave infrared HK OTana30H 3 ... (5. ..6 ) mkm fljIHHHOBOJIHOBBIH (LWIR) (5. ..6) ... (14... 15) jam Far infrared HK ,zmana30H (5. ..6) ... (14. ..15) mkm flajlbHHH HK (FIR) (14.. .15) ... (300.. .100) |am jtnana30H (14...... (30... mkm Submillimeter 100... 1000 jam 15) 100) CyOMHJIJIHMeTpOBBIH HKanana30H 100 ... 1000 mkm 1.1.9. Ultraviolet radiation - YnbTpactmoneTOBoe M3nyHeHMe Term Tep.mm Ultraviolet radiation yjibTpa(|)HOJieTOBoe H3JiyHeHne Definition Onpedenemie Optical radiation for which the OnrauecKoe H3JiyueHHe, y KOToporo wavelengths are shorter than those for JtJIHHbl BOJ1H MeHBUie ^JIHH BH/JHMOTO visible radiation [3]. H3JiyHemw [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl UV (abbreviation) YjibTpa(|)iiOJieT, yo (coKpameHHe) Comments ripuMenaHUH In optical radiometry, the range between B onTHuecKOH pa^HOMeTpim, nnana30H 100 and 400 nm is subdivided into: Me>Kjty 100 hm h 400 hm pa36aBaeTC*i Ha UV-A 315 400 nm no^itHana30Hbi: UV-B 280...... 315 nm yo-A 315 ...... 400 HM UV-C 100 280 nm [3]. yo-B 280 315 HM yo-c 100 280 HM [3] In remote sensing the UV range is usually subdivided into: B ZtHCTaHPHOHHOM 30H£Hp0BaHHH YO OTana30H o6biHHO no^pa3^eji^eTC)i Ha: Far ultraviolet (FUV) 0.01 ... 0.10 pm ...0,10 Middle ultraviolet (MUV) 0.20 ... 0.30 pm flajibHHHYO 0,01 mkm CpeziHHH 0,20 ... 0,30 mkm Near ultraviolet (NUV) 0.30 ... 0.38 pm. YO EnmKHHH YO 0,30 ... 0,38 mkm. 1.1.10. Monochromatic radiation - MoHOxpoMaTMHecKoe M3nyHeHne Term TepMUH Monochromatic radiation MoHoxpoiviaTHHecKoe H3JiyHeHHe Definition Onpedenemie Radiation characterized by a single H3JTyueHHe, xapaKTepH3yeMoe ozmoh 23 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES frequency. In practice, radiation of a very HacTOToii. Ha npaKTHKe, H3JiyueHHe oueHb small range of frequencies which can be Manoro ^Hana30Ha nacTOT, KOTopoe Mo^ceT described by stating a single frequency [3]. 6bitb onucaHo ycTaHOBJiemieM ojihoh nacTOTbi [3]. Comments TlpuMenanuH The wavelength in air or in vacuo is also J\jw onHcamm MOHOxpOMaTHHecicoro used to characterize a monochromatic H3JiyueHHJi Hcnonb3yeTC5i TaioKe xuiHHa radiation [3]. bojihbi, H3MepeHHaa b B03/iyxe hjih BaxyyMe [3]. 1.1.11. Spectrum - CneKTp Term Tep.MUh Spectrum (of a radiation) CneKTp (H 3JiyHeHHn) Definition Onpedenenue Display or specification of the BocnpoH3Be,iieHHe hjih onpe^ejieHHe monochromatic components of the MOHOXpOMaTHHeCKHX COCTaBJHHOIIIHX radiation considered [3]. paccMaTpHBaeMoro H3JiyneHH5i [3]. Comments TlpuMenaHUH There are line spectra, continuous spectra, CymecTByioT jinHeimaTbie cneKipbi, and spectra exhibiting both these cnjiouiHbie cnexipbi h cneKTpbi, b KOTOpbix characteristics [3]. npeziCTaBJieHbi o6e 3th xapaKTepncTHKH [3]. 1.1.12. Spectral line - CneKTpanbHan jimhhh Term TepMun Spectral line CneKTpajibHan jihhhh Definition OnpedeneHue 1 . Monochromatic radiation emitted or 1. MoHoxpoMaTHuecKoe H3JiyueHHe, absorbed in a transition between two HcnycxaeMoe hjih norjiomaeMoe npn energy levels. nepexo^e MQiKjxy xtByMn 3HepreTHHecKHMH 2. Its manifestation in a spectrum [3]. ypOBHUMH. 2. OTo6pa^eHHe aaHHoro nepexozia b cneKipe [3]. 24 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.1.13. Point source - ToneHHbiM mctohhmk Term TepMUH Point source ToueHHLIH HCTOHHHK Definition OnpedeJietwe Source of radiation the dimensions of Hctohhhk H3JiyueHH5i, pa3Mepbi KOTOporo which are small enough, compared with the HacTOJitKo Majibi no cpaBHeHHio c distance between the source and the paccTOHHneM 30 odjiynaeMOH irradiated surface, for them to be neglected noBepxHOCTH, hto hmh mo>kho npeHedpenb in calculations and measurements [3]. B BbIHHCJieHHHX II H3MepeHH51X [3]. 1.1.14. Isotropic point source - M30TponHbm ToneHHbm mctohhmk Terni TepMUH Isotropic point source H30TponHbIH TOHCHHblH HCTOHHHK Definition Onpedejiemie A point source, which emits uniformly in ToHeHHblH HCTOHHHK, H3JiyHaK)Ul,HH all directions [3]. paBHOMepHO bo Bcex HanpaBneHHux [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Uniform point source 1.2 . Optical remote sensing - OnmunecKoe ducmaHu,uoHHoe 3QHdupoeaHue Term TepMUH OnTHHecKoe 3HCTaHHHOHHoe Optical remote sensing 30H3Hp0BaHHe Definition Onpedeiienue A collection of methods and means of COBOKynHOCTb MCT030B H Cpe^CTB measuring the electromagnetic radiation H3MepeHHH, Hcnojn>3yiomHx from remote objects for obtaining 3JieKTpoMarHHTHoe H3JiyHeHHe yxiajieHHbix quantitative or qualitative information o 6teKTOB nun nojiyneHHH kojiuhcctbchhoh about these objects. HJIH KaHeCTBeHHOH HH(j)OpMaHHH 06 3THX odteKTax. 25 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.2.1. Active system - AKTMBHaa cucTeMa Term Tep.MUH Active system AKTHBHaa CHCTeMa Definition Onpedenetwe A remote sensing system that sends the CHCTeMa JtHCTaHUHOHHOrO 30H^Hp0BaHHa, energy of its own source towards the object nocbiJiaiomaa SHepnno codcTBeHHoro and derives the measurement information HCTOHHHKa b HanpaBjieHHH odteKTa h from its reflection or scattering by this H3BJieKaiomaa H3MepHTejn>Hyio object. HH(j)opMaitmo H3 ee OTpanceHHa hjih 1.2.2. pacceaHiia sthm o6i>eKTOM. Passive system - flaccMBHafl cucTeMa Term TepMUH Passive system IlaccHBHan cncTeMa Definition Onpede.nenue A remote sensing system that measures the CHCTeMa aHCTaHUHOHHOTO 30HZIHp0BaHHa, energy emitted by the object or energy perncTpHpyiomaa H3nyneHHe, from natural sources reflected or scattered HcnymeHHoe odteKTOM, hjih H3JiyueHHe by1.2.3.the object. ecTecTBeHHBix hctohhhkob, OTpanceHHoe hjih pacceaHHoe 3thm o6i>eKTOM. Pointing - HaBefleHne Term TepMun Pointing HaBe^eHne Definition OnpedejieHue Orienting the instrument’s field-of-view in OpHeHTauna nojin 3peHiia npn6opa tbkhm such a way that it encompasses the o6pa30M, hto6bi oho oxBaTbiBajio odueKT observed object. Ha6jnozieHHH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Boresighting npnuejiHBaHHe Bn3HpoBaHne 26 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.2.4. Sounding - 3oHflnpoBaHne Term Tep.uuH Sounding 3oHijnpoBaHHe Definition OnpedeJiemte Determination of vertical distribution of OnpeztejieHne npocTpaHCTBeHHoro temperature, pressure, humidity, chemical pacnpe^ejieHHii TeMnepaTypti, BJia^HOCTH, composition and other atmospheric ^aBJiemm, XHMHuecKoro cocTaBa h jtpyrnx parameters, using an active or passive napaMeTpoB cpenbi c noMombio aKTHBHon system. HJIH naCCHBHOH CHCTeMbl. 1.2.5. Oblique sensing - HaKnoHHoe 30HAMpoBaHMe Term TepMUH Oblique sensing HaKJiOHHoe aomuipoBamie Definition Onpedeuemie Sensing in which the optical axis of the 3oH^HpoBaHHe, npn kotopom onTHuecicafl sensor is not perpendicular to the Earth’s ocb naTUHKa He nepneHUHKyjDipHa 3eMH0H 1.2.6. surface. nOBepXHOCTH. Surveying - 063op Term Tep.\iun Surveying O63op Definition OnpedejieHue The process of sequential re-orientation of npouecc nocnezioBaTejibHOH the insrument’s field-of-view required for nepeopHeHTauHH norm 3pemm npn6opa, observing or measuring objects’ radiative ocymecTBJHieMbiH jtjih Ha6jnozteHH5i hjih properties over a spatial domain whose size H3MepeHHR XapaKTepHCTHK H3JiyueHH^ exceeds the field of view. o6beKTOB b o6nacTH npocTpaHCTBa, pa3Mepti KOTopoh npeBbimaioT pa3Mepbi nojm 3peHH5i. 27 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.2.7. Monitoring - Mohhtophht TepMUH Term Monitoring MoHHTOpiiHr Definition Onpedenenue Systematic evaluation over time of some CncTeMaTHHecKoe, b TeneHne quantity giving information about outer and npoflon^HTejiBHoro BpeMeHH, oueHHBaHHe near-Earth space, oceans and land. KaKon-Jindo BejiHHHHbi, jjaiomeii HH^OpMamiK) O KOCMHHeCKOM HJIH 0K0Ji03eMH0M npocTpaHCTBe, OKeaHax hjih cyme. 1 .2.8. Sensor - flaTHMK Term TepMUH Sensor J\ZTHUK Definition Onpedenenue An optoelectronic device sensitive to OnTHKo-aaeKTpoHHoe ycTponcTBO, optical radiation and providing at its output nyBCTBHTejiLHoe k onranecKOMy the information about this radiation. H3JiyHeHHio n Bbmaiomee Ha Bbixojte HH(J)opMaumo 06 3tom HSJiyneHHH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl CeHcop Comments JlpuMeuaHux 1 . The given definition is applicable in the 1 . FIpHBezieHHoe onpe^ejieHHe npiiMeHHMO context of this document. When referred to b paMKax KOHTeKCTa aamioro aoxyMeHTa. other instrumentation areas, the sensor can .ztpyrax o6jiacTeii TexHHKH b stom measure acoustic signals, thermal effects, cjiynae MO^ceT yica3biBaTbC5i ionizing radiations, etc. UyBCTBHTCJIbHOCTb k aicycTHHecKOMy 2. The term is used when there is no need B03^eHCTBHK), TenJIOBOMy B03/teHCTBHK), to elaborate the principle of operation or pa^Hamm h t. £. any specific features of the device or its 2. TepMHH npHMeH^eTcn b Tex cnyna^x, characteristics. Kor^a He TpedyeTca pacKpbiBaTb npHHimn TjeHCTBHH HJIH KaKIie-TO OCOdeHHOCTH pa6oTbi ycTpohcTBa hjih ero xapaKTepncTHKH. 28 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.2.9. Sensor optical system - OnTunecKajR CMCTeMa flaTHMKa Term Tep.MUH Sensor optical system OnTHHecKafl cucTeiwa aaTHHKa Definition Onpedenenue A collection of optical elements designed COBOKynHOCTB OnTHHeCKHX OJieMeHTOB to enable the sensor to determine the odecneunBaiomaji onpenenemie ceHCOpOM characteristics of the scene, object, or xapaKTepncTHK cueHbi, odbeicra, hjih radiation source. HCTOHHHKa H3HyueHHH. Comments TlpuMenaHUH The optical system may include an OnrauecKaji cncTeMa Mo^eT BKmonaTb b objective lens, protective windows, ce6n o6teKTHB, 3amHTHbie 0KHa, 3epKana, mirrors, blends, radiation filters, scanning 6jieH^BI, (jlHJIbTpbl H3JiyHeHFW, onTHuecKne system's or photodedector’s optical 3JieMeHTBI CHCTeMBI CKaHIipOBaHIW H elements and serve to determine the {j}OTonpneMHoro ycTponcTBa h cjiynoiTb angular, spatial, spectral, and temporal XUiH onpejtejieHHn yrnoBbix, characteristics. npocTpaHCTBeHHbix, cneKTpanbHbix h BpeMeHHbix xapaKTepncTHK. 1.2.10. Image - M3o6pa>KeHMe Term TepMUH Image Il3o6pa^veHue Definition Onpedenenue The spatial distribution of irradiance in the rfpocTpaHCTBeHHoe pacnpenejieHHe output of the optical system that is formed 3HepreTHHecKon ocBemeHHOCTH Ha Bbixone by a mapping of the radiances from the OnTHHeCKOH CHCTeMbl, C(j)OpMHpOBaHHOe distribution of objects (sources) in the field npn noMonm OTo6pa>KeHHJi of view of the optical system. 3HepreTHuecKHX npKocTeii ot pacnpeneneHmi o6beKTOB h hctohhhkob b none 3peHHn onraHecKOH CHCTeMbl. Synonyms CunOHUMbl Picture KapniHa Comments IJpuMeyamm 1. The incoming radiation may be 1 . Ilaflaiomee H3JiyneHHe MonceT 6biTb undergoing spectral, temporal, spatial, or nonBeprayTO cneKTpanbHOH, BpeMeHHoii, other filtration. npOCTpaHCTBeHHOH HJIH HHOH 2. The irradiance spatial distribution can be (jjHJIbTpaHHH. recorded on photographic film or other 2. llpocTpaHCTBeHHoe pacnpeneneHHe media, or converted into digital form (array 3HepreTHnecK0H ocBemeHHOCTH mo^kct 29 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES of pixels) by means of optoelectronic 6bm> 3anncaHO Ha (j)OTorpa(j)HHecKyK), devices. njieHKy hjih ^pyron hochtcjib, hjih npeo6pa30BaHo b HH^pOByio (})opMy (MaccHB nHKcenoB) npn noMomu OnTOSJieKTpOHHBIX ycTpoiicTB. 1.2.11. Imaging - 06pa6oj&a M3o6pa>KeHMM Term TepMUH Imaging 06pa6oTKa H3o6pa/KeHHH Definition OnpedeneHue Producing, recording, storing, nojiyueHHe, 3anHCb, xpaHeHHe, transforming, transmitting and displaying npeo6pa30BaHHe, nepejiaua h images. BocnpoH3BejteHHe H3o6pa>KeHHH. 1.2.12. Imaging sensor - flaTHMK M3o6pa>KeHMM Term TepMun Imaging sensor JJaTHHK M3o6pa5KeHHH Definition Onpedenenue Optical1.2.13.or optoelectronic device for OlITHKO—3JieKTpOHHOe yCTpOHCTBO, obtaining images. cny^camee .zyifl nojiyueHmi H3o6pa>KeHHH. Stereoscopic imaging - flonyHeHne CTepeon3o6pa>KeHMM Term TepMUH Stereoscopic imaging IIojiyHeHMe cTepeon3o6pa>KeHHH Definition OnpedejieHue Formation of images using two or more OopMHpOBaHHe H306pa>KeHHH JJByMfl HJIH optical systems that are separated in space 6ojiee onTHuecKHMH CHCTeMaMH, to simulate human binocular vision and pa3HeceHHbiMH b npocTpaHCTBe, hto6bi then provide 3-dimensional information HMIITHpOBaTb 6HHOKyJMpHOe 3peHHe about the imaged scene, source or object. uejiOBeKa. Synonyms CuHOHllMbl Stereo imaging IlojiyHeHHe CTepeocKonnHecKnx ii3ol>pa>Kenini 30 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.2.14. Staring - CMOTpeHne Term TepMUH Staring CivioTpeHne Definition Onpedenenue An observation mode under which the Cnoco6 HabjiKmemw, npn kotopom none sensor's fie Id- of-view is stationary with 3peHH5I .ItaTHHKa HenO^BPDKHO respect to the fixed-in-the-sensor OTHOCHTeJIBHO CHCTeMbI KOOp^HHaT, coordinate system. CBJOaHHOH C ^aTHHKOM. 1.2.15. Tracking - C/ieweHne Term TepMim Tracking CjieaveHne Definition Onpedejiemie An observation mode under which the Cnoco6 Ha6mozteHH5i, npn kotopom none field-of-view of the imaging sensor is 3peHnn ^aTHHKa H3o6pan Step-staring - floujaroBoe CMOTpeHne Term TepMUH Step-staring noinaroBoe CMOTpemie Definition Onpedenenue An observation mode under which the Cnoco6 Habmo.neHHn, npn kotopom direction of the sensor's field-of-view axis nocnenoBaienbHO (mar 3a maroM) is changed sequentially (stepwise) by a H3MeHneTcn HanpaBneHne ocn nonn 3peHim given angular value with stops to stare in ^aTHHKa Ha 3aztaHHyio yrnoByio BennunHy each given direction during a given time c ocTaHOBKaMH CMOTpeHnn b KanczjoM interval. ^aHHOM HanpaBneHHH b TeneHne 3a^aHHoro nmepBana BpeMeHn. Comments TlpuMenaHUH The field-of-view is moved by turning the kteMeHeHne opneHTaitnn nonn 3peHnn sensor or some device built into the sensor ocymecTBnneicn BpameHneM caMoro 31 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES or by both. ^aTHHKa, hjih toto hjih hhoto ycTpohcTBa, BCTpOeHHOTO B TjaTHHK, HJIH 060HMH cnoco6aMH. 1.2.17. Step-tracking - floiuaroBoe cne>KeHMe Term TepMUH Step-tracking IlomaroBoe cjieavemie Definition Onpedenenue An observation mode in remote sounding Cn 0 C06 Ha6jlK)aeHHa B JIHCTaHHHOHHOM in which the direction of the sensor’s field- 30HJIHp0BaHHH, npH KOTOpOM of-view axis is changed sequentially nocjiezioBaTejiLHO (mar 3a rnaroM) (stepwise) by a given angular value with H3MerweTCfl HanpaBJieHHe och nojw 3peHiw “stops” for tracking each new scene during /laTumca Ha 3ajtaHHyio yrjioByio BejiHHimy a given time interval. - C "0CTaH0BKaMH" RJW OTCJieHCHBaHHfl KaHcjtoH hoboh cueHLi b TeueHHe 3ajiaHHoro HHTepBajia BpeMeHH. 1.2.18. Scanning - CKaHupoeamie Term TepMun Scanning CKaHupoBaHne Definition Onpedenenue Surveying a specified region of space by 06cjieaoBaHHe 3ajtaHHOH o6jiacTH changing the spatial position of the npocTpaHCTBa nocpeziCTBOM H3MeHeHHfl sensor’s field-of-view according to a npocipaHCTBeHHoro nojionceHHH nojm specified procedure. 3peHHJi /taTHHKa no 3a^aHH0My 3aKOHy. Comments TlpuMenaHUH The spatial position of the field-of-view Ii3MeHeHHe npocTpaHCTBeHHoro can be changed by a mirror or prism nojimKeHM nojifl 3peHH5i mohcct system built into the sensor, or by changing ocymecTBJiHTBCH BCTpoeHHoii b ^aTHHK the angular position of the sensor, or by 3epKaJIBHOH HJIH npH3MeHHOH CHCTeMOH, moving the carrier on which the sensor is jih6o 3a cneT H3MeHeHHJi yrjioBoro located. nojiOHceHHH caMoro ^aTHHKa, jih6o 3a cner nepeMemeHiia HOCHTejm, Ha kotopom pacnojiOHceH jiaTHHK. 32 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1 .2.19. Target - Lienb Term TepMUH Target IJejib Definition Onpedejiemte The object of observation. 06i>eKT Ha6jnofleHiifl. 1.2.20. Signature - CumaTypa Term TepMUH Signature CumaTypa Definition Onpedenenue The totality of spatial-temporal and spectral COBOKynHOCTb npOCTpaHCTBeHHO- characteristics of an object, representing BpeMeHHtix u cneKTpajibHbix the object’s individual “portrait”, which xapaKTepncTHK odbeicra, cocTaBJHnomHx makes it possible to distinguish this object ero “nopTpeT”, no KOTOpoMy ero mo>kho from other objects. OTJiHuaTb ot zipyrnx o6"beKTOB 1.2.21. Platform - rinaTcfropMa Term TepMUH Platform IljiaTcJjopMa Definition Onpedenenue An aerospace vehicle carrying a JleTaTejibHbin annapaT, Hecymnn radiometric device or system. pa^noMeTpunecKoe ycTponcTBO hjih cncTeMy. 1.2.22. Zenith angle - SeHMTHbm yron Term TepMUH Zenith angle 3eHHTHbiu yroji Definition Onpedenenue The angle between the direction to the Yron Me^zty HanpaBJieimeM Ha Tonxy zenith point and the direction to the object 3eHHTa n HanpaBJieHneM Ha Ha6jiioztaeMbiH being observed. o6i>eKT. Comments npitMeuanim Varies from 0° to 180°. MeH^eTCH b npe^ejiax ot 0° zio 180° 33 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1 . 2 . 23 . Nadir angle - HaflupHbm yro/i Term Tep.Mun Nadir angle Hauipnhiii yroji Definition OnpedeneHue The angle between the direction to the Ytoji MOKjty HanpaBJieHHeM Ha Tonny nadir point and the direction to the object Hajmpa h HanpaBJieHHeM Ha Ha6jiK>/taeMtiH being observed. o6BeKT. Comments FlpuMenaHUH Varies from 0° to 180°. H3MeHJieTC5i b npe^enax ot 0° jto 180° 1 . 2 . 24 . Geostationary orbit - feocTamiOHapHan opbMTa Term Tep.MUH Geostationary orbit reocTaunoHapHan opbirra Definition Onpede.nenue An orbit of a satellite that stays in a fixed Op6irra cnyraHKa, ocTaiomerocn b position relative to the surface of the Earth. HeH3MeHHOM nOJIO)KeHHH OTHOCHTeJIBHO noBepxHocra 3eMJiH. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl Geosynchronous orbit reocuHxpoHHan opbMTa 1.3 . Radiometric calibrations for remote sensing - PaduoMempuvecKue KanudpoeKu dnn ducmahmuoHHoao soHdupoeamw 1 . 3 . 1 . Radiometric calibration - PaAMOMeTpunecKaji KanubpoBKa Term TepMun Radiometric calibration PajiHOMeTpHHecKafl KajmbpoBKa Definition Onpedejienue A determination of radiometric instrument OnpeaeneHHe xapaKTepHCTHK performance in the spatial, spectral, and pa^HOMeTpHuecKoro epe^CTBa H3MepeHHH temporal domains in a series of B npOCTpaHCTBeHHOH, cneKTpajibHOH H measurements, in which its output is BpeMeHHOH o6jiaCTHX B eepHH H3MepeHHH, related to the true value of the measured B KOTOpbIX BbIXOZIHOH CHTHaJI Cpe^CTBa 34 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES radiometric quantity. H3MepeHHH CTaBHTCfl B COOTBeTCTBHe C HCTHHHbIM 3HaueHHeM H3Mep5ieMOH panHOMeTpunecKOH BejiiiHHHbi. Comments IJpuMenaHUH Radiometric calibration is performed with PanHOMeTpHuecKaa Kajm6poBKa the use of standard sources or standard npOBOZIHTCJI C HCn0JIB30BaHHeM detectors. 3TajlOHHBIX HCTOHHHKOB HJIH npneMHHKOB H3JiyueHH)i. 1.3.2. Radiometric measurement system - PaAMOMeTpunecKan M3MepnTejibHan cncTeMa Term TepMUH PajmoivieTpHHecKaH imviepHTejibHafl Radiometric measurement system CHCTCMa Definition Onpedenenue A collection of mechanical, optical, and CoBOKynHOCTb onTHKO-MexaHnuecKHx h electronic devices enabling the 3JieKTpOHHBIX yCTpOHCTB, measurement of radiometric quantities. o6ecneuHBaK)ntHX H3MepeHne pa^HOMeTpnuecKHX BejiHHHH. 1.3.3. Measurement equation - YpaBHeHne M3MepeHMn Term TepMim Measurement equation YpaBHeHne H3 MepeHHfl Definition OnpedeneHue A releationship that connects the output YpaBHeHne, cBfl3BiBaK)mee BbixozmoH signal of an optoelectronic sensor system to CHTHaJI H3MepHTeJlbHOH CHCTeMBI c the radiometric quantities being measured. OnTHKO-3JieKTpOHHBIM ZtaTHHKOM H H3MepfleMyio pazmoMeTpHnecKyio BeJIHHHHy. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl M3iviepHTejibHoe ypaBHeHne Comments TlpuMenaHUH 1. The relationship may depend, in part, 1. YpaBHeHne MO^ceT 3aBnceTb ot upon responsivity and/or spectral, spatial, nyBCBHTejibHocTH h/hjih cneKTpajibHbix, angular and other characteristics of the npocTpaHCTBeHHbix, BpeMeHHbix, yrnoBbix sensor system. H ^pyrHX XapaKTepHCTHK H3MepHTeJIbHOH 2. A measurement equation can be written CHCTeMbHO 35 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES in explicit or implicit form, in vector or 2 . YpaBHeHHe H3MepeHHii MO^eT 6 litb tensor form, where it could be decomposed 3anncaHO b jibhom hjih HeuBHOM bh,ne, b on the system of equations. BeKTOpHOH HJIH TeH30pH0H (j)OpMe, T.e. pacnajiaTbca Ha CHCTeMy ypaBHeHHH. 1.3.4. Calibration coefficients - Kajw6poBOHHbie Koac^MMMeHTbi Term TepMim Calibration coefficients KajinbpoBOHHbie KOBtJj^nuneHTbi Definition OnpedeneHue The collection of values determined during CoBOKynHOCTb BejiHHHH, onpejjejineMLix the radiometric calibration, which, upon npn paflHOMeTpHuecKOH KajiH6poBKe, being substituted into the measurement KOTopbie npn nojtcTaHOBKe b equation, allows one to calculate the value H3MepHTejibHoe ypaBHeHHe, no3BOJunoT no of the input quantity from the measured H3MepeHHbiM 3HaneHHaM blixojjhoh values of the output quantity. BejiHHHHbi onpe^ejiHTb 3HaneHHe bxojihoh 1.3.5. BeJIHHHHbl. Calibration equation - YpaBHeHHe KanubpoBKM Tenn TepMim Calibration equation YpaBHeHHe KajiubpoBKH Definition Onpedejiemte The measurement equation written for YpaBHeHHe H3MepeHHa, 3anncaHHoe radiometric calibration and serving for pajJHOMeipHHeCKOH KaJIH6pOBKH H 1.3.6. determination of calibration coefficients. cjiyncamee j\jw onpejjejieHHfl KaJIH6pOBOHHbIX K03(j){j)HHHeHT0B. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl KajiHbpoBOHHoe ypaBHeHHe Radiometric calibration system - PaflMOMeTpMHecKaH KarmbpoBOHHan CMCTeMa Term TepMim Radiometric calibration system PajmoMeTpHHecKan KajinbpoBOHHan CHCTeMa Definition Onpedejiemte 36 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Radiometric measurement system enabling PazmoMeTpHuecKaji H3MepHTejibHafl the performance of radiometric CHCTeMa, o6ecneuHBaiomHx BbinojmeHHe calibrations. pajtHOMeTpnuecKHX Kajin 6poBOK. Synonyms ClAHOHUMbl Radiometric calibration facility PaanoMeTpHnecKan KajinGpoBOHHan ycTaHOBKa 1.3.7. Radiometric standard - PafluoMeTpnnecKUM aTanoH Term Tep.Miw Radiometric standard Pa^HOMeTpHHeCKHIl 3TaJ10 H Definition OnpedeneHue A source or a detector of radiation intended Hctohhhk hjih npneMHHK H3JiyHemm, to define, realize, conserve or reproduce a npe^Ha 3 HaueHHbiH jxjia ycTaHOBnemiH, radiometric quantity to serve as a reference. peajiH3aitHH, xpaHemm hjih BOCnpOH3BejteHHH KaKOH-JIHdo paZtHOMeTpHHeCKOH BeJIHHHHBI. Comments npuMenanuH Blackbody, absolute radiometer, stars, Sun, HepHoe Tejio, a6cojiioTHbiH pa^HOMeTp, and Moon can be used as radiometric 3Be3zibi, CojiHue, JlyHa MoryT 6biTb standards. Hcnojib30BaHbi b KauecTBe paZtHOMeTpHHeCKHX 3TaJI0H0B. 1.3.8. Primary radiometric standard -- nepBMHHblM paflMOMeTpMHeCKMM 3TaJ10 H Term TepMUH Primary radiometric standard nepBMHHblM pajIHOMeTpHHeCKHii 3TajlOH Definition OnpedejieHue Radiometric standard that is designed or P aj],H OM eTpHHeCKHH 3TaJIOH, KOTOpblH widely acknowledged as having the highest ycTaHOBJieH hjih miipoxo npH3HaH Kax metrological qualities without having to o6jia^aioinHH HaiiBbicmHMH compare with other standards. MeTpOJIOTHHeCKHMH CBOHCTBaMH 6e3 cpaBHeHHH c zipyriiMH 3Taji0HaMH. 37 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.3.9. Secondary radiometric standard - BTopuHHbm paAMOMeTpnnecKMM aTanoH Term Tep.MUH Secondary radiometric standard BTOpHHHblii paZUIOMeTpHHeCKHH TTaJlOH Definition Onpedenenue Radiometric standard that reproduces a PaHHOMCTpHUeCKHH 3TaJIOH, KOTOpblH radiometric quantity by comparison with a BOCnpOH3BOflHT paztHOMeTpHHecKyio primary radiometric standard. BenHHHHy nyTeM cpaBHemw c nepBHHHbiM pa^HOMCTpHUeCKHM 3TaJIOHOM. 1.3.10. Background radiation - cpoHoeoe M3JiyHeHMe Teivn Tep.MUH Background radiation d^oHOBoe H3JiyHeHHe Definition Onpedenenue Thermal radiation of structural elements of TennoBoe H3JiyHeHne 3JieMeHT0B a radiometric system, environment, and KOHCTpyKUHH pa^HOMeTpHHeCKOH objects within the sensor’s field-of-view CHCTeMti, OKpyacaiomeH cpe^Bi h o6ueKTOB registered together with the radiation of the b none 3peHnn /taTumca, perncTpupyMoe target and hampering the measurement of Hapjmy c H3JiyHeHHeM nejni n its radiation characteristics. 3aTpy,itHnK)Luee H3MepeHH5i xapaKTepncTHK ee H3JiyueHHn. Synonyms1.3.11. CuHOHUMbl Background OOH Low background conditions - HM3KOypOBHeBblM CfrOH Teim TepMUH Low background condition HioKoypoBHeBbiii (Jjoh Definition Onpedenenue Radiometric measurement conditions, YcjiOBnn paflnoMeTpHuecKHX H3MepeHnn, under which the sensor observes a npn KOTOpbix /taTUHK BH3npyeT c))oh, background radiation that corresponds to H3JiyneHHe KOTOporo cooTBeTCTByeT the blackbody radiation at a temperature H3JiyneHHK) nepHoro Tena npn below 77 K (the liquid nitrogen TeMnepaType Hnnce 77 K (TeMnepaTypa temperature). noixucoro a30Ta). 38 I Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.3.12. Medium background conditions - CpeAHeypoBHeBbm cJjoh Term TepMUH Medium background condition Cpe^HeypoBHeBbiH (Jjoh Definition OnpedeneHue Radiometric measurement conditions, YcnoBiifl pazmoMeTpnuecKHX H3MepeHHii, under which the sensor observes a npn KOTOptlX aaTHHK BH3HpyeT (j)OH, background radiation that corresponds to H3nyueHne KOToporo eooTBeTCTByeT the blackbody radiation at a temperature in H3JiyHeHHio uepHoro Tena npn the range between ambient and 77 K TeMnepaType ot KOMHaraoH zto 77 K (liquid nitrogen temperature). (TeMnepaTypa mmKoro a30Ta). 1.3.13. Ground calibration - HaaeMHaa KannbpoBKa Term TepMUH Ground calibration Ha3eMHan KajinbpoBKa Definition Onpedenemie A calibration of a radiometric instrument Kajm6poBKa pa^HOMeTpHuecKoro performed before its launching into orbit ycTponcTBa, npoBO,zmMafl Ha 3eMJie nepejt aboard a platform. BLIBOJtOM nJiaT^OpMbl C yCTpOHCTBOM Ha pa6ouyK) op6my. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Pre-flight calibration JtocTapTOBan KajinbpoBKa Pre-launch calibration IlpeanojieTHan KajmbpoBKa 1.3.14. Onboard calibration - EopTOBan KanubpoBKa Term TepMUH Onboard calibration EopTOBan KajiubpoBKa Definition Onpedenenue A calibration of a radiometric instrument KanH6poBKa pa^HOMeTpHuecKoro performed on an airborne or spaceborne npn6opa, npoBO^HMas Ha 6opTy platform. njiaT(j)opMbi. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl In-flight calibration IIojieTHan KajmbpoBKa Post-launch calibration IIocjiecTapTOBan KajmbpoBKa Comments TlpuMenaHUfi 39 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES It is earned out using onboard standards npOBO^HTCH C HCn0JIL30BaHHeM GopTOBbIX such us blackbodies, solar diffuse 3Taji0H0B, TaKHX Kax uepHtie Tejia, reflecting panels, celestial or artificial conHeHHbie ^H(j)(j)y3HO OTpa^aiourHe bodies, Earth’s test sites, outer space, etc. naHejin, ecTecTBeHHbix hjih HCKyccTBeHHLix He6ecHbix Tena, TecTOBbie 30HbI 3eMJlH, KOCMHHeCKOe npOCTpaHCTBO H T. J\. 1.3.15. Test site - TecTOBan 30Ha Term Tep.Mim Test site TecTOBan 30 Ha Definition Onpedenenue A region on the surface of the Earth of 06jiacTb 3eMHOH noBepXHOCTH c known and stable radiometric H3BeCTHbIMH H CTa6nJIbHbIMH characteristics used for a post-launch xapaKTepHCTHKaMH, Hcnonb3yeMa^ jxjdi calibration of radiometric devices. nOCJieCTapTOBOH KaJIH6pOBKH pa^HOMeTpimeCKHX yCTpOHCTB. 1.3.16. Test target - TecTOBbm o6beKT Term TepMim Test target TecTOBbiH o6beKT Definition Onpedejienue A natural or artificial object with known ECTeCTBeHHblH HJIH HCKyCCTBeHHblH characteristics, which is used in a o6beKT C H3BeCTHbIMH XapaKTepHCTHKaMH, calibration or verification of characteristics Hcnojib3yeMbiH jxxin i 1.3.17. Calibration attitude maneuver - OpneHTamiOHHbm MaHesp AJ1S1 Ka/lMbpOBKM Term Tep.Mim Calibration attitude maneuver OpneHTauHOHHbiii m aHeBp zlth KaJlllbpOBKM Definition OnpedeneHue A maneuver of a space platform that allows MaHeBp KOCMHuecKOH njiaTtJiopMbi, 40 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES the instruments to view a test site, an no3BOJDnomHH HaBOUHTt naTHHK Ha object, and/or outer space. TecTOByio 30Hy, o6lckt h/hjih KOCMHHeCKOe npOCTpaHCTBO. 1.3.18. Vicarious calibration - 3aMemaiomafl KanubpoBKa Term TepMUH Vicarious calibration 3aMemaK>maH KajinbpoBKa Definition OnpedejieHue A post-launch radiometric calibration nocjiecTapTOBaa pazmoMeTpHuecKas performed with the use of Earth test sites or KanndpoBKa, npoBOTmMafl c objects on the Earth surface. HCn0JIB30BaHHeM TeCTOBBIX 30H HJIH odbeKTOB Ha 3CMH0H nOBepXHOCTH. 1.3.19. Validation - llpoBepKa Term TepMUH Validation llpoBepKa Definition Onpedejienue Process of assessing, by independent IIpOHeCC OHeHHBaHHfl He3aBHCHMbIMH means, the degree of correspondence cpencTBaMH CTeneHH cootbctctbkh Me^my between the value of the radiometric 3HaueHHeM paHHOMeTpHHeCKOH BeJIHHHHbl, quantity derived from the output signal of a nojiyHeHHOH H3 Bbixozmoro cmmajia calibrated1.3.20. radiometric device and the actual OTKajiH6poBaHHoro panHOMeTpHuecKoro value of this quantity. yCTpoiiCTBa H HCTHHHbIM 3HaHeHHeM 3TOH BeJIHHHHLI. Verification - rioBepKa Term TepMUH Verification IloBepKa Definition OnpedejieHue Establishment by a metrological authority OnpeziejieHHe MeTponornuecKHM opraHOM of a measuring instrument’s uncertainties norpemHOCTen cpejtcTBa H3MepeHHii jxjw to ascertain the instrument’s usability. ycTaHOBJieHH5i ero npHro^HOCTH k npHMeHeHHio. Comments IlpuMeuaHUH In some cases, the verification does not aim B OT^ejibHbix cnyua^x npn noBepKe 41 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES at finding actual values of uncertainties, but bmccto onpeztejieHHJi 3HaueHiw only checks if those values fall within norpemHOCTen npOBepsioT, HaxozuiTCJi jih admissible limits. ohh b nonycicaeMBix npexienax. 1.3.21. Uniformity of measurements - Eamhctbo MSMepeHUM Term Tep.Mun Uniformity of measurements EZUIHCTBO II3MepeHHH Definition Onpede.nemie A status of measurements when their CoCTOflHHe H3MepeHHH, npn KOTOpOM HX results are expressed in legally-accepted pe3yjitTaTbi BBipa>KeHBi b y3aK0HeHHBix units, on condition that the values of the ejtHHHiiax, npn ycjioBHH, hto pe3yjiBTaTBi results of measurements are reproduced H3MepeHIiH npHBH3aHBI K HamiOHaJlBHBIM from the national or international HJIH HHTepHailHOHaJIBHBIM STaJIOHaM, a standards, and measurement uncertainties norpeniHOCTH H3MepeHHH hctko are clearly stated. ycTaHOBJieHBi. 1.3.22. Traceability of measurements - flpnBn3Ka k OTanoHaM Tenn TepMUH Traceability of measurements IIpHBH3Ka K 3TaJ10HaM Definition Onpedejiemie Property of the result of a measurement or Cbohctbo pe3yjiBTaTa H3MepeHHH hjih the value of a standard whereby it can be 3HaneHHJi STajiOHa, 3aKJnoHaiomeecji b related to stated references, usually national B03M0)KH0CTH yCTaHOBJieHHfl eTO CB5I3H C or international standards, through an COOTBCTCTByiOmHMH STaJIOHaMH, 06BIHHO unbroken chain of comparisons all having Me^yHapO^HBIMH HJIH HailHOHajIBHBIMH, stated uncertainties. nocpe^CTBOM HenpepBiBHoii uenn cjiHneHHH, HMeioimix ycTaHOBJieHHBie norpemHOCTH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Ilpocjie>KHBaeMocTb M3MepeHuii Comments npuMenamtH 1 . The concept is often expressed by the 1 flaHHoe noHjrrae uacTO BBipa^aeTCn c . adjective traceable. npHMeHeHHeM npnjiaraTejiBHoro 2. The unbroken chain of comparisons is “npocjie^HBaeMBiH”. called a traceability chain. 2. HenpepBiBHaa uenB cjiHueHHH Ha3BiBaeTC> uenBK) npHBJi3KH k STajiOHaM (nenBio nepe^auH pa3Mepa cxihhhhbi ot 3TajioHa). 42 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2. Quantities, Symbols, and Units - BennnnHbi, CMMBO/ibi n eflnHnMbi n3MepeHnn 2.1. Geometrical quantities - reoMempunecme eenunuHbi 2.1.1. Solid angle - TenecHbm yron Quantity’ Bejiumma Solid angle TejiecHbin yroji Symbol Ooo3nanemte n n Definition OnpedeneHue The part of space limited by the surface HacTb npocTpaHCTBa, orpaHHneHHan formed by a set of straight lines connecting noBepxHocTBK), o6pa3yeMon MHoncecTBOM one common point (vertex) and all points npHMtix jihhhh, npoxozuimHX nepe3 o^Hy of a closed curve not passing through the o6myio TOHKy (BepniHHa TenecHoro yrna) vertex. H Bee TOHKH 3 aMKHyTOH KpHBOH, He npoxozuimeH nepe3 Bepinimy TenecHoro yrna. Unit EduHuija sr cp Comments npuMenamiH 1 . The solid angle measure is an area cut by 1 .Mepoh TenecHoro yrna nBnneTcn the conical surface generatrices on the nnoma^b, Bbipe3 aeMan o6pa 3yiOLitHMH sphere of unit radius with the center at the KOHHuecKOH noBepxHOCTH Ha c(})epe vertex. eztHHHHHoro pannyca c ueHTpOM b BepniHHe 2. It follows from Comment 2 that for a 2. M3 npHMeuaHHn 2 cne,nyeT, hto aJia non-unitary sphere the solid angle Hee^HHHHHOH c^epbi TenecHbiH yron, subtended by the closed curve C is onnpaiomHHcn Ha 3 aMKHyTyio KpHByio C, numerically equal to the ratio of the area HHCJieHHO paBCH OTHOHieHHK) nJlOLHa^H, cut by the angle generatrices on the sphere Bbipe 3 aeMOH o6pa3yiomHMH yrna Ha c(})epe of radius R with the center at the vertex, to pannyca R, onncaHHOH BOKpyr BepmHHbi, k the squared radius of the sphere. KB anpaTy pa^nyca cijiepbi. 3. The solid angle is a dimensionless 3. TenecHbiH yron nBJineTcn 6 e 3 pa3 MepHoii quantity, but from the practical BenHHHHOH, HO H 3 npaKTHHeCKHX considerations it is ascribed a unit of coo6pa)KeHHH eMy npunncbiBaioT ejtHHHuy measurement called steradian (sr), which H 3 MepeHHn - CTepa^naH (cp), uHcneHHO 43 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES is numerically equal to the solid angle with paBHyio TenecHOMy yrny c BepuiHHOH b the vertex at the sphere center and with iteHTpe cijiepBi, o6pa3yiomHe KOTOporo generatrices cutting on the sphere the area Btipe3aioT Ha noBepxHOCTH cijiepbi njioinaztb equal to that of a square whose side is paBHyio rnioma^H KBajtpaTa co CTopoHoh, equal to sphere radius. paBHoii pajtnycy cijiepbi. n = s/r 2 4. In the spherical system of coordinates, 4. B cfjiepiiuecKOH cncTeMe Koop^HHaT an element of solid angle around the 3JieMeHT TenecHoro yrna BOKpyr direction (0,0) is equal to the area element HanpaBJieHHH (0,0) paBeH 3JieMeHTy of the unit sphere: miomaztH cijiepbi e,u,nHHHHoro pa^nyca: dO = sin 6 dO d0. dO. = sin 6 dO d0, where 6 is the polar angle and 0 is the me 6 - nojmpHtiH yron, 0 - azimuth. a3HMyTajibHbiH yron. Integrating, we get 4n for the solid angle of HHTerpupyR, nojiyHHM, TenecHbin yron a sphere and 2n for a hemisphere, while the C(j)epbi - 471, nojTycijiepbi - 2tt, TenecHbih solid angle with the vertex angle Oo is yron c yrnoM npn BepniHHe 0o, - equal to 2ti(1-cos(0o/2)). Bbipe3aioiuHH Ha ccfiepe Kpyr 27i(l-cos(©o/2)). 2.1.2. Projected area - flnoiiJiaAb npoeiujMM Quantity’ Benumma Projected area njiomaat npoeKUHH Symbol OOo3Hauemte 44 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpede.iemie Area of the rectilinear parallel projection of nnonia^b npnMoyrojibHOH napajuienbHOH a closed surface area on the plane npoeKUHH 3aMKHyToro yuacTKa perpendicular to the projection direction: noBepxHocra Ha nnocKOCTb, nepneH^HKyjiHpHyio HanpaBJieHHio npoennpoBaHHH: A QdA, A jcos 6dA, p = Jcos p = where 6 is the angle between the me 6 — yroji Menmy HanpaBJieHHeM projection direction and the normal n to the npoeimpoBaHiui h HopMajibHbiM BeKTopoM surface A. n K nOBCpXHOCTH A. Unit m2 Comments ripuMenamtx Rectilinear parallel projection allows rip>iMoyrojibHoe naparuiejibHoe construction of a two-dimensional outline of npoeKTHpoBaHHe no3BoiweT nocTpoHTb a three-dimensional body, which is required, ziByMepHbm CHJiysT TpexMepHoro Tena, hto for example, for estimation of shading areas. Tpe6yeTca, HanpHMep, npn oueHKe Thus, the outline of a globe is a circle whose nnomazieH 3aTeHeHHEL Tax, cnnyaT mapa - radius equals the globe’s radius. 3T0 Kpyr c paztHycoM, paBHbiM pannycy mapa. 2.1.3. Projected solid angle - flpoeKUMfi TenecHoro yrna Quantity BeJiumma Projected solid angle IlpoeKmiH TejiecHoro yrua Symbol 06o3Hauenue Definition Onpedejietiue The rectilinear projection of the spherical npflMoyronbHafl npoeKinis yuacTKa cc|)epbi area cut by the generatrices of a solid angle c ueHTpoM b BepmnHe TenecHoro yrna, 45 . . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES (with the vertex at the sphere center) onto Bbipe3aeMoro o6pa3yiomHMH TenecHoro the base of the hemisphere of radius R yrna, Ha ocHOBaHHe nonyc^epbi pa^nyca perpendicular to the projection direction: R nepneH^HKyiDipHOH HanpaBJieHHio , npoeitHpoBaHim: 2 2 Q = dd = Jcos QdD. = S /R Cl = dCl Jcos QdQ. - S /R p £ p p p p = p where O is the angle between the normal me O - yron Meac^y HopManbio k to the projection plane and the direction to nnocKOCTH npoeKTHpoBaHEw h the solid angle element dCl H anpaBJieHHeM Ha 3JieMeHTapHbiii TenecHbiH yron dCl 2.1.4. Geometric extent - feoMeTpunecKUM cfcaKTop Quantity Bejiununa Geometric extent (of a beam of rays) reoMeTpiiHecKHH (faKTop (nyuKa Jiyuen) Symbol 06o3Haneuue G G Definition Onpedejteuue Integral taken over the whole beam of the HHTerpaji, B3flTbin no BceMy nynxy jiyueii elementary quantity dG defined by the H3JiyHeHIW OT MaJlOH BeJIHHHHbl dG , equivalent formulae KOTOpafl onpezten^eTCH cjienyiomeH (jiopMyjioii: 46 A A , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES } 6' • • dA • cos 6 • d -cos dA cos 6 dA'- cos O' = • dG = = dA • cos 0 dQ., dG = dA cos 0 dQ j ? where dA and dA’ are the area of two cue dA n dA' - nnomaztH ^Byx ceueHHH sections of an element of the beam 3JieMeHTapHoro nyHKa JiyneH, otctoriuhx 6’ 6' - separated by the distance / ; 6 and are ztpyr ot .ztpyra Ha paccToiiHHH / ; 6 h the angles between the direction of that 3to yrnti Me^cny HanpaBJieHHeM elementary beam and the normals to dA 3JieMeHTapHoro nyuKa h HopMajisMH k dA dA -cos 6 . . ... dA -cos 0 , 1A , and dA dO. = is the solid nd ' dCl = ecTb TenecHBiii ; 2 , l ? angle subtended by dA' from a point on yron, onnpaiomHHCii Ha nnomazib dA' c dA [3]. BepmHHOH B KaKOH-JIHOO TOHKe Ha njioiuajm dA [3]. Unit Edunuua nr sr M“ Cp Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Throughput CBeTOnpOBO^IHOCTb Etendue Acceptance Geometrical conductance 2.1.5. Optical extent - OnTMHecKMM cfcaKTop Quantity BenuHUHa Optical extent (of a beam of rays) OnTHHecKHH (|)aKTop (nyuKa jiyueii) Symbol Ooo3naneHue G0 Definition Onpedejietwe The product of geometrical extent G of a IlpoH3BezieHHe reoMeTpHuecKoro (jiaicropa beam propagating through nonscattering G nyuKa Jiyneii, pacnpocipamnoiuerocfl b medium and the squared refractive index n H epacceiiBaiomeH cpe^e, Ha KBaapaT of that medium: noKa3aTejui npejioMJieHHH n 3Toii cpexibi: 2 G0 = G,r . G 0 = Gn . Unit EduHiiifa irfsr M“Cp Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Optical conductance 47 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Comments flpuMenaHUH The optical extent is constant for a beam OnTHHecKHH (jiaKTop nocTORHeH jxJifl nyuKa propagating through non-scattering media jiynen, pacnpocTpamnomnxcfl b with a constand refractive index. HepaccenBaiOLnHx cpejjax c nocTORHHbiM noKa3aTeneM npejiOMJieHHH. 2.2. Radiometric quantities - PaduoMempunecKue eenunuHbi 2.2.1. Radiant flux - IIotok M3JiyMeHkm Quantity Benununa Radiant flux IIotok lOJiyHemiH Symbol Ooo3nanenue Definition Onpedenenue Power emitted, transmitted or received in MontHOCTb, H3JiyHaeMaa, nepejtaBaeMaR the form of radiation [3]. hjih npHHHMaeMaa b Bime H3JiyHeHH5i [3]. Unit Edunuqa w Bt Synonyms CutiOHUMbl Radiant power MoiIJHOCTb Ii3JiyHeHHU JlyHHCTblH nOTOK 2.2.2. Photon flux - IIotok (Jdotohob Quantity Bemmuua Photon flux IIotok cJjotohob Symbol 06o3nanenue Op, <5 Op, o Definition Onpedenenue Quotient of the number of photons dN OTHomeHiie nncjia (J)otohob dN p emitted, transmitted, or received in an H3JiyHeHHbix, nepeaaHHbix hjih npHHHTbix element of time dt , by that element [3]: 3a MajibiH HHTepBaji BpeMeHH dt , k 3T0My HHTepBajiy [3]: dt dt Unit Edunuifa 48 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES s c Comments npimenanuft For a beam of radiation whose spectral Jfnn nyHKa H3JiyHeHHn, y KOToporo . <70 (X) l/0,(v) cneKTpanbHoe pacnpe^eneHiie paBHO distribution is or , the dX dv <70,(/l) <70 (v) hjih —— onpe,zteji5ieTCH no photon flux Op is dX dv (jiopMyjie » -["W. 2 M- * * dX he0 dX hc0 1 i dv dv • dv hv • dv hv 34 34 h = (6.6260755 ± 0.0000040) x 10' J-s is rae h = (6.6260755 ± 0.0000040) x 10' 1 = is • c, - Planck’s constant; c0 299792458 m-s' ,ZJ>k a Co CKOpocTb CBCTa b BaxyyMe paBHan m-c’ 1 speed of light in vacuum [3]. 299792458 [3]. 2.2.3. Radiant energy - SHeprun M3nyHeHnn Quantity’ BenimuHa Radiant energy 3Heprnn H3JiyHeHiin Symbol 06o3HaneHue Qe, Q Qe, Q Definition Onpedenenue Time integral of the radiant flux O e over a HHTerpan no BpeMemi ot noToxa given duration At [3]: H3JiyHeHH5i Oe 3a ^aHHbin oipe30K BpeMeHH At [3]: Q.= Q. = \ Unit Eduuuiya J Jpv, 49 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2.2.4. Number of photons - Hmcjio c^otohob Quantity Be.uumma Number of photons HlICJlO (j)OTOHOB Symbol Ooo3Hauemie Op, NP, QP, O Np, Q Definition OnpedeneHue Time integral of the photon flux O over a IdHTerpan no BpeMeHH ot noToxa (j}OTOHOB O 3a aaHHBIH 0Tpe30K given duration At [3]: BpeMeHH At [3]: N. dt = \® p Unit Edumnfa 2.2.5. Radiant exposure - SHepreTHHecKaa 3Kcno3MMMfi Quantity Benununa Radiant exposure 3HepreTHHecKan 3Kcno3nuiiH Symbol Ooo3HaueHue He,H He,H Definition Onpedejienue Quotient of dQ radiant energy incident on OTHomeHHe d SHepnm H 3JiyueHHJi, c , Qc an element of the surface containting the na^aiomen Ha sneMeHT noBepxHOCTH, point over the given duration, by the area co^ep^cautHH ztaHHyio TOHKy, b TeueHne dA of that element [3]: ZiaHHOH ztJiHTejibHocTH k njiomajtH dA 3toto 3JieMeHTa [3]: dty H„ = H„ = fa dA dA Unit Edunuua 2 2 -2 2 J m” s m~ K C . , W Jdp M , Bt M Comments r/pwitenanun Equivalent definition: Time integral of E AKeueanewimoe onpedenemie : IdHTerpan c , irradiance at the given point, over the given no BpeMeHH ot E o6jiyueHHocTH b c , 50 " . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES duration A t [3]: JiaHHOH TOHKe 3a JtaHHyK) ZLIHTeJIbHOCTb At [3]: . = f E (t)dt H ' = lE. H e e W 2.2.6. Photon exposure - OoTOHHaa 3Kcno3nmifl Quantity BenuMUHa Photon exposure (DOTOHHaH 3 KCII 03 Hmifl Symbol 06o3Hanenue HP,H HP,H Definition Onpedenemte Quotient of number of photons OTHomemie d(9 uncjia (Jiotohob, dOp , p incident on an element of the surface na^aioiunx Ha 3JieMeHT noBepxHOCTH, containting the point over the given co^ep^vamim /taHHyio Tonxy, b TeneHne duration, by the area &4 of that element [3]: ziaHHOH ztJiHTejibHocTH k nnomaxm cL4 3toto 3JieMeHTa [3]: H p Hp Unit Edumtifa m_2 m 2 Equivalent definition: Time integral of 3K6ii6ajieHimioe onpedenemw. IdHTerpan Ep , photon irradiance at the given point, over no BpeMeHH ot (})otohhoh Ep , the given duration At [3]: odjiyneHHOCTH b xiaHHOH Tonxe 3a jjaHHyio ^jiHTenbHocTb At [3]: H =[E (»d,. H E,m. p p , = l 2.2.7. Radiant intensity - Curia M3JiyHeHHfl Quantity BenunuHa Radiant intensity Cnjia iojiyneHiifl Symbol Ooo3Haueuue Ie,I Definition Onpedeaenue Quotient of the radiant flux dQ)e leaving the OTHomeHHe noTOKa H3JiyHeHHfl dOe 51 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES source and propagated in the element of HCXOJtHinerO OT HCTOHHHKa H solid angle dCl containing the given pacnpocTpamnomerocn BHyTpn Manoro direction, by the element of solid angle [3]: TenecHoro yrna dCl, coziepncamero paccMaTpHBaeMoe HanpaBnemie, k OTOMy TenecHOMy yrny [3]: d® _ e j j ' e dQ e dQ Unit EduHuua -1 Wsr _1 Bt cp 2.2.8. Photon intensity - OoTOHHan curia M3nyHeHnn Quantity Benumma Photon intensity Symbol 06o3Hanemie Ip, I 1 I P, Definition OnpedejieHue Quotient of the photon flux d<§> leaving OTHomeHne noTOKa (Jiotohob d<& p , the source and propagated in the element of HcxojDnuero ot ncTOHHHKa h solid angle dCl containing the given pacnpocTpamnomeroca BHyipn Manoro direction, by the element of solid angle [3]: TenecHoro yrna dCl , conepncamero paccMaTpHBaeMoe HanpaBJieHne, k OTOMy TenecHOMy yrny [3]: II II ta & Unit Edumn\a 1 -1 s^'sr” C'cp 2.2.9. Radiance - SHepreTnnecKan npKOCTb Quantity Benumma Radiance 3HepreTHHecKan npKOCTb Symbol OGo3uaueuue Le, L Le, L 52 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpedenenue Quantity defined by the formula BennHHHa, onpejtejmeMan no cnenyiomeH (jiopMyjie = Af = , Le > Le dA • cos 6 • dfl dA • cos 9 • dD. - where d<& e is the radiant flux transmitted by me dQ> e noTOK H3JiyneHHJi, an elementary beam passing though the nepeHOCHMbin b 3JieMeHTapHOM nyHKe given point and propagating in the solid jiynen, npxo^HLueM nepe3 naHHyio Tonxy n angle dCl containing the given direction; dA pacnpocTpamnomeMCfl b TenecHOM yrne is the area of a section of that beam dD. , coziep^KameM ztamioe HanpaBJieHne; - containing the given point; 9 is the angle dA nnonjaxib cenemiR jtaHHoro nyuKa, between the normal to that section and the npoxojDmjero nepe3 .naHHyio Tonxy; 0 - direction of the beam [3]. yroji Meamy HopMajibio k jtaHHOMy ceneHHK) n HanpaBJieHneM nymca Jiynen [3]- Unit EduHuifa 2 _1 2 1 Wnf sr Bt m cp Comments ripuMenamtx 1 . For an area dA of the surface of a source, 1. Flpn OTcneTe nnoma^n dA Ha since the intensity dl of dA in the given nOBepXHOCTH HCTOHHHKa, BBHJty TOTO, HTO direction is dl d<& /dfl then an CHJia H3JiyneHHa dl 3JieMeHTapHon e = c , nnomazm dA HCTOHHHKa b xiaHHOM equivalent formula is y HanpaBJieHHH ecTB dl d /dfl c = c , Toma 3KBHBajieHTHaa (jiopMyna nnn SHepreranecKon apKOcra 6yaeT hmctl cne^yiontHH bh^ - dA cos 6 dA- cos 6 - a form mostly used in illuminating 3Ta (JiopMa 3 anncn name Bcero engineering. ncnojib3yeTC^ b CBeTOTexHHKe. 2. For an area dA of a surface receiving the 2. Flpn OTcneTe njiomaztn dA Ha beam, since the irradiance dEe produced by noBepxHocTH npHeMHHKa H3JiyneHH5i, the beam on is then BBHZty toto, hto odjiyneHHOCTb dE , dA dE c = dQ/dA , an et co3naBaeMaji ztaHHbiM nymcoM jiyneii Ha equivalent formula is nnomarm dA onpeaeimeTCfl no (jiopMyjie d/dA 3KBHBaneHTH0H (JiopMyjiOH dEe = , j\im 3HepreTHnecK0H upkocth 6yzteT 53 . . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES dE dE L - e _ e L e dCl-cosO dCl-cosO - a form useful when the source has no 3Ta (jiopMa 3anncn (JiopMyjiBi j\jin surface (e. g., the sky, the plasma of a 3HepreTHuecKOH flpxocTH y,iio6Ha b tom discharge). cjiyuae, xoma hctohhhx HsnyueHim He 3. Making use of the geometric extent dG HMeeT noBepxHocra (HanpHMep, HedecHBiH of the elementary beam, since cbozi, nna3Ma pa3p5ma). dG - dAcosOdQ. then an equivalent 3. HcnonB3y5i (jiopMyny jxjw , formula is reoMeTpHuecKoro (jiaxTopa dG 3JieMeHTapHoro nyuxa JiyueH - dG = dA cos OdQ. mo>xho 3amicaTB , cneztyioniyK) sxBHBajieHTHyio (JiopMyny jxjvl 3HepreTHuecKoii hpkocth: 4 = ctoJdG 4 = d 9 4. Tax xax onTHuecxHH (JiaxTop G-n~ (cm. 4. Since the optical extent G-n~ (see npuMeuamw x 2.1.5) HHBapnaHTeH, Comments to 2.1.5) is invariant, then the BenHHHHa L-n “ TaK>xe HHBapHaHTHa Ha quantity L-?f~ is also invariant along the BceM nyra nyuxa, ecjiH noTepn Ha path of the beam if the losses by norjiouteHHe, OTpa^xemie h pacce^HHe absorption, reflection and diffusion are npHHHMaiOTCfl paBHbIMH Hyjno. flaHHafl taken as zero. That quantity is called the BejiHHHHa Ha3tiBaeTCfl npiiBejteHHOH basic radiance. 3HepreTHuecxoH JipxocTBio. 5. The relation between dd) e and L e given in 5. CooTHomemw Meamy BejiHHHHaMH dQ)e the formulae above is sometimes called h L npHBe^eHHbie b BBirne HamicaHHtix e , basic law of radiometry [3]: (jiopMynax HHorzia Ha3BiBaiOT ochobhbim 3aXOHOM pa^HOMeTpHH H (})OTOMeTpHH [3]: 6' r dA -cos 6- dA'-cos r dA -cos 6 - dA'- cos O' dA> = L = =4 ep e p j2 - - dA cos • = -dA- cos dCl = Le 6 dQ Le 0 - dA'- cos O'- dO.' - dA'- cos O'- dQ.' Le Le 6. Comments 1 - 5 can be adapted to 6. npHMeuaHHH 1 - 5 MoryT 6 bite. definitions of photon radiance (2.2.10), npHMeHeHBi x onpe,ztejieHHflM (Jiotohhoh spectral radiance (2.3.9), and spectral HpxocTH (2.2.10), cnexTpanBHOH photon radiance (2.3.10). nJIOTHOCTH 3HepreTHHeCXOH JipXOCTH (2.3.9) h cnexTpanBHOH hjiothocth (})OTOHHOH HpXOCTH (2.3.10). 54 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS- PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2.2.10. Photon radiance - cpoTOHHan apKocrb Quantity Benunuua Photon radiance OoTOHHan npKOCTb Symbol Ouo3nanemie Lp, Lp, L L Definition OnpedeaeHue Quantity defined by the formula BejiHHHHa, onpe^ejmeMaa no cneayiomeH (JiopMyjie d®„ dQ>„ l - JL l - L p ’ p ’ dA • cos 6 • dCl dA • cos 6 • dCl where dQ)p is the photon flux transmitted me dOp - noTOK (Jiotohob, nepeHociiMBin b by an elementary beam passing through the aneMeHTapHOM nyuKe Jiynen, npoxo^ameM given point and propagating in the solid uepe3 jtaHHyio TOHKy n angle dCl containing the given direction; dA pacnpocTpaHHiomeMCH b TenecHOM yrny is the area of a section of that beam dCl, conep^ameM ztaHHoe HanpaBJieHne; - containing the given point; 0 is the angle dA nnoma^t ceuemra naHHoro nyuKa, between the normal to that section and the npoxo^mtero nepe3 ^aHHyio Tomcy; 0 - direction of the beam [3]. yron Me»my HopManBio k ^aHHOMy ceueHHK) n HanpaBJieHneM nyuna Jiyuen [3]. Unit EduHuija -1 2 -1 -1 -2 -1 s *nf *sr C M Cp Comments IJpuMeuamiH See Comments for 2.3.9. Cm. npHMeuaHiia k 2.3.9. 2.2.1 1 . Irradiance - OGnyneHHocTb Quantity BenuHuua Irradiance O6jiyHeHH0CTb Symbol Ooo3Haneuue Ee, E Ee , E Definition OnpedejieHue Quotient of the radiant flux d<3) incident on OTHomeHne noTOKa H3JTyueHim dO e e , an element of the surface containing the na^aromero Ha 3JieMeHT noBepxHOCTH, point, by the area dA of that element [3]: coaep^amnn paccMaTpiiBaeMyio Tonxy, k rniomazm dA 3Toro 3JieMeHTa [3]: 55 . , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES II it Unit Edimuua W-m‘2 Bt m Synonyms CUHOHUMbl 3HepreTHHecKa» ocBememiocTb Comments TlpuMenaHUH Equivalent definition: Integral, taken over 3K6U6aiieHmHoe onpedeaemie: HHTerpan, the hemisphere visible from the given B3HTBIH no nonyc(j)epe, bh^hmoh H3 point, of the expression cos dQ. where XiaHHOH TOHKH, OT BBIpanceHHfl cos . L e 6 , L e 6 dQ - L e is the radiance at the given point in the me L e 3HepreTHHecKaa npKOCTt various directions of the incident na^amninx b ziaHHyio Tonxy no elementary of solid angle dCl pa3JiHHHbiM HanpaBJieHHHM sneMeHTapmnx beams , and 6 is the angle between any of these nyuKOB Jiynen, pacnpocTpamnomnxcn b TenecHbix yrnax dCl n 6 - yron beams and the normal to the surface at the , Menmy HanpaBJieHHHMH .zjaHHBix nyuKOB n given point [3]: HOpMaJIBK) K nOBepXHOCTH B JjaHHOH TOHKe [3]: d 2.2.12. Photon irradiance - OoxoHHan oSnyneHHOCTb Quantity’ Bemmuna Photon irradiance cDoTOHHan oftjiyHeHHOCTb Symbol Ooo3Hanemie Ep, E Ep, E Definition Onpedeneuue Quotient of the photon flux d p p , an element of the surface containing the na^aiomero Ha 3JieMeHT nOBepXHOCTH, point, by the area dA of that element [3]: coztepncamnn paccMaTpnBaeMyK) Tonxy, k nnomajjn dA stoto sneMeHTa [3]: c/O 1 p tn II E= . p dA & Unit EduHuifa -1 -2 2 s m C-'-M Comments npimenanuH Equivalent definition. Integral, taken over DKeueanewnHoe onpedeaemie. HHTerpan, 56 , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES the hemisphere visible from the given b3htbih no nojiyc(j)epe, bhuhmoh H3 point, of the expression L cos 0 dQ JtaHHOH TOHKH, OT Bbipa>KeHmi , L cos 6 dQ me Lp - 4)OTOHHaa apKOCTb where Lp is the photon radiance at the given point in the various directions of the na^aioiunx b ztaHHyio TOHKy no incident elementary beams of solid angle pasjiHHHbiM HanpaBJiemLaM 3JieMeHTapHbix dQ, and 0 is the angle between any of these nyuKOB nynen, pacnpocTpamnomnxca b beams and the normal to the surface at the TenecHbix yrnax dQ, n 0 - yron Me^cty given point: HanpaBJieHii^MH ziaHHbix nyuKOB n HOpMaJIbK) K nOBepXHOCTH B ^aHHOH TOHKe • - ^L • cos <9 dQ. cos 6 -dQ. p In sr In sr 2.2.13. Radiant exitance - SHepreTunecKan ceeTHMOCTb Quantity BenunuHa Radiant exitance 3HepreTHHecKan CBeTHMOCTb Symbol Ooo3HaneHue Me, M Me , M Definition Onpedenenue Quotient of the radiant flux d<& leaving an OTHomeHne noTOxa H3JiyHeHHH d<& e e , element of the surface containing the point, ncxojxRinero ot 3JieMeHTa noBepxHocTH, by the area dA of that element [3]: KOTOpblh CO^ep^CHT JtaHHyiO TOHKy, K njiomaziH 3Toro sneMeHTa dA [3]: d<& d® M e e e dA dA Unit EduHuifa 2 2 Wm' Bt m‘ Comments riptmeHOHUft Equivalent definition: Integral, taken over 3K6ueajieumHoe onpedeaeHue: HHTerpan, the hemisphere visible from the given b3htlih b npeztenax nonynpocTpaHCTBa, point, of the expression cos BHJtHMOrO H3 ZjaHHOH TOHKH OT BbipaHCeHIIH Le 6 dQ , where L cos 6 dQ L - SHepreTHnecxaa Le is the radiance at the given point in the e , me e various directions of the emitted apKOCTb B ZiaHHOH TOHKe SJieMeHTapHbIX elementary beams of solid angle dQ, and 0 nyHKOB jiyHeii, KOTOpbie is the angle between any of these beams pacnpocTpaHHioTCH b TenecHbix ymax dQ and the normal to the surface at the given ZULa pa3JiHHHbix HanpaBJieHHH, h 6- yron point [3]: Me^czty HanpaBneHH^MH ztaHHbix nynxoB jiyneH h HopMajibio k noBepxHocTH b 57 . . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES ZiaHHOH TOHKe [3]: dd> d® e e = • = M cos# dfl jl • cos# dCl dA dA e 2n sr 2 n sr 2.2.14. Photon exitance - cDoTOHHaa CBeTMMOCTb Quantity BenuHUHa Photon exitance (DOTOHHafl CBeTHMOCTb Symbol Ooo3nanemie Mp , M Mp , M Definition OnpedeJienue Quotient of the photon flux dQ>p leaving an OTHomeHHe noToxa (})otohob d<&p element of the surface containing the point, Hcxozpmtero ot DneMeHTa noBepxHOcra, by the area dA of that element [3]: KOTOpBIH CO^ep)KHT /jaHHyiO TOHKy, K nnoma^H dtoto oneMeHTa dA [3]: m dA p dA Unit Edumn\a -1 -2 s -m C -M Comments IIpimeHanuH Equivalent definition: Integral, taken over SKeueanewimoe onpedenenue : fiHTerpan, the hemisphere visible from the given bsjitbih b npejtenax nonynpocTpaHCTBa, point, of the expression L cos Odd BH^HMOTO H3 JtaHHOH TOHKH OT BBIpa^KeHHfl p , L cos dCl L - (jioTOHHaa ^pkoctb b 6 , me p where Lp is the photon radiance at the p given point in the various directions of the jtaHHon TOHKe 3JieMeHTapHBix nyHKOB emitted elementary beams of solid angle jiyneh, KOTopBie paenpocTpamnoTCfl b dfl, and 0 is the angle between any of these TejiecHBix yrnax dCl jxim pa3JiHHHBix beams and the normal to the surface at the HanpaBJieHHH, h 6- yron Me^cty given point [3]: HanpaBjieHH^MH jtaHHBix nyHKOB jiyneH h HOpMaJIBK) K nOBepXHOCTH B .ZtaHHOH TOHKe [3]: d 58 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2.3. Spectral radiometric quantities - CneKmpanbHbie paduoMempunecKue eenuHUHbi 2.3.1. Spectral radiant flux - CneKTpa/ibHan nnoTHOCTb ncvroKa M3nyHeHkm Quantity Bemmuna CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb noTOKa Spectral radiant flux H 3JiyHeHHH Symbol 06o3nanenue <5;., P>. Tk/.5 d); P , ; Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the radiant flux taken noTOKa H3JiyneHH^ d<$> (A), OTHomeHne e over an elementary wavelength interval dA B351TOH B MaJlOM CneKTpaJIBHOM HHTepBajie dA naHHyio bojihh containing the wavelength A, to that , conep^cameM xunmy interval: A, k 3T0My HHTepBany: 0=^1 Unit EduHuifa " Wrrf 1 Bt m 1 Synonyms ClIHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of radiant flux CneKTpajibHbiii noTOK n 3JiyHeHnn Spectral density of radiant flux CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb moluhocth Spectral density of radiant power H 3JiyHeHHfl Spectral concentration of radiant power CneKTpajibHan MomHOCTb H 3JiyHeHHH 2.3.2. Spectral photon flux - CneicrpajibHafl njioTHOCTb cfcoTOHHoro noTOKa Quantity Benumma CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb (|)OTOHHoro Spectral photon flux noTOKa Symbol 06o3uaneHue 59 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpedejiemie The ratio of the photon flux d containing the wavelength X, to that HHTepBane dA , coztepncameM jtaHHyio interval: jyiHHy BOJiHBi X, k 3TOMy HHTepBajiy: O d*>M) PA dX dA Unit Edumtua s m C M Synonyms Cuhohumu Spectral concentration of photon flux CneKTpajibHbiii tjjoTOHHbiii noTOK Spectral density of photon flux 2.3.3. Spectral radiant energy - CneicrpajibHafi nnoTHOCTb aHeprun M3JiyHeHkm Quantity Bemmuna CneKTpajibHan njiOTHOCTb 3Heprnn Spectral radiant energy H3JiyHeHHH Symbol Odo3nanemte Qeh Ql Qeh Ql Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the radiant energy \A H3JiyueHH5i (A dQe ) OTHomeHne 3Hepnm dQe ), taken over an elementary wavelength b35itoh b ManoM cneKTpaubHOM HHTepBane dA coztepncameM jtaHHyio ^nHHy bojihbi interval dA containing the wavelength X, , to that interval: X, k 3TOMy HHTepBany: dQ'Q) dO (X) n n e ^eX ^eA dA dA Unit Eduuuua 1 _1 J m ,H,)K M Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of radiant energy CneKTpajibHan 3Hepriin lOJiyHeHun Spectral density of radiant energy 60 , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2 . 3 . 4 . Spectral number of photons - CneKTpanbHan nnoTHOCTb HMcna cJdotohob Quantity > BenuuuHa CneKTpajibHan nJiOTHOCTb nucjia Spectral number of photons (|)OTOHOB Symbol Ooo3HaueHue N Npn . Qpx > Q>. pA’QpA’Q* Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the photon number dN (X) OTHomeHHe uncna c[)otohob dN (X) taken over an elementary wavelength B3RTOTO B MaJIOM CneKTpaJIbHOM interval d)l containing the wavelength X, HHTepBane dA , co^epncameM ^aHHyio to that interval: nnHHy bojihli X, k 3T0My HHTepBany: dNAX) dN (X) N, = " N- = P pA dA pA dA Unit EduHuifa m 1 M 1 Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of number of CneKTpanbHoe hhcjio (|)otohob photons Spectral density of number of photons 2 . 3 . 5 . Spectral radiant exposure - CneKTpanbHan nnoTHOCTb 3HepreTMHeCKOM 3KCn03MI4MM Quantity- Benuuuna CneKTpajibHan nJiOTHOCTb Spectral radiant exposure 3HepreTHHecKoii 3Kcno3Hunn Symbol 06o3nauenue Heh Hx Heh Hk Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the radiant exposure OTHomeHHe 3HepreTHnecKOH 3Kcno3HHHH dH e (/1) taken over an elementary wavelength dHfil), B3ATOH B MaJIOM CneKTpaJIbHOM interval d/1 containing the wavelength X, HHTepBane dA , coztep/KameM ^aHHyio to that interval: jjjiHHy BOJiHbi X, k 3TOMy HHTepBany: 61 i Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES dH (A) dH {A) e = e H eA dA d) Unit Editmiua 3 J 3 -3 J m~ Ws m~ M~ Bt C M , , Synonyms CltHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of radiant CneKTpajibHan SHepreTHHecKaa exposure 3KCn03HUHU Spectral density of radiant exposure 2.3.6. Spectral photon exposure - CneKTpa/ibHan nnoTHOCTb CjDOTOHHOM 3KCn03MI4MM Quantity BenuHuua CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb (Jjotohhoh Spectral photon exposure 3Kcno3iimm Symbol 06o3naneHue Hph Hx Hpu Hk Definition OnpedejieHue The ratio of the photon exposure dH (/1) OTHOmeHHe (})OTOHHOH 3KCn03HUHH taken over an elementary wavelength dH (a), B35ITOH B MaJIOM cneKTpajibHOM interval d)l containing the wavelength X, HHTepBane dA , co^ep^ameM jtaHHyio to that interval: jUiHHy BOJiHbi X, k 3TOMy HHTepBajiy: dH {X) dH {X) p p dA dA Unit Edunuifa “ m 3 M-3 Synonyms Cuhohumu Spectral concentration of photon CneKTpajibHan (J)OTOHHan 3Kcno3HUHH exposure Spectral density of photon exposure 2.3.7. Spectral radiant intensity - CneKTpa/ibHan n/iOTHOCTb cmibi MsnyneHun Quantity Beaumma CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb cn;ii>i Spectral radiant intensity H 3JiyHeHHH 62 > - Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Symbol Ooo3nanemie leb d) IeL h Definition Onpedejiemte ratio of the radiant intensity dl chjibi H3JiyneHH5i dd (A The e (/1) OTHomeHHe e ), taken over an elementary wavelength B3HT0H B MaJlOM CneKTpaJIBHOM HHTepBaJie interval dA containing the wavelength X, dA , coztep^ameM jiaHHyio jyiHHy bojihbi to that interval: X, k 3T0My HHTepBajiy: , _dlM) , dlM) e? ‘ dA Unit Edumn\a 1 1 W m ’sr” Bt m 'cp Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of radiant CneKTpajibHan cnjia H3JiyHeHHH intensity Spectral density of radiant intensity 2.3.8. Spectral photon intensity CneKTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb CjDOTOHHOM CMJlbl M3JiyHeHMfl Quantity Benununa CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb (Jjotohhoh Spectral photon intensity cnjibi H3JiyHeHnn Symbol 06o3Hanenue lPh h dpi, d) Definition Onpedeaenue The ratio of the photon intensity dl (X) OTHomeHne (Jiotohhoh chjibi H3JiyneHHJi dl B3ATOTO B MaJlOM CneKTpaJIBHOM taken over an elementary wavelength p W, interval dA containing the wavelength X, HHTepBaJie dA , co^ep^cameM ziaHHyio to that interval: XtJiHHy bojihbi X, k 3T0My HHTepBajiy: dI {X) dI {A) , p , p p> pA ' dA dA Unit EduHuua , 1 ] 1 1 s” sr~ m' c cp ’m Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of photon CneKpajibHan (|)OTOHHaH cnjia intensity n3JiyneHHH Spectral density of photon intensity 63 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2.3.9. Spectral radiance - CneicrpajibHan nncrmocTb aHepreTunecKOM flpKOCTM Quantity BenimuHa CneKTpajiLHan njiOTHOCTb Spectral radiance OHepreTiiHecKOH hpkocth Symbol Ooo3Hanemie LeX> Lx LeA> Lx Definition OnpedeneHue ratio of the radiance taken over OTHomeHne 3HepreTHnecKOH HpKOCTH The dLe (/1) dL (A B3HTOH B MaJlOM CneKTpaJILHOM an elementary wavelength interval dA e ), containing the wavelength X, to that HHTepBane dA , co^ep^cameM jtaHHyK) interval: ZtJiHHy bojihbi X, k 3TOMy HHTepBany: _dL.fr) dL.fr) , el eA ~ ' dX dA Unit Edumnfa D -3 -1 W m °sf' Bt M cp Synonyms ClIHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of radiance CneKTpajibHan npKOCTb Spectral density of radiance Comments TIpuMeuamtH See Comments for 2.2.9. Cm. npHMenaHHfl k 2.2.9. 2.3.10. Spectral photon radiance - CneKTpanbHafi nnoTHOCTb 4>otohhom npKOCTM Quantity’ Benumma CneKTpajibHan njiOTHOCTb ((jotohhoh Spectral photon radiance npKOCTH Symbol OOo3Hanemie LpX, Lx LpX, Lx Definition Onpedenemie The ratio of the photon radiance dL (A) OTHomeHne (})otohhoh eipkocth dL (A), p taken over an elementary wavelength b3;itoh b ManoM cneKTpajibHOM HHTepBane interval dA containing the wavelength X, dA , cojtep^ameM ztaHHyio TtJiHHy bojihh to that interval: X, k 3T0My HHTepBajiy: 64 ) Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES dL„(X) dL (X p dX dA Unit Edunuua _1 3 _1 j s irf sr c 'm Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of photon CneKTpajibHan (J)OTOHHan npKOCTb radiance Spectral density of photon radiance Comments llpuMenamiH See Comments for 2.2.9. Cm. npHMenaHHfl k 2.2.9. 2.3.11. Spectral irradiance - CneKTpajibHan nnoTHOCTb o6nyHeHHOCTM Quantity Bejiimuna Spectral irradiance CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb odjiyMeHHOCTH Symbol ObosnaneHue Eel, El Eel, El Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the irradiance [A) taken odjiyneHHocTH (A), dEe OTHomeHne dEe over an elementary wavelength interval dA b3htoh b ManoM cneKTpajibHOM HHTepBane containing the wavelength X, to that d/1 , coziep>KameM flaHHyio juiHHy bojihbi interval: X, k OTOMy HHTepBany: (X) _dEe {X) dEt EeA F ~~dX~' dA Unit Edumiifa WnT3 Bt m ^ Synonyms ClIHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of irradiance CneKTpajibHan o6jiyHeHHOCTb Spectral density of irradiance CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb OHepreTHHecKoii ocBemeHHocTH 65 k Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2.3.12. Spectral photon irradiance - CneKTpanbHan nnoTHOCTb c|dotohhom oSnyneHHOCTM Quantity Be.numma Spectral photon irradiance CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb (Jjotohhoh oGjlVHeHHOCTH Symbol Ooo3Hauenae Epx, Ei E 5 Ex Definition OnpedeneHue The ratio of the photon irradiance dE (A) OTHonieHne (Jiotohhoh o6jiyneHHOCTH p dE (A), B 3ATOH B MaJIOM cneKTpajibHOM taken over an elementary wavelength p interval dA containing the wavelength X, HHTepBane dA , conepncameM ^aHHyio to that interval: XtJiHHy BOJiHbi X, k 3TOMy mrrepBany: dE dE {A) p (fi p dA dA Unit EdiiHuita _I ~ 3 s m C M Synonyms CllHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of photon CneKTpajibHan (jjoTOHHan irradiance ohjiyneHHOCTb Spectral density of photon irradiance 2.3.13. Spectral radiant exitance - CneKTpajribHan nnoTHOCTb 3HepreTMHeCKOM CBeTMMOCTM Quantity Bejiumma CneKTpajibHan njioTHOCTb Spectral radiant exitance 3HepreTHHecKoii cbcthmocth Symbol OOo3HaneHue Meh Mi Mel, Ml Definition OnpedeneHue The ratio of the radiant exitance (A OTHomeHne 3HepreTHnecKon cbcthmocth dMe ) (A B35ITOH B MaJIOM cneKTpajibHOM taken over an elementary wavelength dMe ), interval dA containing the wavelength X, HHTepBane dA , conepncameM jtaHHyio to that interval: nJiHHy BOJiHbi X, k 3TOMy HHTepBajiy: M J-EM ..em. e „ ‘ dA * dA Unit EduHuija ~ Wm 3 Bt m-3 66 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral concentration of radiant CneKTpajibHan 3HepreTnnecKan exitance CBeTHMOCTb Spectral density of radiant exitance 2.3.14. Spectral photon exitance - CneKTpanbHaa nnoTHOCTb 4>OTOHHOil CBeTMMOCTM Quantin’ Bemmuna CneKTpajibHan njiOTHOCTb (Jjotohhoh Spectral photon exitance CB eTHMOCTH Symbol 06o3naueHue MpX, Mph Mi Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the photon exitance dM (X) OraomeHMe (})otohhoh cbcthmocth {X), B 35ITOH B MaJlOM CneKTpaJIbHOM taken over an elementary wavelength dMp interval dZ containing the wavelength X, HHTepBane dX , coaepEcanjeM ^aHHyio to that interval: ZtJiHHy bojihli X, k 3T0My rorrepBajiy: (X) dMp dMfX) dX dZ Unit Edumtya _ ~ 1 3 s m Synonyms Cuhohumu Spectral concentration of photon CneKTpajibHan (JjoTOHHan CBeTHMOCTb exitance Spectral density of photon exitance 67 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3. Optical phenomena - OrrmnecKMe nenehhh 3.1. Coherent radiation - Koaepenmnoe u3nyneHue Term Tep.MUH Coherent radiation KorepeHTHoe lOJiyneHiie Definition OnpedeneHue Monochromatic radiation whose MoHOxpoMaTHnecKoe H3JiyueHHe, y electromagnetic oscillations maintain KOToporo coxpaHfleTca pa3HOCTB ^33 constant3.2. phase differences from one point 3JieKTpoMarHHTHbix KOJie6aHHH Mencziy to another [3]. pa3HbIMH TOHKaMH [3]. Interference - MHmepcpepeHpuft Term Tep.MUH Interference HHTep(|)epeHUHH Definition3.3. Onpedenenue Superposition of coherent waves capable of Hano)KeHHe KorepeHTHbix bojih, KOTopoe producing locally a diminution or a no3BOjmeT nonyuHTb jiOKaubHoe reinforcement of the amplitudes of the 0CJia6neHHe hjih ycHJieHHe aMnjiHTyjtbi vibrations of a radiation [3]. KOJie6aHHH H3JiyHemw [3]. Diffraction - flucppaKiiun Term Tep.MUH Diffraction ^HtjjpaKUHH Definition Onpedenenue Deviation of the direction of propagation of OTKJiOHeHHe ot npflMOJiHHeiiHoro a radiation, determined by the wave nature pacnpocTpaHeHH^ ronyueHmi, KOTopoe of radiation, and occurring when the onpe/tejuieTCJi bojihoboh npnpoziOH radiation passes the edge of an obstacle [3]. H3JiyHeHHfl H npOHCXO^HT, KOTZia H3JiyueHHe npoxo^HT repaid npemrrcTBHJi [ 3 ]- 68 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.4. Emission - Smucclm Term Tep.MUH Emission Omhcciih Definition Onpedenenue Release of radiant energy [3]. HcnycKaHne sjieKTpOMaranTHoro H3UyHeHHJI [3]. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl HcnycKaHne mjiyneHHH 3.4.1. Thermal radiation -TennoBoe M3nyHeHMe Term TepMun Thermal radiation TenjiOBoe H3JiyHeHne Definition Onpedenenue 1. Process of emission in which the radiant 1 . IlpOUeCC 3MHCCHH, B03HHKaK)IHHH B energy originates in the thermal agitation of pe3yjitTaTe TenuoBoro B036y^cteHna the particles of matter such as atoms, uacTHu BeiuecTBa (aTOMOB, MOJieKyn, molecules, ions. hohob). 2. The radiation emitted by that process. [3] 2. M3JTyueHHe, B03HHKaiomee b pe3yjitTaTe 3toto npouecca. [3] Synonyms CllHOHUMbl Heat radiation TeMnepaTypHoe H3JiyHeHne Temperature radiation 3.4.2. Thermal radiator - TennoBOM MsnynaTenb Term TepMUH Thermal radiator TenjioBoii H3JiyHaTejib Definition Onpedenenue Source emitting thermal radiation [3]. Hctohhhk TemiOBoro H3JiyHeHHfl [3]. 69 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.4.3. Perfect blackbody - A6cojbotho nepHoe Teno Term Tepxiun Perfect blackbody AGcojiiotho nepHoe Teno Definition Onpedenemie Ideal thermal radiator that absorbs LLaeajiBHMH TennoBOH H3nynaTenB, completely all incident radiation, whatever KOTopbin nojiHOCTBio nornomaeT Bee the wavelength, the direction of incidence najjaiomee Ha Hero H3nyneHHe He3aBHCHM0 or the polarization. This radiator has, for ot ^jihhbi bojihbi, HanpaBneHnn naaeHHfl h any wavelength and any direction, the COCTOflHHfl nOJlflpH3aiJHH H3JiyueHHJL maximum spectral radiance for a thermal JfaHHBiH TennoBOH H3JiyuaTenB HMeeT npn radiator in thermal equilibrium at a given 3a^aHH0H TeMnepaType juvl Bcex juihh temperature [3]. bojih MaKCHMajiBHyio cneKTpajiBHyK) nJIOTHOCTB 3HepreTHHeCKOH UpKOCTH, B ycnoBHHX ycTaHOBHBmerocH TennoBoro pe^HMa H3nyuaTeji5i [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Blackbody Hepuoe tcjio Black body (GB) IljiaHKOBCKHM mnyuaTejib Planckian radiator IlojiHbiH H3JiynaTejib Full radiator Comments IJpiiMenaHUft A perfect blackbody is a source of thermal A6cojiiotho nepHoe Teno nBjweTcn radiation, the total and spectral exitance of HCTOHHHKOM TenJlOBOTO H3JTyueHH5I, which are determined only by its 3HepreTHnecKaH cbcthmoctb h temperature. At the given temperature, the CneKTpaJIBHBIH COCTaB KOTOpOFO spectral radiant exitance at the given onpextenmoTcn tojibko ero TeMnepaTypoh. wavelength and radiant exitance of every FIpH jtaHHoii TeMnepaType cneiapanBHan real body are less than that of a perfect nJIOTHOCTB 3HepreTHHeCK0H CBeTHMOCTH Ha blackbody at the same temperature. The ZiaHHOH ztJiHHe bojihbi h aHepreTHnecKan spectral radiant exitance of a perfect black CBeraMOCTB jno6oro peajiBHoro Tena body is determined by Planck’s law, the MCHBine, neM y a6comoTHO nepHoro Tena radiant exitance by Stefan- Boltzmann law, npn tom >re TeMnepaType. CneKTpanBHan and the angular distribution of radiant nnoTHocTB 3HepreTHnecKOH cbcthmocth intensity by Lambert’s law. a6comoTHO nepHoro Tena onpenenneTcn 3aK0H0M IlnaHKa, SHepreTnuecKan CBeraMOCTB - 3aKOHOM Cre())aHa- EonBUMaHa, a yrnoBoe pacnpeneneHne cnnBi H3nyHeHHn - 3aKOHOM JIaM6epTa. 70 \ — 0 . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3 . 4 . 4 . Planck’s law - Sskoh flnaHKa Term Tep.mm Planck’s law 3aK0H IljiaHKa Definition Onpedenemie Law expressing the spectral radiance of a 3aKOH, Btipa^KaKmjHH cneKTpajibHyio perfect blackbody as a function of nJlOHOCTB 3HepreTHHeCKOH JipKOCTH wavelength and temperature: a6cojiK)THO nepHoro Tena Kax (jiymcumo jtJiHHbi bojihbi h TeMnepaTypbi: c 8L (A,T) c 2 dL {X,T) bb e -5 ,AT b e L = = -±A 1 L \{X,T) eMj) e dA 71 dA 71 J bb bb is spectral a - where L A radiance of perfect me L A cneKTpanbHan nnoTHOCTb blackbody; X is wavelength in vacuum; T is 3HepreTHuecKOH npicocTH aOcomoTHo thermodynamic temperature; nepHoro Tena; X - junma bojihu b 10“ 16 2 - C - (3.74177107 ± 0.00000029) • W • nr BaxyyMe; T TepMOflHHaMHuecKan is the first radiation constant; TeMnepaTypa; -16 2 "2 C, = (3,74 177107 ± 0,00000029) TO Bm • m • 1 • C2 = (1 .4387752 ± 0.0000025) m K - nepBan pajmauHOHHan nocTonHHan; is the second radiation constant. ~ ± -10 2 C2 = (1,4387752 0,0000025) m-K- BTOpan paztnauHOHHan nocTonHHan. Comments YlpUMeHOHUH 1 . The formula is sometimes written with — 1 . BMecTO — , £2 - TenecHbin yron me 0 angle of magnitude 1 steradian. t: 2. For a detector in a medium of refractive BeJIHHHHOH B 1 Cp. index n the measured spectral radiance is , 2. flna npneMHHKa H3JiyHeHnn b cpe^e c noKa3aTeneM npenoMneHun n, H3MepneMan 3. Planck’s law can be also expressed to cneKTpanbHan nnoraocTb 3HepreTHuecK0H bb n 2 bb (A,T) give the spectral exitance M (A,T); the npKocra paBHa L A 3. 3aKOH rinaHKa MonceT 6biTb BbipanteH first factor in the formula (1), is then C, uepe3 cneKTpajibHyio nnoTHOCTb instead of Cj7t . bb 3HepreTHHecKon cbcthmocth M (A,T); b 4. Planck’s law is applied to the unpolarized emitted radiation. 3TOM CJiyuae K03(})(})HLlHeHT C / 71 B ] 4)opMyne 3aMeHfleTCn Ha C, . 4. 3aKOH IljiaHKa npHMeHHM jxJin HenojmpH30BaHHoro H3nyneHHn. 71 , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.4.5. Stefan-Boltzmann law - SaKOH CTecfraHa-EojibLjMaHa Term TepMun Stefan-Boltzmann law 3aKOH CTecJjaHa-EojiMjMaHa Definition Onpedenenue The relationship between the radiant CooTHomeHne MOKjty 3HepreTHuecKOH exitance of a perfect blackbody and its CBeTHMOCTBK) a6C0J!K)TH0 nepHoro Tejia H temperature: ero TeMnepaTypon: 4 4 =aT crT M , M = , e e where TJXQ 2 0“ 8 2 4 10“ • cj = (5,670400 ± 0,000040) x V rn K~* a = (5,670400 ± 0,000040)x 1 Bm m~ K~ is the Stefan-Boltzmann constant. - nocTO^HHa)? CTeijiaHa-BojibUMaHa. 3.4.6, Lambert’s law - SaKOH JlaMbepTa Teim TepMUH Lambert’s law 3aKOH JIaMbepTa Definition Onpedenenue For a surface element whose radiance is the J\Jin 3JieMeHTa noBepxHOcra, c jipKOCTBio same in all directions of the hemisphere hjih SHepreTHuecKon jipkoctbio above the surface: oxtHHaKOBon Rim Bcex HanpaBJieHHH b nonyc(J)epe Ha# stoh noBepxHOCTBio cnpaBeztJiHBa (jiopMyjia: = I cos l(0) = I cosO /(#) n 6 , n l{6) I are the radiant I„ — CHJ1BI HJIH CHJIBI where and n me 1 ( 0 ) H H3JiyHeHHH intensities of the surface element in a CBeTa 3JieM6HTa noBepxHOCTH b direction at an angle 9 from the normal to H anpaBJieHHH, KOTOpoe onpe^eji^eTCH the surface and in the direction of that yrjiOM 6 ot HopMajiH k stoh noBepxHOCTH normal, respectively [3]. H B HanpaBJieHHH 3TOH HOpMaJIH, COOTBeTCTBeHHO [3]. Synonyms CuhOHUMbl Cosine law 3aKOH KOCHHyca 3aKOH KOCHHyCOB 72 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration 1 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.4.7. Lambertian surface - JlaMbepTOBCKafl noBepxHOCTb Term TepMUH Lambertian surface JlaMbepTOBCKau noBepxHOCTb Definition Onpedenenue Ideal surface for which the radiation LLteajiBHafl noBepxHOCTb, y KOTopon coming from that surface is distributed iicnycicaeMoe tojiyueHne HMeeT yrnoBoe angularly according to Lambert's cosine pacnpe^eneHne, cooTBeTCTBytomee 3aK0Hy law [3]. KOCHHycoB JIaMdepTa [3]. Synonyms ClAHOHUMbl Perfect diffuser IloBepxHOCTb JlaMdepTa HneajibHO iiiicJ)(J)y3Hasi noBepxHOCTb MaeajibHbiH aH4)(J)y3HbiH pacceuBaTejib (H3JiyHaTejib) Comments TIpuMenamm For a Lambertian surface, M = n L where fljlR JiaMdepTOBCKOH nOBepXHOCTH e e cnpaBe^jiHBa (j)opMyjia =nL M , me M M is the radiant exitance, and L the e e e e e - BHepreTHuecKaa cbcthmoctb n L - radiance. e 3HepreTHuecKa)i BpKocTb. 3.4.8. Luminescence - JlmMUHecLteHmin Term TepMUH Luminescence JIioMHHecneHmiH Definition OnpedejieHue Emission, by atoms, molecules or ions in a FlBjieHne ncnycKamw aTOMaMH, material, of optical radiation which for MoneKyjiaMH hjih noHaMH BemecTBa certain wavelengths or regions of the OnTHHeCKOTO H3JiyHeHHH, HHTeHCHBHOCTb spectrum is in excess of the radiation due KOTOpOTO /tJlH HeKOTOpbIX jxmm BOJTH HJ1H to thermal emission from that material at jtjm orpaHHH eHHbix cneKTpanbHbix the same temperature, as a result of these yuacTKOB yuacTKOB 6onbme particles being excited by energy other than HHTeHCHBHOCTH TenJIOBOrO M3JiyueHH5I thermal agitation [3]. 3Toro BeutecTBa npn toh >tce TeMnepaiype, b pe3ynbTaTe B036y^meHH5i .naHHbix aTOMOB HJIH MOJieKyJI pa3J!HHHBIMH BIWMH 3HepTHH, 3a HCKJltOHeHHeM TenJIOBOH 3HeprHH [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl 73 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Comments TlpuMenaHUH A distinction is made between Pa3JIHHaiOT QJieKTpOJIIOMHHeCUeHUHK) electroluminescence (luminescence (jnoMHHecueHUHH, B03HHKaK>man resulting from electrical excitation), BCJiejtcTBne 3JieKTpHuecKoro chemical luminescence (luminescence B036y>icneHmi), xnMHuecKyio resulting from a chemical reaction), and jnOMHHecneHItHIO (jIK)MHHeCUeHItH5I, photoluminescence (luminescence B03HHKaiomafl BCJiejtcTBHe xHMHuecKon produced by the absorption of radiant flux, peaKItHH) H (j)OTOJIK)MHHeCLieHUHK) different from ordinary reflection by a time (jlK)MHHeCLieHLIH5I, BBI3bIBaeMa5I delay and, usually, a shift toward longer norjiomcHHeM JiyuHCToro noTOKa, wavelengths). oTJiHuaiomaRCH ot o6bihhoto oipa^eHHa BpeMeHHOH 3aZiep^CKOH H, o6bihho, CflBHTOM B CTOpOHy flJIHHHblX BOJIH). 3.4.9. Stimulated emission - Bbmy>KAeHHoe M3/iyHeHue Term TepMun Stimulated emission BbiHy>KjteHHoe H3JiyHeHne Definition Onpedenemie Process of emission by quantum transition ripouecc 3MHCCHH BCJie^CTBHe KBaHTOBOTO from an excited energy level to a lower nepexona c B036y^czieHHoro level, triggered by incident radiation having 3HepreTHuecKoro ypOBHfl Ha donee hh3khh the frequency of that transition [3]. SH epreTHuecKHH ypOBeHb, Bbi3BaHHbm najtaiontHM H3JiyueHHeM c uacTOTOH ZtaHHoro nepexozia [3]. 3.4.10. Synchrotron radiation - CnHxpoTpoHHoe M3JiyHeHMe Term TepMUH Synchrotron radiation ClIHXpOTpOHHOe H3JiyHeHHe Definition Onpedenenue Emission from highly accelerated 3mhcckh chjilho ycKopeHHbix electrically charged free particles, e.g. in 3ap*DKeHHbix uacTHit, HanpHMep, Ha circular orbits [3]. KpyroBbix op6nTax [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl MarHHTOTopM03Hoe H3JiyHeHne Comments npuMenamix The radiation is caused by acceleration of H3JiyueHHe odycnoBJieHo ycKOpemieM particles due to the trajectory curvature. HaCTHU, CBR3aHHbIM C KpHBH3H0H TpaeKTOpHH. 74 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.5. Reflection - OmpaweHue Term Tep.MUH Reflection OTpaaceHne Definition Onpedenemte Process by which radiation is returned by a Bo3BpameHne H3JiyneHHji KaKon-Jin6o surface or a medium, without change of noBepxHOCTBK) huh cpeztOH 6e3 H3MeHemBi frequency of its monochromatic nacTOT ero MOHOxpoMaTHnecKHX components [3]. COCTaBJMIOIHHX [3]. Comments YIpUMeHOHUH 1 . Part of the radiation falling on a medium 1 . HacTt H3JiyneHH5i, na^aioinero Ha is reflected at the surface of the medium rpaHHuy KaKOH-Jindo cpeati, OTpancaeTc^ (surface refection); another part may be Ha ee noBepxHOCTH ( noeepxuocmnoe scattered back from the interior of the ompaofceHue), zipyras nacTB H3JiyneHii^ medium (volume reflection) MO>KeT 6 biti> paccejma b 2. The frequency is unchanged only if there npoTHBonojio>KHOM HanpaBJieHHH BHyTpn is no Doppler effect due to the motion of XiaHHOH cpezibi ( odbeMHoe ompaotcemie). the materials from which the radiation is 2. MacTOTa mjiyneHHfl He MeH^eTC^ nocne returned [3]. OTpanceHHii tojibko b tom cjiynae, ecjin HeT 3(j)4)eKTa /fonnnepa, KOToptiH B03HHKaeT H3-3a ZIBHHveHHH TeJia, OT KOTOpOTO OTpa^KaeTca H3JiyneHHe [3]. 3.5.1 . Specular reflection - 3epKanbHoe OTpawemie Term Tep.MUH Specular reflection 3epKajibHoe oTpaavemie Definition Onpedejienue Reflection in accordance with the laws of OTpanceHHe 6e3 pacceumra b cootbctctbhh geometrical optics, without diffusion [3]. c 3aKOHaMH reoMeTpHuecKOH ohthkh [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Regular reflection 3.5.2. Diffuse reflection - flnc|3c}Dy3Hoe OTpa>KeHne Term Tep.MUH Diffuse reflection 2tn(|)(J)y3Hoe oTpa^KeHne Definition Onpedenenue Diffusion by reflection in which, on the OTpanceHne, npH kotopom HanpaBJieHHoe 75 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES macroscopic scale, there is no regular nponycKaHne 3aMeTHO He npoflBJweTCJi h reflection [3]. nponymeHHbin cbct pacceHBaeTca [3]. 3.5.3. Mixed reflection - CMeiuaHHoe OTpaweHMe Term Tepniun Mixed reflection CivieinaHHoe OTpa^ceHne Definition Onpedejiemie Partly specular and partly diffuse reflection HacrauHO 3epicajibHoe, uacTHHHO [3]. £H(})(})y3Hoe OTpa>KeHHe. [3] 3.5.4. Retroreflection - Bo3BpaTHoe OTpawehme Term TepMim Retroreflection Bo3 BpaTHoe OTpa^Kemie Definition Onpedenenue Reflection in which radiation is returned in OTpa^eHHe, npn kotopom oTpa^ceHHbie direction close to the opposite of the jiyun B03BpamaiOTC5i no HanpaBJiemniM, direction from which it came, this property 6jih3khm k HanpaBJieHHio, being maintained over wide variations of npoTHBonono>KHOMy nx najtemno. 3to the direction of the incident rays [3]. CBOHCTBO COXpaHfleTCfl npH 3HaHHTeJIbHBIX H3MeHeHHHx HanpaBjieHiw na^aioiunx 3.5.5. jiyueh [3]. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl CBeT0B03BpautaK)utee OTpa^KeHne Perfectly diffuse reflection - HfleanbHO Anct>4Dy3Hoe OTpawemie Term Tepjmm Perfectly diffuse reflection HjieajibHO an(|)(|)y3Hoe OTpaaceHiie Definition Onpedenenue Diffuse reflection in which the angular /fn4)(J)y3Hoe OTpa^ceHne, npn kotpom distribution of the reflected radiation obeys yrnoBoe pacnpezteneHHe oipa>KeHHoro Lambert’s law. H3JiyueHH^ noztHHH^eTCJi 3aKOHy JlaM6epTa. 76 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Synonyms Cuhohumhi Lambertian reflection JlaiviSepTOBCKoe OTpa>KeHne Isotropic diffuse reflection 3.5.6. Total internal reflection - floriHoe BHyTpeHHee OTpaweHne Term Tep.MUH Total internal reflection IlojiHoe BHyTpeHHee OTpayKemie Definition OnpedeneHue Reflection of the entire incident flux OTpa>KeHiie Bcero noTOKa naziaioinero propagated within a medium having higher H3JiyueHHR, pacnpocTpamnomerocfl b optical density at the boundary with a onTHuecKH 6ojiee nnoTHon cpejie, ot medium having lower optical density. rpaHHiiBi c onrauecKH MeHee iuiothoh cpejtOH. 3.5.7. Interreflection - MHoroKpaTHbie OTpaweHkm Term TepMun Interreflection nepeoTpayKemm Definition OnpedeneHue General effect of the reflections of COBOKynHOCTL OTpa/KeHHH H3JiyueHHR radiation between several reflecting MQyKJiy HeCKOJlbKHMH OTpa>KaiOmHMIi surfaces [3]. nOBepXHOCT^tMH [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Interflection IlepeoTpatfveHiiH 3 . 6 . Transmission - TiponycKaHue Teinn TepMun Transmission IIponycKaHiie Definition Onpedenenue Passage of radiation through a medium npoxo^cteHHe H3JiyHeHim ckbo3b cpeziy without change of frequency of its 6e3 H3MeHeHiw uacTOTbi ero monochromatic components [3]. MOHOXpOMaTHHeCKHX COCTaBJDIIOmHX [3]. 77 . Spacebqrne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.6.1 Regular transmission - HanpaeneHHoe nponycKaHne Term Tep.Mun Regular transmission HanpaBJieHHoe nponycKaHHe Definition Onpedejienue Transmission in accordance with the laws flponycKaHne 6es paccejmini b of geometrical optics, without diffusion [3]. COOTBeTCTBHH C SaKOHaMH reoMCTpHuecKon ohthkh [3]. 3.6.2. Diffuse transmission - flMcJxfcyanoe nponycKanne Term Tepjnun Diffuse transmission Am))(l)y3Hoe nponycKaHHe Definition Onpedenemie Diffusion by transmission in which, on the nponycKaHHe, npn kotopom macroscopic scale, there is no regular HanpaBJieHHoe nponycKaHHe 3aMeTH0 He reflection3.6.3. [3]. npoMBjiReTCR h nponyineHHtiH cbct pacceHBaeTCJi [3]. Mixed transmission - CMemaHHoe nponycKaHHe Term TepMun Mixed transmission CMemaHHoe nponycKaHHe 3.6.4. Definition Onpedenemie Partly regular and partly diffuse HacTHUHO HanpaBJieHHoe, uacrauHO transmission [3]. ,HH(})cj)y3Hoe nponycKaHHe [3]. Perfectly diffuse transmission - HAeanbno An^^y^Hoe nponycKaHHe Term TepMun Perfectly diffuse transmission MiieajibHO ^H(|)(|)y3Hoe nponycKaHHe Definition Onpedejienue Diffuse transmission in which the angular JfH(j)(j)y3Hoe nponycKaHHe, npn kotopom distribution of the transmitted radiation yrjioBoe pacnpe/iejieHHe nponymeHHoro 78 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES obeys Lambert’s law. H3JiyneHH5i nojpmHaaeTCJi 3aKOHy JIaMdepTa. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Lambertian transmission JlaiubepTOBCKoe nponycKaHue Isotropic diffuse transmission 3.7. Absorption - floanomeHue Tenn TepMUH Absorption IIorjiomeHHe Definition Onpedejiemie Process by which radiant energy is IlpeBpaineHHe SHeprnn H3JiyneHHR b converted to a different form of energy by Apyryio (})0pMy SHepran b pe3yjiBTaTe interaction with matter [3]. B3aHMOZteHCTBH5I c BemecTBOM [3]. 3.7.1. Transparent medium - flpo3paHHafl cpefla Term TepMun Transparent medium IIpo3paHHafl cpe^a Definition OnpedeJiemte Medium in which the transmission is Cpejta, o6jiaztaioma5i b ochobhom mainly regular and which usually has a HanpaBJieHHbiM n aobojibho bmcokhm high regular transmittance in the spectral nponycKaHneM b onpeztejieHHOM range of interest [3]. cneKTpajiLHOM £nana30He [3]. 3.7.2. Translucent medium - npoceeHUBaiOLMan cpeAa Term TepMUH Translucent medium IIpocBeHHBaioman cpe^a Definition OnpedeneHue Medium, which transmits visible radiation Cpe/ta, KOTOpaa nonHocTbio hjih largely by diffuse transmission, so that npaKTHHeCKH nOJIHOCTBIO ZIH(})(j)y3HO objects are not seen distinctly through it nponycKaeT BHjtHMoe H3JiyueHHe, t3khm [3]- o6pa30M, HTO o6beKTbI BH^Hbl HeoTueTJiHBO uepe3 3Ty cpeay [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl PacceuBaiomaH cpezta 79 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.7.3. Opaque medium - Henpo3paHHaa cpefla Term Tep.MUH Opaque medium Henpo3panHan cpe^a Definition Onpedenenue Medium which transmits no radiation in Cpe/ta, He nponycicaiomafl cbct b the spectral range of interest [3]. onpejjejieHHOM cneiapajibHOM ,UHana30He [3], 3.8. Scattering - Pacceamie Term TepMun Scattering PaccenHne Definition Onpedenenue Process by which the spatial distribution of PhMeHeHHe npocTpaHCTBeHHoro a beam of radiation is changed when it is pacnpejiejieHHH nyuKa Jiyuen, deviated in many directions by a surface or OTKJiOHfleMtix bo MHO^cecTBe HanpaBJieHHH by a medium, without change of frequency noBepxHOCTLK) hjih cpezion 6e3 H3MeHemia of its monochromatic components [3]. uacTOT cocTaBjnnoiuHx ero MOHOXpOMaTHHeCKHX H3JiyHeHHH [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Diffusion Comments TlpuMeHamiR A distinction is made between selective Pa3JiHHaioT, ceneKTHBHoe paccejmne h diffusion and non-selective diffusion H eceneKTHBHoe pacce^Hne, according to whether or not the diffusing COOTBeTCTBeHHO, B 3aBHCHMOCTH OT TOTO, properties vary with the wavelength of the H3MeHaioTCH huh HeT CBOHCTBa paccejmmi incident radiation [3]. c jtJiHHOH BOJiHM naztaiomero H3JiyueHHfl [3]. 3.9. Refraction - npenoM/iemie Teim TepMun Refraction IIpejioMJieHHe Definition Onpedenenue Process by which the direction of a H3MeHeHHe HanpaBJieHHH radiation is changed as a result of changes pacnpocTpaHeHHH H3JiyueHHa, BCJiejtcTBHe in its velocity of propagation in passing H3MeHeHiw CKOpocTH ero 80 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES through an optically non-homogeneous pacnpocTpaHemui b onrauecKH medium, or in crossing a surface separating Heo^Hopo^HOH cpezie hjih npn nepexojte different media [3], rpaHHHbi, pa3flejijnomeH pa3m>ie cpe^bi [3], 3.10. Polarization - normpu3apun Term TepMUH Polarization FIojifipn3amm Definition Onpedenemte A regularity in orientation of electric and ynopjmoueHHocTb b opneHTaHHii magnetic field intensity vectors within the BeKTOpOB HanpJDKeHHOCTH 3JieKTpHHeCKOTO plane perpendicular to radiation h MarHHTHoro noneii 3JieKTpoMarHHTHOH propagation direction. BOJiHbi b nnocKOCTH, nepneH^HKyjwpHOH pacnpocTpaHeHHio H3JiyueHHH. Comments YlpUMeHOHUH There are three kinds of polarization: Pa3JiHHaioT jiHHeHHyio, KpyroByio h linear, circular, and elliptical (circular is a 3JuiHnTHHecKyio nojiHpH3aitHK) (KpyroBafl special case of elliptical). - uacTHbiH cuyuan 3JiJiHnTHHecK0H). 3.10.1. Polarized radiation - flormpn30BaHHoe M3nyHeHMe Term TepMun Polarized radiation IlojinpH30BaHHoe H3JiyHeHiie Definition Onpedenenue Radiation whose electromagnetic field, TbnyueHHe, y KOToporo nonepeuHbie which is transversal, is oriented in defined HanpjDKeHHOCTH 3JieKTpoMarHHTHoro nojm directions [3]. opHeHTHpOBaHbi b onpeziejieHHbix HanpaBJieHH^x [3]. 3.10.2. Linearly polarized radiation - JlMHeMHO nonnpM30BaHHoe M3nyHeHMe Term TepMUH Linearly polarized radiation JlnHeiiHO nojinpn30BaHHoe H3JiyHeHne Definition OnpedejieHue An electromagnetic radiation whose vector 3neKTpoMarHHTHoe H3jryHeHiie, BeKTOp of electric field strength oscillates within a HanpjDKeHHocTH 3JieKTpHuecKoro nojm 81 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES fixed plane containing the direction of KOToporo KOJie6jieTca b (JunccHpOBaHHOH propagation of the radiation. nnocKocra, co^ep^atuen HanpaBjieHne pacnpocTpaHeHna H3JiyueHHa. Synonyms CimomiMbi Rectilinear polarized radiation IIjiocKonoji5ipn30BaHHoe H3JiyHeHne Plane-polarized radiation 3.10.3. Circularly polarized radiation - MsnyneHMe, normpM30BaHHoe no Kpyry Term TepMUH Circularly polarized radiation H3JiyHeHne, nojinpiooBaHHoe no Kpyry Definition OnpedeneHue An electromagnetic radiation whose vector 3neKTpoMarHHTHoe H3JiyHeHne, of electric field strength has constant 3JieKTpHHeCKHii BeKTOp KOToporo HMeeT amplitude and rotates about the nocTOJfflHyio aMmiHTyay h BpamaeTca propagation direction at a frequency equal BOKpyr HanpaBneHHfl pacnpocTpaHemia c to the radiation frequency. UaCTOTOH, paBHOH HaCTOTe H3JiyHeHHH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl M3JiyHeHne c KpyroBoii nojinpioauiieii 3.10.4. Elliptically polarized radiation - GjinunTunecKM nonnpn30BaHHoe M3/iyHeHne Term TepMun 3jiJinnTHHecKH nojinpiooBaimoe Elliptically polarized radiation H3JiyHeHne Definition OnpedeneHue An electromagnetic radiation whose vector 3neKTpoMarHHTHoe H3JiyueHne, of electric field strength rotates about the 3JieKTpHHeCKHH BeKTOp KOTOpOTO propagation direction with radiation BpamaeTca BOKpyr HanpaBJieHHa frequency while the vector magnitude pacnpocTpaneHna c uacTOToii JOJiyueHiia, varies so that its terminal point describes an H3MeH^a aMnjiHTy^y tbkhm o6pa30M, hto ellipse. ero KOHiieBaa Tomca onncbiBaeT ajuinnc. 82 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.10.5. Unpolarized radiation - Henonnpn30BaHHoe M3JiyHeHne Term TepMun Unpolarized radiation Henojinpn30BaHHoe H3JiyHeHne Definition Onpedenenue An electromagnetic radiation with 3neKTpoMarHHTHoe H3JiyneHHe co directions of the vectors of the electric and cnyHaiiHbiM o6pa30M MeH5nomnMHCn bo magnetic fields strength that change BpeMemi HanpaBJiemmMH 3JieKTpHuecKHx randomly over time. H MarHHTHBIX BeKTOpOB. 3.10.6. Partially polarized radiation - HacTMHHo nonnpM30BaHHoe M3JiyHeHne Term Tep.MUH Partially polarized radiation HacTMHHo nojinpii 30 BaHHoe lOJivneHne Definition Onpedenenue An electromagnetic radiation composed of 3neKTpoMarHHTHoe mnyueHne, polarized3.10.7. and unpolarized components. cocTOJimee H 3 noimpH30BaHHOH n Henon^pii30BaHHoii KOMnoHeHT. Degree of polarization - CTeneHb nojiBpn3aLtnM Quantity Benununa Degree of polarization CTeneHb nojinpinaunn Symbol Ooo3Hanenue P Definition Onpedenenue A characteristic of partially polarized XapaKTepncTHKa nacTHHHO no;mpH 30BaH- radiation, numerically equal to hoto H3JiyHeHiiH, hhcjichho paBHan where A and A are the amplitudes of A h A - aMnjiHTy,m>i BeKTOpa p n me p n vector of electric field strength for Hanp^^eHHOCTH 3JieKTpHHecKoro norm aim polarized and unpolarized component, n0Jl^ipH30BaHH0H H Hen0JDipH30BaHH0H respectively. KOMnOHeHTBI, COOTBeTCTBeHHO. Unit Edunuua 83 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3.11. Dispersion - flucnepcun Term TepMun Dispersion /JncnepcHH Definition Onpedejiemie 1. Phenomenon of change in the velocity of 1 . RBJieHne H3MeHeHiis CKopocra propagation of monochromatic radiations pacnpocTpaHeHHH MOHOxpoMaTHuecKoro in a medium as a function of the frequency ionyueHHfl b cpejje b 3aBHCHMOCTH ot ero of these radiations. naCTOTBI. 2. Property of a medium giving rise to this 2. Cbohctbo cpeziLi, nopo>KjiaK)Hiee sto phenomenon. nBJiemie. 3. Property of an optical system resulting in 3. Cbohctbo onraHecKOH chctcmbi, the separation of the monochromatic KOTopoe no3BOjmeT nonyuHTb pa3Jio>KeHHe components of a radiation, obtained for H3JiyueHHH Ha cocTaBJunomne ero example by means of prisms or gratings. MOHOXpOMaTHHeCKHe H3JiyHeHHfl, [3] HanpHMep, c noMomBio npH3M hjih pemeTOK [3]. 3.12. Photoeffect - 0omo3 Temi TepMun Photoeffect O0T03(J)(|)eKT Definition Onpedejiemie Physical, chemical or biological change H3JiyHeHHH C BemeCTBOM. [3] Comments flpuMenanun Such changes include photoelectric, photo- K aaHHBIM H3MeHeHHHM OTHOC5IT optical, photochemical and photobiological (J)0T03JieKTpHHeCKHH, (J)OTOOnTHHeCKHH H effects, but radiant heating is normally not (j) 0T06H 0JI 0rHUeCKHH HJIH considered a photoeffect [3]. (j)OTOXHMHHeCKHH 3(})(j)eKTbI, npH 3TOM HarpeB H3JiyueHHeM odbiHHO He paccMaipHBaeTCn icax (j)0T03(J)()3eKT [3]. 84 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS, PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4. Optical characteristics of surfaces and media - OnTMMecKne xapaKTepucTm 4. 1. Geometry of radiation transfer - reoMempun nepeHOca u3nyneHun 4.1.1. Incidence angle - Yroji naAemm Quantity BenuHUHa Incidence angle Yroji na^eHMH Symbol O6o3uaneuue 0 o, , Definition OnpedeneHue Angle between the incident ray and the Yroji MORity naziaiontHM nyuoM h normal to the surface. HOpMaJlbK) k noBepxHoera. Unit Eduuuifa ° ° rad, pa£, 4.1.2. Reflection angle -Yroji OTpaweHkm Quantity Bejiunuua Reflection angle Yroji OTpa^Kemm Symbol OOo3HaneHue Or 0r Definition Onpedenemie Angle between the reflected ray and the Yron Moiety 0Tpa)KeHHbiM jiyuoM h normal to the surface. HOpMaJlbK) K nOBepXHOCTH. Unit EduHuifa ° ° rad, paa, > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.1.3. Refraction angle -Yron npenoMnemm Quantity Benimuna Refraction angle Yroji npejiOMJieHHH Symbol 06o3Haneuue 0 9 , , Definition Onpedenenue Angle between the refracted ray and the Yron Moxjiy npenoMJieHHMM JiyuoM h normal to the surface. HOpMaJIBK) K nOBepXHOCTH. Unit Edimuita ° ° rad, pa£, 4.1.4. Angle factor - YmoBOM K©3(})£f)ML4MeHT Quantity Benumma Angle factor YrJIOBOH K03(|)(|)imHeHT Symbol Ooo3Hanenue F FA,- A,~ A Aj i Definition Onpedenenue The angle factor FA between the two Ytjioboh K034)(})HnHeHT FA _ A Mox,ry Lambertian surfaces A and A is the ratio ^ByMH JiaM6epT0BCKHMH nOBepXHOCTHMH t ] A and A ecTb OTHOineHne noToxa of radiant flux leaving A and intercepted j } t H3JiyHeHH5i, ncnycxaeMoro A u by A to the total radiant flux emitted by t j nona^aioinero Ha A ko BceMy noToxy 4- j H3JiyneHHfl, ncnycxaeMoro A . j Unit Edunuiia Synonyms CuHOHUMbl View factor (DopM-(|)aKTOp Form factor K03(|)(|)HUHeHT (j)OpMbI Shape factor KoH(|)HrypanHOHHbiH 86 , ,1 1 , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Comments npuMenamm For two Lambertian surfaces (of ziByx JiaMbepTOBCKHX noBepxHOCTen infinitesimal or finite area): (oecKOHenHO Majioii hjih kohchhoh nnoma^n): cos 0, cos cos6>, cosfl _ 2 dF : ——L dA ar ~ U/i dA, -dA 2 2 , dA-dA, 2 J nd~ 7ld~ dA , r cos 6 . cos 61 dA, r cos <9, cos dF dA. dF ~ dy^ A, -dA-, 1 2 2 A - xd A /zd r cos 0, cos cos 6, cos _ 6 , „ r J7 cos 6, cos 6^ 1 r r COS d, COS#, -dA dA F ~ -dA dA, ] 1 A,~ An 2 t 2 A, JA,1 JAn 7td UtU 7id~ where dA] and dA2 are the elements of me dA] h dA2 - oneMeHTti noBepxHOCTen is 11 - areas A] and A 2 , respectively; d the A A2, eooTBeTCTBeHHo; d paccTOUHiie distance between and are the hhmh; 0 11 - yrnti Me>Kny them; 0j 02 Me^my ] 02 angles between the line connecning dA j jiHHneH, coemimnomen dA j h dA2, h and dA 2 and normals to these surfaces (see HOpMaJIHMH K 3THM nOBepXHOCTHM (CM. Figure below). pncyHOK BHH3y). > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.2. Characteristics of thermal emission - XapanmepucmuKu mennoeoao U3ny^enun 4 . 2 . 1 . Spectral directional emissivity- CneKTpanbHan HanpaBJieHHan M3nyHaTenbHan cnoco6HOCTb Quantity Be.numma Spectral directional emissivity CneKTpajibHan HanpaBJieHHan H3JiyHaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Symbol 06o3Haneuue £Ad Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the spectral radiance of the OTHomeHHe cneiapajiBHOH nnoTHOCTH thermal radiator at a given wavelength and 3HepreTHuecK0H jipkocth TennoBoro temperature and in a given direction to the H3JiyHaTejiii nun jiaHHoii xuihhbi bojihbi, spectral radiance of a perfect blackbody at ZiaHHOH TeMnepaTypbi, b jiaHHOM the same wavelength and temperature: HanpaBjieHHH k cneKTpajiBHon nnoTHOCTH 3HepreTHHecK0H ApKOcra a6conK)THO uepHoro Tena ,ztJi5i Tex >Ke zuihhbi bojihbi h TeMnepaTypBi: LjA,T,04) LfiAj,e,0) CMC CMC Unit Edumtifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral directional emittance CneKTpaJIbHblH K03(|)(|)HUHeHT HanpaBJieHHoro H3JiyHeHHH CneKTpajibHbin HanpaBJieHHbin K03t|)(|)iinHeHT TenjioBoro H3JiyHeHHH CneKTpajibHan iianpaB.icHiiafi CTeneHb HepHOTbl CneKTpajibHbin HanpaBJieHHbin K03(|)(J)HUHeHT HepHOTbl Comments IlpuMeuaHUH The symbols 6 and 88 - Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.2.2. Total directional emissivity -- HHTerpa/ibHan HanpaB/ieHHan M3nyHaTejibHafi cnoco6HOCTb Quantity Bemmima Total directional emissivity HHTerpajibHan HanpaBJieHHan n3JiyMaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Symbol Ooo3Hanemie £d Definition Onpedeneuue Ratio of the radiance of a thermal radiator OTHomeHne SHepreTHHecKoii jipKocra at a given temperature and in a given TennoBoro H3JiyuaTeji5i npn ^aHHoii direction, to that of a perfect blackbody at TeMnepaType b ^aHHOM HanpaBJieHHH k the same temperature: 3HepreTHHecKOH BpKocra adcomoTHO uepHoro Tena npn toh >Ke TeMnepaType: b 4 if(r) Unit EduHuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Total directional emittance HHTerpajibHbiii K03(|)(|)HUHeHT HanpaBJieHHoro H3JiyHeHiiH HHTerpajibHbiii HanpaBJieHHbiii K03(J)(J)HUHeHT TenJioBoro H3JiyHeHHn MHTerpajibHan HanpaBJieHHan CTeneHb HepHOTbl HHTerpajibHbiii HanpaBJieHHbiii K03(|)(|)HHHeHT HepHOTbl Comments IJpuMenaHUH See Comments to 4.2.1. Cm. npHMenaHne k n. 4.2.1. 4.2.3. Spectral normal emissivity - CneKTpa/ibHan HopManbHan M3nyHaTenbHan cnoco6HOCTb Quantity BenuHUHa Spectral normal emissivity CneKTpajibHan HopMajibHan H3JiyHaTejibHan cnocoGHOCTb 89 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Symbol Ooo3HaneHue Definition Onpedenenue Spectral directional emissivity in the CneKTpauBHaji H3JiyHaTejibHafl direction perpendicular to the emitting cnocodHOCTb b HanpaBJieHHH, surface. nepneHjtHKyji5ipHOM H3JiyHaiomeH nOBepXHOCTH. Unit Edunui\a Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral normal emittance CneKTpajibHbiii HopMajibHbiii K03(J)(J)HUHeHT H3JiyHeHHfl CneKTpajibHbiii HopMajibHbiii K03(J)(|)imHeHT TenjioBoro H3JiyHeHHH CneKTpajibHan HopMajibHan CTeneHb HepHOTbl CneKTpajibHbiii HopMajibHbiii K03(|)(J)HHHeHT HepHOTbl 4.2.4. Total normal emissivity - MHTerpa/ibHan HopMajibHan M3/iyHaTenbHaji cnocoSHOCTb Quantity Benununa Total normal emissivity MHTerpajibHan HopMajibiian H3JiyHaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Symbol 06o3naueHue Definition Onpedenemie Total directional emissivity in the direction IlHTerpajibHaji JOJiynaTejibHafl perpendicular to the emitting surface. enoeodHOCTb b HanpaBJiemm, nepneH^HKyjiMpHOM H3JiyHaioiueH nOBepXHOCTH. Unit EduHuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Total normal emittance MHTerpajibHbiii HopMajibHbiii K03(J)(|)HHHeHT H3JiyHeHHH MHTerpajibHbiii HopMajibHbiii K03(|)(J)HHHeHT TenJlOBOTO H3JiyHeHHH MHTerpajibHan iiopMa.Tbiiaa CTeneHb HepHOTbl 90 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES MHTerpajibHbiii HopMajibHbiii K03(j)(|)imHeHT HepHOTbl 4.2.5. Spectral conical emissivity - CneKTpajibHan KOHnnecKan ManyHaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Quantity’ Benuuuna Spectral conical emissivity CneKTpajibHan KOHnnecKan H3JiyHaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Symbol 06o3HaneHue £Xc Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the spectral radiance of the OTHomeHHe ycpezmeHHoh b KOHimecKOM thermal radiator for a given wavelength and TenecHOM yrne cneiapajibHOH nnoraocTH temperature, averaged over a conical solid 3HepreTHuecKOH apkocth TennoBoro angle, to the spectral radiance of a perfect H3JiyuaTeji5i jxjik ztaHHbix zuihhbi bojihbi h blackbody at the same wavelength and TeMnepaTypbi k cneiapajibHOH njiOTHOCTH temperature: 3HepreTHuecKOH hpkocth a6conioTHo uepHoro Tena rjw Tex >Ke xuihhbi bojihh h TeMnepaTypbi: l l -[LjX, T,il)dCl -[LjX.TCl)dCl = = -S sic {X,T,Q) ^(A,r,n) LbfX,T) CM,t) where O is the conical solid angle in me Q - KOHHuecKHH TenecHbin yron, b which the emitted radiation is registered. kotopom ncnymeHHoe H3JiyHeHne perncTpnpyeTC5i. Unit Edumnia Synonyms Cuhohumh Spectral conical emittance CneKTpajibHbin kohhhcckhh K03(|)(|)imHeHT H3JiyHeHnn CneKTpajibHbin kohhhcckhh K 03 (|)(|)HUIieHT TenJIOBOrO H 3JiyHeHHH CneKTpajibHan KOHHHecKan CTeneHb HepHOTbl CneKTpajibHbin kohhhcckhh K03^)(J)HHHeHT HepHOTbl 91 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.2.6. Total conical emissivity - MHTerpanbHan KOHnnecKafl nanyHaTenbHafl cnoco6HOCTb Quantity BenuuuHa Total conical emissivity HHTerpajibHaa KomiHecKan lOJiynaTejibHaH cnocoSHOCTb Symbol Ooo3Hanemie £c Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the radiance of the thermal OTHomemie ycpeztHeHHOH b KOHHuecKOM radiator averaged over conical solid angle TenecHOM yrne 3HeprerauecKOH apKOCTH for a given temperature to the radiance of a rennoBoro H3JiyuaTeji5i jura jtaHHoii perfect blackbody at the same temperature: TeMnepaTypi>i k 3HepreTHuecK0H jipkocth adconiOTHO uepHoro Tena jura toh >Ke TeMnepaTypti: TS1)dcl L [L (TCl)dCl [M e ,(r,o) =_ _q Lf{T) where Q is the conical solid angle in me Q - KOHHnecKHH TenecHbiH yron, b which the emitted radiation is registered. kotopom HcnymeHHoe H3JiyueHHe perHCTpnpyeTCfl. Unit Edunuifa Synonyms CimomiMbi Total conical emittance MHTerpajibHbiii kohhhcckhh K03^)C|)HUHeHT H3JiyHeHHH HHTerpa.ibHbiii kohhhcckhh K03(|)(|)HUHeHT TenjlOBOFO H3JiyHeHHH HHTerpajibHan KOHHHecKan CTeneHb nepHOTbi MHTerpajTbHbin kohhhcckhh K03(|)C|)HnHeHT HepHOTbl 92 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4 . 2 . 7 . Spectral hemispherical emissivity - CneKTpanbHafi nonyccfrepMHecKafl M3JiyHaTenbHafl cnocoSHOCTb Quantity BeituHUHa Spectral hemispherical emissivity CneKTpajibHaa nojivc^epHnecKan n3JiyHaTe.ibHaH cnoco6HOCTb Symbol Ooo3HayeHue Definition Onpedenemie Ratio of the spectral exitance of the thermal OTHoineHHe cneiapajiBHOH iijiothocth radiator for a given wavelength and 3HepreTHnecKOH cbcthmocth TennoBoro temperature to that of a perfect blackbody H3JiyHaTejM zum naHHBix hjihhbi bojihbi h at the same wavelength and temperature: TeMnepaiypbi k cneiapajiBHOH nnoTHocTii 3HepreTHHecK0H cbcthmocth aocomoTHO uepHoro Tena zuxa Tex vkq zijihhbi bojihbi h TeMnepaTypBi: mM,t) MfiXj) MfiXj) , b T\ MJM) ( ^ /V,U b M“(A,r) 7iLfiljy Unit Editmiifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Spectral hemispherical emittance CneKTpajibHbiii nojiyctJiepHHecKHH K03(j)(j)HUHeHT H3JiyHeHH5I CneKTpajibHbiii nojiyc(|)epnHecKiiii K03t|)^)nmieHT TenjioBoro H3JiyHeHiin CneKTpajibHan nojiyctJjepiiHecKan CTeneHb nepHOTbi CneKTpajibHbiii nojiyctfepimecKiiii K03(J)(|)HIIHeHT HepHOTbl Comments ripuMenaHUH Spectral hemispherical emissivity can be CneKTpanBHan nojiyctJiepHHecKa^ expressed in terms of spectral radiance H3JiyHaTejiBHaH cnocodHOCTB mokct 6bitb Le? BBipaHveHa nepe3 cneKTpajiBHyio of thermal radiator and spectral radiance nJIOTHOCTB SHepreTHHeCKOH flpKOCTH L of perfect blackbody: \^ TenjioBoro H3JiyHaTejni Le? h cneKTpajiBHyK) nnoTHOCTB 3HepreTHHecKOH bb HpKOCTH L x adcojnoTHO uepHoro Tena: ~ \kM,T)dO. * 2 71 . 171 2k 0 /Jl M= 93 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.2.8. Total hemispherical emissivity - l/lHTerpajibHaa nonyccjDepMHecKafl M3nyHaTe/ibHafl cnoco6HOCTb Quantity BenunuHa Total hemispherical emissivity HirrerpajibHafl nojiycc|)epHHecKaH H3JiyHaTejibHa:n cnocoGHocTb Symbol 06o3Hanemie Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the exitance of the thermal radiator OTHomeHne SHepreraHecKon cbcthmocth for a given temperature to the exitance of a TennoBoro H3JiynaTeji5i jxjih ^aHHon perfect blackbody at the same temperature: TeMnepaTypbi k SHepreTHnecKon CBeTHMOCTH a6cOJIK)THO HepHOTO Tejia .ZIJI5I Toil >xe TeMnepaTypbi: 1 Mf(r) MfiT)' Unit Edumiifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Total hemispherical emittance MHTerpajibHbiH nojiyctjiepHHecKHH K03(|)(|)HmieHT II3JiyHeHHH MHTerpajibHbiH nojiyc(|>epHHecKHH K03t|)(|)HUHeHT TenjiOBoro H3JiyneHHH HHTerpajibHaB nojiyc(|)epHHecKaji cTeneHb nepHOTbi MHTerpajibHbiH nojiyccJiepHHecKHH K03(|)(j)HHHeHT HepHOTbl Comments IJpuMenaHUH Total hemispherical emissivity can be CneiapajibHaji nojiyciJiepHHecKaji expressed in terms of the radiance of a H3JiyHaTejibHa5i cnoco6HOCTb mokct 6biTb Le bb Bbipa^ceHa nepe3 cneKTpajibHyio thermal radiator and the radiance L of a njJOTHOCTb 3HepreTHHeCKOH HpKOCTH perfect blackbody: TenjiOBoro H3JiynaTejia n cneKTpajibHyio Le nJIOTHOCTb 3HepreTHHeCKOH flpKOCTIl bb L a6cojnoTHO nepHoro Tena: \LjT ]dn £h TiLfiT) xLfiT) 94 . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.2.9. Selective radiator - CeneKTMBHbm M3JiyHaTenb Term TepMUH Selective radiator CejieKTHBHbiii H3JiyHaTejib Definition OnpedeneHue Thermal radiator whose spectral emissivity TennoBon H3JiynaTejib, cneRTpajibHaa varies with wavelength over the spectral H3JiyHaTejibHaH cnocodHocTb KOToporo b range considered [3]. paccMaTpHBaeMon odjiacra cneKTpa 3aBHCHT OT ,ZtJIHHbI BOJIHbl [3]. 4.2.10. Non-selective radiator - Hece/ieKTMBHbm M3/iyHaTejib Term TepMUH Non-selective radiator HecejieKTHBHbin H3JiyMaTejib Definition OnpedeneHue Thermal radiator whose spectral emissivity TennoBon H3JiynaTejib, cneopajibHafl is constant with respect to wavelength over H3jryHaTejibHaji enoco6HOCTb KOToporo b the spectral range considered [3]. paccMaTpHBaeMon odjiacra cneKTpa He 3aBHCHT OT ZtJlHHBI BOJIHbl [3]. Synonyms ClIHOHUMbl Graybody Cepoe Tejio Grey body (GB) 4.2.1 1 Radiance temperature - RpKOCTHan TeMnepaTypa Quantity Benuuuua Radiance temperature RpKOCTHan TeMnepaTypa Symbol 06o3HaneHue 1TR 1TR Definition OnpedeneHue Perfect blackbody temperature, for which TeMnepaTypa adcomoTHo nepHoro Tena, the spectral radiance at the specified jtJin KOTopon cneKTpajibHaH nnoTHOCTb wavelength has the same value as for the 3HepreTnnecKOH jipkocth npn .naHHon thermal radiator considered. ^jiime bojihli HMeeT to >Ke 3HaneHHe, hto h jxjw paccMaTpHBaeMoro TennoBoro H3JiynaTejifl. Unit EduHuifa K K Synonyms CuHOHUMbl 95 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Monochromatic radiance temperature MoHoxpoMaTHHecKan npKOCTHan Brightness temperature (unadvisable) TeMnepaTypa 4 . 2 . 12 . Total radiance temperature - PaAnaLiMOHHan TeMnepaTypa Quantity Bejiumma Total radiance temperature Pa^namioHHan TeMnepaTypa Symbol O6o3uaneuue T, T, Definition OnpedesieHue Temperature of the perfect blackbody for TeMnepaTypa abcomoTHo nepHoro Tena, which the total radiance has the same value XUin KOTopon DHepreranecKaji npKOCTb as for the thermal radiator considered. HMeeT to >Ke 3HaueHHe, hto h jxjw paccMaTpnBaeMoro TenjiOBoro H3nyHaTenn. Unit Edunuifa K K Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Radiation temperature (unadvisable) TeMnepaTypa nojmoro H3JiyHeHnn 4 . 2 . 13 . Distribution temperature - TeMnepaTypa pacnpeAeneHun Quantity Beaumma Distribution temperature TeMnepaTypa pacnpeaeneHnn Symbol 06o3uaneuue 1TD T1 D Definition OnpedeneHue Temperature of the perfect blackbody TeMnepaTypa nepHoro Tena, npn KOTopon whose relative spectral distribution S(/l) is OTHOCHTejitHoe cneKTpajibHoe the same or nearly the same as that of the pacnpe^eneHne H3JiyHemni S(/l) to tkq radiation considered in the spectral range of caMoe, hto n y paccMaTpnBaeMoro interest [3]. H3JiyHeHnn b onpe/teneHHOM ^nana30He cneKTpa [3]. Unit Eduuuifa K K 96 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.3. Characteristics of reflection - XapaKmepucmuKu ompaweHim 4.3.1. Reflectance - Koac}3c}3m4MeHT oTpawemm Term Tep.MUH Reflectance Ko3(J)(|)HUHeHT OTpaHcemiH Symbol 06o3nayenue P P Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the reflected radiant flux to the OTHomeHne oTpa>xeHHoro noToxa incident radiant flux of given conditions H3JiyueHHH k na^aiomeMy noTOxy (spectral composition, polarization and H3JiyHeHHJi npn xiaHHbix ycnoBHflx (npn geometrical distribution) [3, with 3a;aaHHOM cnexTpajibHHM cocTaBe, alterations]. nojwpH3amm h reoMeTpHuecxoM pacnpeaenemm) [3, c H3MeHeHHHMn]. Unit Edumn\a Synonyms CuHOHUMbl OTpaacaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Comments T1pUMeMOHUH 1. The reflectance, being obviously 1. Ko3(jxj)HLmeHT OTpaacemui, noMHMO dependent on properties of the reflecting OHeBH^HOH 3aBHCHMOCTH OT CBOHCTB surface, is also a function of: OTpa^xaiomeH noBepxHOCTH, ABjnieTCJi a) geometrical conditions of incidence (JiyHxuHen: and collection of fluxes; a) reoMeTpHH na^aiomHx h b) spectral distribution of the incident perncTpHpyeMoro noTOxoB H3JiyueHH5i; flux; 6) cnexTpanbHoro pacnpe^eneHna c) instrument function for the collected na^aiomero noToxa; flux; b) annapaTHOH (JiyHxnHH perncTpaTopa d) states of polarization of the incident OTpa^ceHHoro noToxa; and collected fluxes. r) cocto5ihhh nojwpjmuHH naziaiomero 2. In each case of conical incident or h perncTpHpyeMoro noTOxoB. conical collected flux, the solid angle is not 2. TenecHbie yrjibi xoHHuecxoro restricted to the right cone, but may be of na^aiomero hjih xommecxoro an arbitrary cross section. perncTpnpyeMoro noTOxoB H3JiyHemifl He 3. For all kinds of reflectance, the radiance o6H3aTejibHO orpaHHueHbi npHMbiM is assumed to be homogeneous within the xoHycoM, hx ceueHne MO>xeT HMeTb specified solid angle of incidence. npOH3BOJlbHbIH BHJL 97 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4. The reflectance is referred to as spectral 3. Bcex uacTHbix cnynaeB when the incident radiation flux is K03(j)(})HUHeHTa OTpa^eHM monochromatic, or when spectral npeztnojiaraeTCfl, hto SHepreTHuecKaa dependence of reflectance is considered; in 5ipK0CTB o^HopoztHa b npexienax TenecHoro these cases, the variable X must appear yrna najjeHHa. within parentheses as an argument. For 4. Ko3(j)(})HHHeHT OTpa^ceHHa nonyuaeT non-monochromatic incident radiation, the HanMeHOBaHHe “cneKTpajibHbm” b cjiynae reflectance is called total. The total MOHOxpoMaTHHHOCTH na^aiomero noToxa reflectance is a function of spectral hjih ecjin pent H^eT o cneicrpajibHOH distribution of incident radiation. 33BHCHMOCTH OTpa^aTeJlBHOH 5. These comments apply to all cnocodHocra; npn 3tom nepeMeHHaa X characteristics of reflection, absorption, and HBji^eTca apryMeHTOM. transmission. HeMOHOxpoMaTHnecKoro na^aiomero H3JiyueHH^ K03(j3^HUHeHT OTpayKeHHfl nonynaeT HanMeHOBaHHe “HHTerpajibHbiH”. HHTerpajibHbin K03(j)(J)HUHeHT OTpa^eHHH 5IBJHieTCa (JiyHKUHeH cneKTpanbHoro pacnpeztejieHHH na,naiomero H3JiyneHHa. 5. 3th npHMenaHHfl othocatca ko bccm xapaKTepncTHKaM OTpaaceHmi, norjiomeHHH h nponycKamia. 4.3.2. Specular reflectance - KoacfccjDMMMeHT 3epKajibHoro OTpawemm Quantity Benununa Specular reflectance Ko3(|)(|)HUHeHT 3epKajibHoro oTpameHiiH Symbol Ooo3HaneHue Ps Ps Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the specularly reflected part of the OTHomeHne 3epKanbHO OTpa>KeHHOH nacra whole reflected flux, to the incident flux Bcero OTpa^ceHHoro noToxa k na^aiomeMy [3]. noTOKy [3]. Unit EdiiHitifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Regular reflectance 3epKajibHafl OTpa^aTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Ko3(|)(|)HUHeHT HanpanjieHHoro OTpa^KeHHH 98 > : ) Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.3.3. Diffuse reflectance - KoacjDcfrMLjMeHT AMcJx|3y3Horo OTpaweHkm Quantity Be.numma Diffuse reflectance K03(J)(])HmieHT JIH(J)(|)y3HOrO OTpa^KCHHH Symbol 06o3Hauemie Pel Pd Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the diffusely reflected part of the OTHomeHHe ,iiH(j3(})y3HO OTpa^eHHOH uacra whole reflected flux to the incident flux [3]. Bcero oTpa^KeHHoro noToxa k naaaioineMy noTOKy [3]. Unit Edunuua Synonyms CuHOHUMbl ,3,H(l)([)y3Hafl OTpa^KaTeJibHan enoeo6HOCTb 4.3.4. Bidirectional reflectance distribution function - Oymaikm pacnpefleneHun flByHanpaeneHHoro Koacjscf^MMueHTa OTpa>KeHnn Quantity Benununa Bidirectional reflectance distribution OyHKUiifl pacnpe^ejieHun function aByHanpaBJieHHoro K03(|)(|)HUHeHTa OTpaVKeHHH Symbol 06o3Haneuue fr fr Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the differential radiance of 3JieMeHTa dL r OTHomeHne dL r the radiation reflected by the surface in the 3HepreTHuecKOH ^pkocth H3JiyneHHfl, given direction co to the differential OTpa^ceHHoro noBepxHOCTbio b jiaHHOM r , HanpaBJieHHH cb k 3JieMeHTy dE , irradiance dE resulting from the radiation r x : o6jryneHHocTH H3JiyueHneM, naziaiomuM incident on the surface in the directions), Ha noBepxHOCTt no HanpaBJieHmo naztemw s),: {(o (eo dL r r ) dL r r ) /r(®,•.<»,) dE,(<»,)’ dEj (®, Unit Edunuifa 99 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES ST Synonyms ClIHOHUMbl BRDF (acronym) BPAO Comments FlpuMenaHUH In the spherical coordinate system (see the B ciJiepHHecKOH cncTeMe Koop,mmaT (cm. figure below): pnc. BHH3y): dL (O dL,{6 r r , 4.3.5. Bidirectional reflectance - flByHanpasneHHbm KoacJxfcuLiMeHT OTpa>KeHMJi Quantity BeJtununa Bidirectional reflectance JtByHanpaBJieHHbin K03(|)(|)HUHeHT OTpaaceHHH Symbol 06o3HaneHue dp{Oit fad\, Definition Onpedenemie The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHonieHne OTpa^ceHHoro noTOKa collected within a solid angle element H3JiyHeHHn, perncTpupyeMoro b oneMeHTe surrounding a given direction to the TenecHoro yrna, OKpy^aiomero ztaHHoe collimated radiant flux incident from HanpaBJieHne, k noToxy another direction: KOJIJIHMHpOBaHHOrO H3JiyueHna, naztaiomero H3 apyroro HanpaBJieHmt: 100 > 8 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES dp(0, . , )cos 8 dfi dp{8, 8 8 )cos 8 dCl , , 8, ,,)= {8, , , , 8,. = , , , , fr fr fr r , fr, r r fr ,frr ) fr ( , fr r fr,. r r - where dClT is an element of solid angle in me dClr QueMeHT TenecHoro yrna, b which the reflected radiation is registered. kotopom perHCTpupyeTcs OTpa>xeHHoe H3JTyueHHe. Unit Edumnfa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl ^ByHanpaBJieHHan OTpawaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Comments npimenaHiAH 1 . The bidirectional reflectance is an 1 . JfByHanpaBJieHHblH X03(j)(])HHHeHT infinitesimal value. In practice, dQ.r is OTpasceHiis - OecxoHeuHO Manas BejiHHHHa. substituted by finite value Af> r . Ha npaKTHKe dfl T 3aMeHseTcs Ha xoHeuHyio 2. The directions of incidence and collection. BejiHHimy AO r . and the size of “element” AQr of the 2. HanpaBJieHHs na^eHHs h peracTpaiiHH h collection solid angle must be specified. pa3Mep “3JieMeHTa” AO r TenecHoro yrna, b kotopom perHCTpHpyeTcs OTpasceHHoe H3JiyueHHe, ^onsvHbi 6biTb yKa3aHbi. 4 . 3 . 6 . Directional-conical reflectance - HanpaBjieHHO-KOHMHecKMM K03Ct)4>MmieHT OTpa>KeHMn Quantity Benununa Directional-conical reflectance HanpaBJieHHO-KOHJiHecKnii K03(|)(|)IlUHeHT OTpa>KeHHH Symbol Ooo3Hauenue p(«u;a) P(0i,fctor) Definition OnpedeneHue The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHomeHHe oTpasceHHoro noToxa collected within a conical solid angle f2r to H3JiyueHiis, perHCTpHpyeMoro b KommecKm the collimated incident radiant flux. TenecHOM yrne f> k noTOxy na^aiomero r , XOJIJlHMHpOBaHHOTO H3JiyueHHS. Unit EduHuua Synonyms CuHOHUMbl HanpaBJieHHO-KOHHMecKan OTpa^KarejibHan cnoco^HOCTb Comments flpuMeuamtH 101 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES The direction of incident radiation, as well HanpaBjiemie nafleHim, HanpaBjiemie och as the direction of the cone axis and the KOHyca h ero pacTBOp ^ojdkhbi 6bitb opening angle of the cone must be yxa3am>i. specified. 4=3.7. Bicomcal reflectance - fleyKOHnnecKUM KoacfccjDMUiMeHT OTpa>KHeHMfl Quantity BenunuHa Biconical reflectance ^ByKOHIiHeCKHH K03 (J)C|)HUHeHT OTpaaaieHMH Symbol OOo3naneHue p(n,&r) piD'Dr) Definition Onpedenemie The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHoniemie OTpa>xeHHoro noTOxa collected within a conical solid angle f> r to H3JiyneHHH, perncTpnpyeMoro b the incident radiant flux limited to the KOHHnecKOM TenecHOM yrne f> k noTOxy r , conical solid angle fl,. na^aiomero H3JiyHemDi, orpamineHHoro xoHHnecxHM TeuecHbiM yrnoM f>j. Unit EduHuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl ^ByKOHHnecKan OTpa>KaTejibHaH CnOCOGHOCTb Comments ripuMenamm The directions and openings of the cones HanpaBJiemw h pacTBopu xoHycoB must be specified. AOJimmi 6biTb yxa3aHbi. 102 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.3.8. Conical-directional reflectance - KoHMHecKO-HanpaB/ieHHbm K03C}DC}DM14MeHT OTpa>KeHMfl Quantity BemmuHa Conical-directional reflectance KoHHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiii K03(j)(J)HnneHT OTpa>KeHHH Symbol 06o3Hanenue e dp(Cl,;0 ddn ,\ r , tr ) r ,0r ) Definition Onpedenemie The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHomeHne oTpa>xeHHoro noTOxa collected within an element of the solid angle H3JiyneHH5i, perncTpupyeMoro b aneMeHTe dClT surrounding a given direction, to the dQ.r TenecHoro yrna, oxpyncatomero incident radiant flux limited to a conical solie 3ajaHHoe HanpaBneHHe, k noTony angle ff: nanaiomero H3nyneHHn, orpaHHneHHoro xoHHuecxHM TenecHBiM yrjioM H;: dp{D <0 = cos 0dQ,. cos Odd.. COS0 dn - jfr(0i >0iA>0r) i i n n. Unit Edunuua Synonyms CuHOHUMbl KoHHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHan OTpaavaTejibHaa cnocodHOCTb Comments VlpuMeHaHUH 1 . The conical-directional reflectance is an 1 . KoHHnecxo-HanpaBJieHHbiH xo3(f)(j)HUHeHT infinitesimal value. In practice, dQ.T is oipanceHHn - GecxoHeuHo Manan BenHHHHa. substituted by finite value AQ r . Ha npaxraxe d£2 r 3aMeHneTcn Ha xoHenHyio 2. The direction of incident radiation and BejiHHHHy AQ r . opening of the cone must be specified as wel 2. HanpaBneHHe naneHim h pacTBop xoHyca, as the direction and size of the solid angle a Tax>xe HanpaBneHHe h pa3Mep “oneMeHTa” element. TenecHoro yrna nonvXHbi Sbitb yxa3aHbi. 103 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.3.9. Directional-hemispherical reflectance - HanpaB/ieHHO- nonyccfcepMHecKMM KoacjxfcMMueHT oTpawem/m Quantity BeJiuHuua Directional-hemispherical reflectance HanpaBJieHHO-nojiyctjjepHHecKun K03(|)C|)HUHeHT OTpa/KeHHB Symbol 06o3Hauemie pie^on) p{0„fc2k ) Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHomeHne noTOKa oTpa^KeHHoro collected within the hemispherical solid H3jryueHHa, perncTpnpyeMoro b angle to the collimated flux of incident nonyc^epHuecKOM TenecHOM yrne, k noTOK) radiation. KOJiJiHMHpoBaHHoro naztaiomero H3JiyHeHHfl. Unit Eduuuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl HanpaBJieHHO-nojiyc(|)epHHecKa5i OTpa^KaTejibHan cnocoOHOCTb Comments UpuMeHamin The direction of incident radiation must be HanpaBJieHHe najjeHmi aojdkho 6biTb specified. yKa3aHO. 4.3.10. Hemispherical-directional reflectance - FlonyccjDepMHecKO- HanpaejieHHbm KoacjDcjDMMMeHT OTpa>KeHnn Quantity Benumma Hemispherical-directional reflectance nojiyc(|)epHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiH K03(|)(|)HUHeHT OTpa^KeHHH Symbol 06o3uanenue dp(2n:;0,, Definition Onpedenemte The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHoniemie OTpa^KeHHoro noToxa collected within an element of the solid angk H3JiyHeHHa, perHCTpHpyeMoro b 3JieMeHTe d£l T surrounding a given direction, to the TenecHoro yraa dfl T , oicpyjKaiomero ^aHHoe incident radiant flux from the hemispherical HanpaBJieHHe, k noToxy H3JiyHeHHH, solid angle. na^aiomeMy H3 nojiyc())epHHecKoro TejiecHoro yrjia. 104 ' Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES = = dp(27T,0r , ,) dp(2n,0,.,,.) cos 0 dCl C0SW r r IfAOnhAAY °s0,d£i, IfrfcntAJr)COSW 71 Unit Eduuuua Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Ilojiyc(|)epHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHan OTpa^KaTejibHaa cnocoGHOCTb Comments ripuMenamiH 1. The hemispherical-directional reflectance 1. IIojiycijiepHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiH is an infinitesimal value. In practice, dCl r is K03(}){j}HLmeHT OTpa^ceHHH - 6ecKOHeuHO substituted by finite value Af2 r . Mana^i BejiHHHHa. Ha npaKTHKe d£l r 2. The direction of collection and the size of 3aMeH^eTC5i Ha KOHeuHyio BenHHHHy AO r . the solid angle element must be specified. 2. HanpaBJieHHe perHCTpauHH h pa3Mep “sneMeHTa” TenecHoro yrna aojDKHbi 6biTb yKa3aHbi. 4.3.11. Conical-hemispherical reflectance - KoHnnecKO- nonyc4>epnHecKMM KoacfDcjDimneHT oTpawehmfi Quantity BenuMUHa Conical-hemispherical reflectance KoHHHecKO-nojiycc|)epHHecKHH K03(|)(J)HnneHT OTpa^KeHHH Symbol Ooo3HaneHue p{n,;2*) pidgin) Definition Onpedenemie The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHomemie noToxa OTpa>xeHHoro collected within the hemispherical solid H3JiyueHHH, perncTpHpyeMoro b angle to the incident radiant flux limited to a nojiycijiepHHecKOM TenecHOM yrne, k noTox> conical solid angle. naztaioinero H3JiyHeHHfl, orpaHHueHHoro KOHHHeCKHM TeJieCHBIM yrJIOM. Unit Edunutfa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl KoHHHecKO-nojiyc(|)epHHecKan OTpa^KaTejibHan cnocofmocTb Comments IJpuMenaHUH The direction of the cone axis and the HanpaBJieHHe och h pacTBop KOHyca opening angle of the cone must be jtojDXHbi 6biTb yxa3am>i. 105 > 2 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES specified. 4.3.12. Hemispherical-conical reflectance - l"lojiyc4>epMHecKO- KOHMHeCKMM K03$C|3L1l4MeHT OTpaweHMfl Quantity Bejiumma Hemispherical-conical reflectance nOJiyC(|)epiIHeCKO-KOHHHeCKHH K03(|)(|>HmieHT OTpaaKeHIlH Symbol Ooo3uauemie /c>(2;r;fi r ) p{2x;n r ) Definition Onpedeneuue The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHomemie noTOKa OTpa^KeHHoro collected within a conical solid angle to the H 3JiyHeHH 5i, perncTpupyeMoro b KOHHuecKm radiant flux falling from the hemispherical TenecHOM yrne, k noTOKy H 3JiyueHiia, solid angle. naziaionteMy H3 nojiyctjiepHHecKoro TenecHoro yrna. Unit EduHuifa Synonyms CllHOHUMbl nojiyct|)epHHecKH-KOHHHecKan OTpa^KaTejibHan cnoco6HocTb Comments FlpuMenaHUH The direction of the cone axis and the HanpaBneHne och h pacTBOp KOHyca opening angle of the cone must be jjojdkhbi 6 biTb yKa3 aHbi. specified. 4.3.13. Bihemispherical reflectance - flBynojiycc^epuHecKMM K03 Cf)($)M!4 MeHT OTpaweHMfl Quantity Benumma Bihemispherical reflectance JfBynojiyc(|)epHHecKHH K03(|>(})imHeHT OTpaaceHim Symbol Ooo3haueuue p{ t:\2k) p(27r;27r) Definition Onpedejieuue The ratio of the reflected radiant flux OTHomeHHe noToxa oTpa^ceHHoro collected within the hemispherical solid H 3JiyueHH 5i, perncTpupyeMoro b 106 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES angle to the radiant flux incident from the nonyc(j)epHHecKOM TenecHOM yrne, k hemispherical solid angle. noTOKy H3JiyneHHH, na^aiomeMy H3 nonyc(])epHHecKoro TenecHoro yrna. Unit Edumtua Synonyms ClIHOHUMbl JtBynojiyc(|)epnHecKaH OTpa^KaTejibHaa cnocofmocTb 4.3.14. Reflectance factor - OaKTop OTpaweHkm Quantity BemmuHa Reflectance factor OaKTop OTpayKeHHfl Svnibol OoosnaueHue R R Definition OnpedeneHue The ratio of the radiant flux reflected by a OTHomeHne noTOKa H3JiyueHHfl, surface to the flux that would be reflected OTpa^eHHoro noBepxHocTbio, k noTOKy, by the totally reflecting Lambertian surface KOTopbin 6biJi 6bi OTpa^eH nonHOCTbio under identical conditions of radiation and oTpa^aiomeh JiaMdepTOBCKOu collection. noBepxHocTbio, npn Tex >Ke ycnoBHRx odjiyueHHR h peracTpamm. Unit EduHuifa Comments EIpimeHamiH 1 . By analogy with reflectance, one can 1 . Flo aHaJIOTHH C K03(j)(j)HUHeHT0M define nine forms of reflectance factor: OTpa^ceHna, mo>kho onpeztejiHTb ,neBflTb 4>opM (])aKTopa K03(j)(jumHeHTa OTpa^Kemw: R R{6„4>,-,n ),R(o \R(6, R{0, - ; e R{0, . ; n , (0, JsAJr l r A,24 T A )> r , R(n,;0 ),R(2x-,0 \R(n n . R(n ;n . r ,tr r3 tr i; r ), rAA\R(2^AA),R(n i r \ R{Q. -,27i),R(27i;n ),R(2jr,2ji\ R{Cl -,27r),R{27i-,Ci,),R(27T,27r). i r l 2. For specularly reflecting surfaces 2. 3epKanbHO oTpaacaiomHX illuminated or irradiated by beams having noBepxHOCTen, odnyueHHbix hjih narrow solid angles, the reflectance factor ocBemeHHbix nymcaMH nyuen Manbix in the direction of specular reflectance can TenecHbix yrnoB, 3HaueHHe (JiaKTopa substantially exceed unity. OTpa^eHHH b HanpaBjieHHH 3epKanbHoro 3. If the solid angle of a beam cone OTpaacemiH MO>xeT 6bitb ropa3^o dojibine approaches 2 ti sr, the reflectance factor eHHHHUbl. approaches the reflectance for the same 3. Ecjih TenecHbiii yron nyuKa jiyueH 107 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES conditions of irradiation. npH6nH>KaeTCfl k 2tc cp, (jiaxTop 4. If the solid angle of a beam cone OTpaneemm npH6jin>KaeTCfl k 3HaneHHK) approaches zero, the reflectance factor K03(j)(j)HUHeHTa OTpancemm npn Tex nee approaches the radiance factor for the same ycnoBHHX o6nyHeHiiJi. conditions of irradiation. 4. Ecjih TenecHbiH yron nynxa Jiynen npn6jiH>xaeTCfl k Hymo, to (jiaxTop OTpaneemm npndjiHneaeTCfl k 3HaneHHio K03(j)4)HUHeHTa 3HepreTHHeCKOH flpXOCTH npn Tex nee caMbix ycnoBiinx odjiyneHnn. 4.3.15. Radiance factor - KoocjDcjDMLiMeHT OHepreTunecKOM npKOCTM Quantity BeJiununa K03(f)(|)HUHeHT 3HepreTHHeCKOH HpKOCTH Radiance factor (at a surface element of a (sneMeHTa noBepxHocra non-self-radiating medium, in a given HecaMOCBeTflmerocfl Tena, b HexoTOpOM direction, under specified conditions of HanpaBjieHHH juin sa^aHHbix ycnoBHH irradiation) ocBenjeHHfl) Symbol 06o3HaneHue Pe’P P.,P Definition Onpedeaemie Ratio of the radiance of the surface element OTHomeHHe SHepreTnuecxon npxocTH Tena in the given direction to that of a perfect b HexoTopoM onpe^eneHHOM HanpaBjieHHH reflecting or transmitting diffuser x 3HepreTHuecxoH npxocra coBepmeHHoro identically irradiated [3]. OTpaneaioinero hjih nponycxaiomero pacceuBaTenn, Haxo/pmterocn b Tex nee ycjioBHHX o6jryueHHn [3]. Unit Edumiifa Comments IlpuMenaHUH 1. For photoluminiscent media, the radiance 1 . B cjiyuae (JioTOjnoMHHecHHpyiomeH factor is the sum of two portions, the cpe^bi xo3(J)(]3HUHeHT 3HepreTHuecxoH - reflected radiance factor (3s and the npxocra ecTb cyMMa £Byx cnaraeMbix luminescent radiance factor (3l [3]: xoscjicjmuHeHTa SHeprerauecxoM npxocra no OTpaneemuo ps h jnoMHHncneHTHoro xo3(j)(j)HnHeHTa 3HepreTHuecxoH npxocTH Pl [3]: Pe ~ Ps + Pl- Pe - Ps + Pl- 108 > , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2. By analogy with reflectance, one can 2. no aHaJIOTHH C K03C|)(})imHeHT0M define nine forms of radiance factor: OTpa^eHH5I, MO)KHO OnpeZieJIHTB ZieBflTb (})OpM K03(jD(|)HLIHeHTa flpKOCTH: e \p{e, n, e p{e„ n p{e pie, ; , , ; \p(o„t, , ; , ), ; ), .4 ), a r 1 -M P (P, t, r h r l \p{27:-,e ),p{ci-n P(&i'A’0r . , )> Pi&l&r )> p{n-dr ,r r ,4>r r ), /3{n -M\p(2^n /?(n,;2 ^),/?(2 ^;n, 2n\2n). i r ),p{2^24 ),/?( 4.3.16 Albedo - Axib6eflo Quantity BejiunuHa Albedo Ajihbejo Symbol Ooo3HayeHue A A Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the radiation flux reflected by OTHomeHHe noTOxa H3JiyneHH5i, the surface into hemispherical solid angle OTpa^eHHoro noBepxHOCTtio b to the radiant flux that is incident onto that nonyc(j)epHHecKHH TenecHbin yron k surface within a given wavelength range. noToxy H3JiyneHH5i, najtaioiuero Ha 3Ty noBepxHOCTb b onpe^eneHHOM ztHana30He TtJIHH BOJ1H. Unit EduHuija Comments IlpuMenamiH Usually, is applicable for celestial body npHMemieTCfl o6bihho jxjisl noBepxHOCTeh surfaces, when the Sun serves as the HedecHtix Ten, xor^a hctohhhkom radiation source. H3JiyHeHHfl CJiy)KHT CojiHue. 109 . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.4. Characteristics of transmission - XapaxmepucmuKu nponycKamm 4.4.1. Transmittance - KoacfrcfcMMMeHT nponycKahmn Quantity Benununa Transmittance Ko3(|)(|)iiUHeHT nponycKamm Symbol 06o3Hauemie T T Definition OnpedeneHue Ratio of the transmitted radiant flux to the OTHomeHne nponymeHHoro noToxa incident radiant flux in the given conditions H3JiyHeHHfl k najiaiomeMy noTOKy npn (spectral composition, polarization and ZiaHHbix ycnoBHJix (zijih na/iaiomero geometrical distribution) [3, with H3JiyHeHHa aaHHoro cneKTpajitHoro alterations]. cocTaBa, nojiRpH3anHH h reoMeTpnnecKoro pacnpe/teneHna) [3, c H3MeHeHiuiMH]. Unit Eduuuua Comments IlpuMenamm See Comments to 4.3.1. Cm. npHMeuaHHe k 4.3 .1 4.4.2. Regular transmittance - KoacfccfDMUiMeHT HanpaeneHHoro nponycKaHMfi Quantity Benumma Regular transmittance Ko3(J)(|)HUHeHT HanpaBJieHHoro nponycKaHnn Symbol Ooo3naueHue T r Definition OnpedeneHue Ratio of the regularly transmitted part of OTHomeHne HanpaBJieHHO nponymeHHoii the (whole) transmitted flux, to the incident uacTH Bcero nponymeHHoro noToxa k flux [3]. najtaiomeMy noToxy [3]. Unit Edimuiia Comments ElpuMenaHUH See Comments to 4.3.1. Cm. npHMeHamw k 4.3.1. 110 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.4.3. Diffuse transmittance - Ko3c}}c}DMMMeHT anc}34>y3Horo nponycKaHnn Quantity BeJiimima Ko 3 (J)(|)HUHeHT zu«|>(|>y3 Horo Diffuse transmittance nponycKamin Symbol Ooo3HaneHue Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the diffusely scattered part of the OTHomeHne ^H(j3(jDy3HO pacce^HHOH uacra (whole) transmitted flux, to the incident Bcero nponymeHHoro noToxa k flux [3]. nanaiomeMy noTOKy [3]. Unit EduHuifa 4.4.4. Bidirectional transmittance distribution function - OyHKqkm pacnpefleneHun AByHanpaB/iem-ioro KoacjDcjDm^neHTa nponycKaHkm Quantity BenuMuna Bidirectional transmittance distribution OyHKUiiH pacnpeaejieHMH function zmyHanpaBjieHHoro K03(|)(J)nuHeHTa nponycKaHHH Symbol 06o3HaneHue f, f, Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the differential OTHomeHHe 3neMeHTa 3HepreTHuecKOH radiance dLr of RpKOCTH dL H3JiyHemm, nponynteHHoro the radiation transmitted by a medium in a r given direction d) to the differential cpezton b jtaHHOM HanpaBJieHHH 3 k t , r , irradiance dE by the radiation incident on 3JieMeHTy odjiyueHHOCTH dE i t the medium from a given incidence H3JiyueHHeM, naztaiomHM Ha cpeziy no direction cb : HanpaBJieHHio na^eHH^ a) : i i dL,(a) dL,(a,) r ) /,(<», A) dE (<»/)' dE,(&,) , Unit Edunuu,a n Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES cp Synonyms CuHOHUMbl BTDF (acronym) Comments ripuMenanuH In the spherical coordinate system (see B ccjiepHHecKOH cncTeMe xoopxumaT (cm figure below): pncyHOK HFDKe): dL, (B,A) 0 0 fX n )' fX ,AA,4,) dE,(o,A dEXe,A ) 4.4.5. Bidirectional transmittance - flByHanpaejieHHbm Koac^MMueHT nponycKaHM Quantity Benumma Bidirectional transmittance ^ByHanpaBJieHHbin K03(f)())HUHeHT nponycKaHHH Symbol 06o3Hanemie drQiJrAA,) d t(6„ fa 0„,) Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHne nponymeimoro noToxa collected within an element of the solid H3JTyueHH5i, perHCTpnpyeMoro b 3JieMeHTe angle surrounding a given direction, to the TenecHoro yrna, oxpy>xaK)mero ^aHHoe collimated incident radiant flux: HanpaBJieHne, k noTOxy xojuiHMHpoBaHHoro najjaiomero H3JiyHeHH)i: 112 , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES t{ dT{e ^,e cos0 dn , d 6, e, , , {e„ , ,e )cos e,dci, i9 t ,^t )=ft (0iAAA) t t )=/, n where is an element of solid angle in dQ — 3JieMeHT TenecHoro yrna, b dd t me x which the reflected radiation is registered. kotopom perHCTpnpyeTC^ OTpanceHHoe H3JiyueHHe. Unit Edunuua Synonyms CuHOHUMbl JfByHanpaBJieHHan nponycKaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Comments IlpuMeHaHim 1. The bidirectional transmittance is an 1 JfByHanpaBneHHbiH K03c|x|)HLiHeHT . - infinitesimal value. In practice, dSQ t is nponycKamui 6ecKOHeuHO Marian substituted by finite value AO t . BenHHHHa. Ha npaKTHKe dCl x 3aMeHneTcn Ha 2. The directions of incidence and KOHeuHyio BennuHHy Af2,. collection, and the size of “element” AO t of 2. HanpaBJieHHn nanemin h perHCTpauHH h the collection solid angle must be specified. pa3Mep “sneMeHTa” Af2 t TenecHoro yrna, b kotopom perncTpHpyeTcn nponymeHHoe H3nyueHne, nonnmui 6 bitb yKa3aHbi. 4.4.6. Directional-conical transmittance - HanpaBneHHO-KOHMHecKMM Koac|DcjDML4MeHT nponycKam/m Quantity Bejiumtua Directional-conical transmittance HanpaBJieHHO-KOHHHecKHH K03(|)(|)HUneHT nponycKamiH Symbol OOo3HaneHue r(<9,4;n,) Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHne nponymeHHoro noToxa collected within a conical solid angle to the H3nyHeHnn, perncTpupyeMoro b collimated incident radiant flux. KOHHuecKOM TenecHOM yrne, k noTOKy nanaiomero KonnnMHpoBaHHoro H3nyueHHn. Unit Eduuuija Synonyms CuHOHUMbl HanpaBJieHHO-KOHHHecKan nponycKaTenbHan cnocodHOCTb 113 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Comments J1puMeHanufi The direction of incident radiation, the HanpaBJieHne na^emm, HanpaBneHne ocn direction of the cone axis and the opening KOHyca n ero pacTBOp jjojdkhbi 6biTb angle of the cone must be specified. yKa3aHbi. 4.4.7. Biconical transmittance - flByKOHMHecKMM K03t}Dc})ML4MeHT nponycKaHun Quantity’ Bejwmma K03^)(|)HIJlMeHT ZlByKOHHHeCKOrO Biconical transmittance nponycKamm Symbol 06o3Hanenue A) Kn,-A) Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHne nponymeHHoro noToxa collected within a conical solid angle, to H3jryHeHH5i, perncTpupyeMoro b the incident radiant flux limited to a conical KOHHuecKOM TenecHOM yrne, k noTOKy solid angle. naziaiomero H3JiyHeHiia, orpaHHueHHoro KOHHHeCKHM TenecHbiM yniOM. Unit Eduttuifa Synonyms CuuomiMbi ^ByKOHHHecKan nponycKaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Comments IlpiiMenaHiiM The directions of cone axes and the HanpaBJieHna n pacTBopbi KOHycoB opening angles of the cones must be ^on^cHbi 6biTb yKa3aHbi. specified. 4.4.8. Conical-directional transmittance - KoHMHecKO-HanpaB/ieHHbm K03cf3c|3MMMeHT nponycKamin Quantity’ BejiuuuHa Conical-directional transmittance KoHHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHbin K03 (|)(|)HnHeHT nponycKaHHH Symbol Ouo3HaneHue dr&i'AA) dr(Cl,.;0„d) 114 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHHe nponymeHHoro noTOKa collected within an element of the solid H3JiyHeHnfl, penicTpupyeMoro b sneMeHTe angle dQ t surrounding a given direction, to TenecHoro yrna df2 t oxpyncaiomero , the incident radiant flux limited to a conical aaziaHHoe HanpaBneHne, k noToxy solid angle Qj! na^aiomero H3JiyneHim, orpaHHueHHoro KOHHHeCKHM TeJieCHbIM yTJIOM Qj! dT(n„0„ = ,)= d?{D A ’,) cos cos 6MO. OMQ L n o,dn, n Q, Unit Edimuua Synonyms CuHOHUMbl KoHiiHecKO-HanpaBJieHHafl nponycKaTejibHaa cnoco6HOCTb Comments FlpuMeHamm 1. The conical-directional transmittance is 1 . KoHHnecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiH - an infinitesimal value. In practice, d£lx is K03(j)(j)HLmeHT OTpa^Kemw 6ecK0HeuH0 substituted by finite value . Manan BenHHHHa. npaxraxe AQt Ha dQ t 2. The directions of incidence and aaMeHHeTca Ha xoHeuHyio BenHHHHy AQ t . collection, and the size of “element” AQ t of 2. HanpaBJiemw najieHiw h perHCTpauHH h the collection solid angle must be specified. pa3Mep “sjieMeHTa” AQ t TenecHoro yrna, b kotopom peracTpHpyeTcn nponymeHHoe H3JiyHeHHe, ^ojdkhbi 6bitb yKa3aHbi. 4.4.9. Directional-hemispherical transmittance - HanpaBneHHO- nonyccJjepMHecKMM Koa^cjDimneHT nponycKaHun Quantity Bemmuna Directional-hemispherical transmittance HanpaBJieHHO-nojiyctJiepiiHecKHii K03(j)(j)iimieHT nponycKamm Symbol 05o3naMeHue fie,A^) fie fain) Definition OnpedeneHue The ratio of the transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHHe noTOxa nponynteHHoro collected within the hemispherical solid H3JiyneHH5i, peracTpupyeMoro b angle to the collimated incident radiant nonycijiepHHecxoM TenecHOM yrne, x flux. noToxy xojuiHMHpoBaHHoro na^aiomero H3JiyneHHn. 115 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Unit Edunuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl HanpaBJieHHO-nojiyc(|)epHHecKasi nponycKaTejibHaa cnocofiHOCTb Comments ripiMenamiH The direction of incident radiation must be HanpaBJieHHe nazteHmi 3oji>kho 6mtb specified. yKa3aHO. 4 . 4 . 10 . Hemispherical-directional transmittance - nonyccjDepMHecKO- HanpaeneHHbm Koac^MLjLieHT nponycKaHun Quantity> Benimuna Hemispherical-directional transmittance nojiyctjjepuMecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiii K03(j)(|)iiuiieHT nponycKamm Symbol OOo3Hanenue dfilxtf,,#,) dr{ 2 k-,6,,(/>,) Definition Onpedeaenue The ratio of transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHHe nponymeHHoro noToxa collected over an element of the solid angle H3JiyueHHa, penicTpHpyeMoro b 3JieMeHTe dO t surrounding a given direction, to the TenecHoro yrna dfl OKpyncaiomero t , incident radiant flux from the aaHHoe HanpaBJieHHe, k noToxy hemispherical solid angle: H3JiyHeHHH, nanaiomeMy H3 nojiyc^epunecKoro TenecHoro yrna: = = dr(27r,0,, //>,) dt(27i,0„,) ' jf,(0,^,0,,^) cos^n, * 71 71 2 n In Unit Edunuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl nojiyc(|)epHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHan nponycKaTejibHan cnocohHOCTb Comments IJpuMeuauust 1. The hemispherical-directional 1 . IlojiyctJiepHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiH reflectance is an infinitesimal value. In K034)(})HnHeHT OTpa^CeHHH - practice, d£l is substituted by finite value 6ecKOHeHHO Manan BejiHHHHa. Ha t AQ t . npaKTHKe d£l 3aMemieTCfl Ha KOHenHyio t 2. The directions incidence . of and BejiHHHHy AQ t 116 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES collection, and the size of “element” AQ t of 2. HanpaBJieHHfl najjeHiui h the collection solid angle must be specified. perHCTpaiiHH n pa3Mep “3JieMeHTa” AQ, TenecHoro yrna, b kotopom peracTpupyeTCfl nponymeHHoe H3nyneHHe, ^ojdkhh 6biTb yKa3aHbi. 4.4.11. Conical-hemispherical transmittance - KoHMnecKO- no/iycc|DepMHecKMM KoacjDcfDMMueHT nponycKaHun Quantity BejiuMuna Conical-hemispherical transmittance KoHHHecKO-nojiyc(|)epHHecKHH K03<|)(l)HmieHT nponycKamiH Symbol Ouo3HaneHue r(f2 ;2/r) r(Q.;2;r) ; Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHue noTOKa nponymeHHoro collected over the hemispherical solid H3JiyHeHH5i, perncTpHpyeMoro b angle to the incident radiant flux limited to nonyc(j)epHHecKOM TenecHOM yrne, k a conical solid angle. noToxy na^aiomero H3JiyueHiiR, orpaHHueHHoro kohuhcckhm TenecHbiM yrnoM. Unit Edumnfa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl KoHHHecKO-nojiyctJjepHHecKan nponycKaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb Comments TlpuMenanuH The direction of the cone axis and the HanpaBneHHe h pacTBop KOHyca ziojdkhbi opening angle of the cone must be SbiTb yKa3aHbi. specified. 4.4.12. Hemispherical-conical transmittance - nojiyccfcepMHecKO- KOHMHeCKMM K03C}3C}5MLlMeHT nponyCKaHMfl Quantity BejiuuuHa Hemispherical-conical transmittance nOJiyC(|)epHHeCKO-KOHHHeCKHH K03c|)(|)HnneHT nponycKamm Symbol 06o3uaueuue r(2/r;n,) r(2/r;C2,) 117 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART I. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition OnpedeneHue The ratio of the transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHne noTOxa nponymeHHoro collected over a conical solid angle to the H3JiyneHHH, perncTpnpyeMoro b incident radiant flux from the KOHHuecKOM TenecHOM yrne, k noToxy hemispherical solid angle. H3JiyneHmi, naztaromeMy H3 nonycijiepHHecKoro TenecHoro yrna. Unit Edunuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Ilojiyc(|)epHHecKo-KOHHHecKa5i nponycKaTejibHan cnocoGHOCTb Comments FlpuMenaHUH The direction of the cone axis and the HanpaBJieHne n pacTBOp KOHyca jtoiDXHLi opening angle of the cone must be 6biTb yKa3aHti. specified. 4.4.13. Bihemispherical transmittance - flBynonyccfrepMHecKMM Koac^cjDMUMeHT nponycKaHkm Quantity Benununa Bihemispherical transmittance /tBynojiyc(|)epHHecKHii K03(J)(|)HmieHT nponycKaHim Symbol Ooo3naneHue t t (27t ;27 ) Definition OnpedeneHue The ratio of the transmitted radiant flux OTHomeHne noToxa nponymeHHoro collected over the hemispherical solid H3JiyneHHii, perncTpupyeMoro b angle, to the radiant flux incident from the nonyc^epHuecKOM TenecHOM yrne, k hemispherical solid angle. noToxy H3JiyneHHn, nanaiomeMy H3 nojiyctjiepHHecKoro TenecHoro yrna. Unit EduHuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl /tBynojiyc^epnHecKan nponycKaTejibHan cnoco6HOCTb 118 . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.5. Characteristics of absorption - XapaxmepucmuKU noanomeHiM 4.5.1. Absorptance - KoactDC^MMueHT nomomeHiifl Quantity Benununa Absorptance Ko3t|)(J)HUHeHT norjiomeHHH Symbol Ooo3HaneHue a a Definition Onpedeiienue Ratio of the absorbed radiant flux to the OTHomeHHe nornoineHHoro noTOxa incident flux under specified conditions H3JiyHeHH5I HJ1H CBCTOBOTO nOTOXa X [3], noTOxy na^aiomeMy npn onpe^eneHHtix ycjiOBTDix [3]. Unit Edumnfa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl IlorjiomaTejibHaH cnocobHocTb Comments TlpuMenanuH See comments to 4.3.1. Cm. npuMenaHUR x 4.3 . 1 4.5.2. Directional absorptance - HanpaBjieHHbiu KoacjDcfcimMeHT nomomeHMfl Quantity Benumma Directional absorptance HanpaBJieHHbiii K03(|)(|)HmieHT norjiomeHHH Symbol 06o3HaneHue «(<&„,) a{0,A) Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the absorbed radiant flux to the OTHomeHHe noTOxa norjioineHHoro collimated radiant incident flux. H3JTyneHiw x noToxy xojuiHMHpoBaHHoro naziaiomero H3JiyHeHEDL Unit Edunuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl HanpaejieHHan norjiomaTejibHan cnocobHOCTb 119 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Comments TlpuMenaHUH The direction of incident radiation must be HanpaBJieHHe na^eHna .hojdkho 6bitl specified. yKa3aH0. 4.5.3. Conical absorptance - Kohmhgckmm Koacf>c{)m4 MeHT nornomeHMn Quantity Bejwmma Conical absorptance KOHHHeCKHH K03(J)(|)HmieHT norjiomeHHfl Symbol 06o3HaneHue a(Cl,) a(n,) Definition Onpedejienue The ratio of the absorbed radiant flux to the OTHomeHHe noToxa nornomeHHoro incident radiant flux limited to a conical H3JiyueHHa k noToxy najtaiomero solid angle. rnnynemw, orpaHHneHHoro xoHHnecxHM TenecHbiM yrnoM. Unit Edunuua Synonyms CuHOHltMbl KoHiinecKan norjiomaTejibHan cnocobHOCTb Comments IIpmtenaHUH The axis direction and the opening angle of HanpaBJieHHe och h pacTBop KOHyca the cone must be specified. ZIOjdxhbi 6htb yxa3am>i. 4.5.4. Hemispherical absorptance nojiyc4>epMHecKMM Koac^MLiMeHT nomoLijeHMfl Quantity Benumma Hemispherical absorptance nOJiyC(J)epHHeCKHH K03(|)(|)HnHeHT norjiouneHHH Symbol 06o3nanenue a(2 k) ailx) Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of the absorbed radiant flux to the OTHomeHHe noToxa norjiomeHHoro radiant flux incident from the H 3JiyneHHn x noToxy H 3JiyHeHini, hemispherical solid angle. najtaiomeMy 113 nojiycijiepHHecxoro TejiecHoro yrjia. 120 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Unit Edunuua Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Ilojiyc(})epnHecKafl norjiomaTejibHaa cnoco6HOCTb 4.5.5. Spectral linear scattering coefficient - CneKTpanbHbm HaTypa/ibHbiM noKa3aTenb pacce^Hun Quantity Benununa Spectral linear scattering coefficient CneKTpajibHbin HaTypajibHbin noKa3aTejib paccenmin Symbol 06o3nanenue s{X) Definition Onpedenettue Quotient of the relative decrease caused by OTHomeHHe oTHocnTejibHoro yMeHbmeHiw diffusion of the spectral concentration of cneKTpajibHoii mioTHOCTH noToxa the radiant flux a O e; of collimated beam H3JiyHeHH^ 0 £>; npaKTHnecKii during its propagation along an elementary napajuiejibHoro nynxa bo BpeMfl ero length dl at the point considered, by the npoxo^eHiw uepe3 decKOHeuHO tohkhh length dl [3]: cjioh cpeztbi dl d b paccMaTpuBaeMon TOHKe, Kax H3-3a norjiomeHHEi, Tax H3-3a paCCe^HH)5, K TOJIIUHHe 3TOTO CJIOfl dl [3]: 1 1 d^ejL 5 o dl dl Unit Edunuua 1 m' m’ 1 Comments JlpuMenanuM Spectral linear scattering coefficient is CneKTpajibHbin HaTypajibHbin noKa3aTejib defined at a point in a diffusing medium, paccenHHR onpenejnieTCH b Tonxe for a collimated beam of radiation. pacceiiBaionieH cpe^bi jiim napajuiejibHoro nyuKa Jiynen H3JiyneHmi. 121 ; Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.5.6. Spectral linear absorption coefficient - CneKTpa/ibHbm HajypanbHbm noKasarenb nornonieHun Quantity BenuMuua Spectral linear absorption coefficient CneKTpajibHbiii HaTypajibHbiii noKa3aTejib norjiomeHiifl Symbol 06o3Hayenue a(X) a(A) Definition Onpedenenue Quotient of the relative decrease caused by OTHomeHHe OTHOCHTenbHoro yMeHbineHHH absorption of the spectral concentration of cneKTpanbHOH nnoTHOCTH noTOKa the radiant flux (£> of a collimated H3JiyneHHa npaKTHnecKH e beam ; during its propagation along an elementary napajuiejibHoro nynica bo BpeMH ero length dl at the point considered, by the npoxoncieHHH nepe3 6ecK0HeuH0 tohkhh length dl [3]: cjioh cpe^bi dl b paccMaipHBaeMon Tonice, Kax H3-3a nonioineHHH, Tax h H3-3a pacceHHHH, k TonntHHe 3toto cjioh dl [3]: d<$>, i a e,A dl dl Unit Edumn\a 1 m" if' Comments FIpuMenaHUH Spectral linear absorption coefficient is CneKTpajibHbm HaTypajibHbiii noKa3aTejib defined at a point in an absorbing medium, norjionteHHH onpejiejineTCH b Touice for a collimated beam of radiation. norjiomaiomeii cpejibi zuih napajiejibHoro nyuKa Jiynefi H3JiyHemiH. 122 ; Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4 . 5 . 7 . Spectral linear attenuation coefficient - CneKTpajibHbiii HaTypanbHbiM noKa3aTenb ocnaGneHiin Quantity Bemmima Spectral linear attenuation coefficient CneKTpajibHbiii HaTypajibHbiil noKa3aTejib ocjiaGjieHnn Symbol 06o3hanenue aW fifi Definition OnpedeJieHue Quotient of the relative decrease caused by OTHomeHne OTHOCHTenbHoro yMeHbiiieHHJi both absorption and diffusion of the cneKTpajibHon nnoTHOCTH noTOKa spectral concentration of the radiant flux H3JiyHeHH^ npaKTHuecKH d<&. e,A fiKx fix) A*)= dl o e,A dl Unit EduHuifa m ] m' 1 Comments npuMenanuH Spectral linear attenuation coefficient is CneKTpajibHbiii HaTypajibHbiii noxasaTejib defined at a point in an absorbing and ocjia6jiemm onpeziejineTcn b Tonxe diffusing medium, for a collimated beam of norjiomaionieH hjih paccenBaiomeii cpextbi radiation. Hjih napajuiejibHoro nynxa Jiyneii H3JiyneHH5i. 123 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4 . 5 . 8 . Spectral mass attenuation coefficient - CneKTpanbHbm noKasaienb ocnaS/ieHun Ha eAMHMLjy Maccbi Quantity’ Benimuna Spectral mass attenuation coefficient CneKTpajibHbin noKa3aTejib ocjiaGjieHHH Ha ejjHHHuy Maccbi Symbol 06o3HaneHue A*) Afi Definition Onpedenenue Quotient of the spectral linear attenuation OTHomeHue cneKTpaubHoro HaTypanbHoro coefficient //(A) by the (mass) density p of noKa3aTen^ ocnadnemw //(A)k nnoTHOCTH the medium [3]: p ziaHHOM cpe^bi [3]: P P Unit EduHui\a 2 2 m -kg~' m kt 4 . 5 . 9 . Spectral optical thickness - CneKTpanbHan onTHnecKan Tonu4MHa Quantity Benumina Spectral optical thickness CneKTpajibHan onTHHecKan mnmHHa Symbol OOo3Hauenue s{z) S(A) Definition Onpedejiemie Quantity used in atmospheric physics and BejiHHiiHa, KOTOpan ncnojib3yeTC5i b physical oceanography : for a (J)H 3HKe aTMOC(j)epbI H (J)H3HHeCKOH monochromatic component of wavelength OKeanorpatjiHH ajm MOHoxpOMaTHHecKOH A of the radiation of a collimated beam cocTaBJunomen c ^jihhoh A npaKTunecKH propagating along the given length from napajuiejibHoro nyuKa Jiyuen, the point x\ to the point *2 on its path pacnpocTpaH^iomHxcR Bjtojib ^aHHoro through a homogeneous or non- 0Tpe3Ka ot tohkh X\ h X2 onpezieiweTCfl no homogeneous diffusing medium, the (jiopMyne: spectral optical thickness S(a) of the medium between x\ and *2 is defined by the 124 , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES formula ju(x,A)dx S(A)= ju(x,X)dx S(X)= , J where ju(x,A) is the spectral linear rue /y(x,/l)- cneKipajitHtm HaTypantHtiH attenuation coefficient at the location of dx noKa3aTent ocjiadjieHiw Ha npoTJDKeHHH [3]- OTpe3Ka dx [3]. Unit Edimuita Synonyms CliHOHUMbl Spectral optical depth CneKTpajibHaa onTHHecKaa rjiySiiHa Comments ripuMenamiH 1 . 1 . The spectral radiant flux Q> (x X) of CneKTpanbHBiH noTOK n3nyHeHH5i ek x (xjT) nyuKa jiyuen b Touxe xi the beam at the point x\ is reduced to the k value of eW ® .,(x ,A)-e- . e 2 X)=® t JXl so that npH 3T0M * ’ A ;' ( 2 s(*)=- S{A) = 1iA ). 125 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4 . 6 . Characteristics of refraction - XapanmepucmuKu npenoMfieHun 4.6.1 Refractive index - floKaaaTenb npenoMjieHkm Quantify Benununa Refractive index IloKaaaTejib npejioMJieHnn Symbol OOo3HaHemie n(X) n(A) Definition OnpedeJienue Ratio of the velocity of the electromagnetic OTHOmeHHe CKOpOCTH 3JieKTpOMaTHHTHE»IX waves in vacuum to the phase velocity of bojih b BaxyyMe k (f>a30B0H cKopocra bojih the waves of the monochromatic radiation MOHOxpoMaTHuecKoro H 3JiyueHHH b cpe^e in the medium [3]. [3], Unit EduHuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Index of refraction Ko3(|)(|)imHeHT npejioMJieHiifl Comments TlpuMenaHUH 1 . Refractive index of a medium is 1 . FloKa3 aTejib npejiOMJieHHa cpe^bi determined for a monochromatic radiation onpe^ejmeTca MOHOxpoMaTHuecKoro of wavelength A in vacuum. H 3JiyueHHH c .zuihhoh BOJiHbi A b BaxyyMe. 2. For isotropic media, this index is equal 2. o^hopo^hoh cpe^bi ziaHHbiH to the ratio of the sines of the angles of noKa3 aTejib paBeH OTHomeHHK) cHHycoB incidence 6 and refraction 0 of a ray yrna naaemm <9, u ynia npenoMnemia 0 X 2 2 passing through the surface separating npn npoxo>KaeHHH Jiyua uepe3 vacuum and the medium: noBepxHocTb, pa3,aejDnomyK) BaxyyM ot = sin 6 /sin 0 cpe^bi: 77 (A — sin 0 /sin 0 . . X 2 ) X 2 4.6.2 Spectral absorption index - CneKTpanbHbm maBHbrn noKaaaTenb nor/iomem/m Quantity Benununa Spectral absorption index (of a heavily CneKTpajibHbin rjiaBHbiii noKa3aTejib absorbing material) norjiomeHiin (chjibho noraomaiomero BemecTBa) 126 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Symbol Ooo3uauenue k(X) Kfl) Definition Onpede.neuue Quantity, defined by the formula BejiHHHHa, onpeziejDieMafl no (JiopMyjie k:{X) = , a:(X) = v An w where a(X) is the spectral linear absorption me a(k) - cneKTpajiBHBin HaTypantHLiii coefficient. [3] noKa3aTejit nomomeHna [3]. Unit EduHuifa 4.6.3 Complex refractive index - KoMnneKCHbm noKa3aTe/ib npenoMJieHMH Quantity Bejiununa Complex refractive index KoMnjieKCHbin noKa3aTejib npejiOMJieHnn Symbol 06o3Hanemte nQ) Definition Onpedenenue Quantity defined by the formula BejiHHHHa, onpeztejweMaji no (jiopMyjie n(X) = n(X)—iK(X), n(X) = n{X)-iic(X), where n(X) is the spectral refractive index, me n(X) - cneKTpajibHBin noKa3aTejn> k(X) is the spectral absorption index and npejiOMJieHHfl, k(X) - cneKTpajibHbin rjiaBHbin noKa3aTejib norjiomemia n i = 4-i [3], /=V=T [3], Unit EduHuifa 4.6.4. Brewster angle - Yron EpiocTepa Quantity Be.nuMuua Brewster angle Yroji BpiocTepa Symbol OdosHauenue 0B Os 127 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpedenemie The angle of incidence of electromagnetic Ytoji naflemm 3JieKTpoMarHHTHoro radiation at the interface between a H3JiyHeHHa Ha rpaHHuy Me>K,zty dielectric and an absorbing medium for HH3JieiapHK0M h norjiontafoiiteH cpe^oh, which there is no reflected component HJM KOTOporO OTCyTCTByeT OTpaaceHHblH vibrating parallel to the plane of incidence. KOMnoHeHT, KonedmoiitHHCfl napajuienBHO nnocKOCTH na/jemuL Unit Ediihin\a ° ° rad, paa, Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Polarizing angle Comments npuMenamiH For the Brewster angle, the sum of the npn yrne BpiocTepa cyMMa yrnoB na^emm angles of incidence and refraction is equal h npenoMJieHH^ paBHa 90°, b to BpeMJi Kan o to 90 , while the ratio of the refractive OTHomeHHe noKa3aTejieh npenoMJieHHJi indices of the exit and entrance media is BBIXOJ3.HOH H BXOJtHOH Cpe/t paBHO tgOe H equal totan<95 and the reflected radiation is OTpa>KeHHoe H3JiyueHHe nojiHOCTtio totally polarized. n0JDipH30BaH0. 4.7. Characteristics of scattering - XapanmepucmuKu paccenHun 4.7.1 Scattering indicatrix - MHflUKaTpuca pacceahma Term TepMUH Scattering indicatrix HiniiKaTpiica pacccHHHH Definition Onpedenemie Representation in space, in the form of a IlpeztcTaBJieHHoe b (j)opMe noBepXHOCTH, surface expressed in polar coordinates, of Bbipa^ceHHoe b nojmpHbix KOopztHHaTax, the angular distribution of (relative) radiant yrnoBoe pacnpezieneHne (othochtcjibhoh) intensity or of (relative) radiance of an CHJIBI H3JiyueHH>I hjth 3HepreTHuecK0H element of surface of a medium that 5ipK0cra 3JieMeHTa noBepXHOCTH Tena, diffuses by reflection or transmission [3]. pacceHBaiomero nyTeM oTpa^ceHH^ hjih nponycKamui [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Indicatrix of diffusion Comments ripuMenaHUH 1. For a narrow incident beam of radiation, B cjiyuae y3Koro nyuKa JiyneH it is convenient to represent the indicatrix HH^HKaTpHcy y#o6HO H3o6pa^aTb b of diffusion in Cartesian coordinates. If the npaMoyronbHbix KoopjtHHaTax. Ecjih angular distribution has rotational yrnoBoe pacnpezteneHHe o6jia^aeT 128 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES symmetry, a meridian section of the surface KpyroBon CHMMeTpHen, ^ocTaTOHHO is sufficient. KaKoro-Jin6o MepimnoHajitHoro cenemw 2. The term indicatrix is often used to nJIOCKOCTBK). denote, instead of surface, the curve 2, TepMHH “HHUMKaTpHCa” HaCTO obtained in a similar manner in a plane npHMemnoT He .mm noBepxHOCTH, a j\j\% normal to the element concerned [3]. KpHBOH, nojiyneHHOH TaKHM vkq nyTeM b nnocKOCTH, nepneHjiHKyjBipHOH paccMaTpHBaeMOMy oneMeHTy [3]. 4.7.2 Bidirectional scattering distribution function - OyHKmifl pacnpeAeneHMfl AByHanpaBJieHHoro pacceflHkm Quantity Bejiumma Bidirectional scattering distribution cDyHKimn pacnpe^ejieHHH function ZlByHanpaBJieHHoro paccenHiia Symbol Ooo3HaneHue fs f Definition Onpedejieuue The ratio of the differential radiance dL of OTHomeHHe 3JieMeHTa SHepreTnuecKon s flpKocra dL H3nyueHiiH, pacce^HHoro radiation scattered by a surface or medium s in a given direction co to the differential nOBepXHOCTBK) HJ1H Cpe^OH B HBHHOM s , HanpaBJieHHH co k 3JieMeHTy irradiance dE of radiation incident on the s , i o6jiyueHHOCTH dE H3JiyueHHeM, t surface from the incidence direction d) : i naziaiontHM Ha noBepxHocTL no HanpaBJiCHmo na^emra co : l defy) >„ d> ff s ) dEfa)' Unit EduHuua i sr Synonyms CllHOHUMbl BSDF (acronym) Comments FlpuMenamiH In the spherical coordinate system: B c^epHuecKon cncTeMe KOOpztHHaT: djfMf dLM-^s) fMAAJ.) ' dE,{0, ,,)' dEfA) 129 5 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5. Components of Radiometric Systems - KoivmoHeHTbi paflMOMeTpMHeCKMX CMCTeM 5.1. Radiation Sources - 1/lcmoHHUKU u3nyneHun 5.1 .1 . Blackbody - HepHoe Teno Term TepMUH Blackbody HepHoe Tejio Definition Onpedenenue A radiation source whose characteristics HCTOHHHK H3JiyHeHHH, no are close to those of the perfect blackbody xapaKTepncTHKaM npH6jm^aiomHHca k and which is used as a standard radiation a6cojiFOTHO uepHOMy Teny n source. ncnojib3yeMbin KaK 3TanoHHbin hctohhhk H3JTyueHH5L Synonyms CUHOHUMbl Artificial blackbody Moxiejib abcojiioTHO nepHoro Tejia Black body (GB) 5.1.2. Globar- Fno6ap Term Tep.\iun Globar Tjiobap Definition Onpedenemie Thermal source of infrared radiation made TennoBon hctohhhk HH(j3paKpacHoro of silicon carbide or carborundum. H3JiyneHH5I, H3rOTOBJieHHBIH H3 Kap6H£a KpeMHH^i hjih Kap6opyH,na. Comments TIpuMenamiH - 1 . Globar® is a trade name. The generic 1 . Globar® ToproBoe Ha3BaHHe. PojjoBoe name is Silicon Carbide radiation source. Ha3B3HHe - HCTOHHHK H3JiyHCHHJI Ha 2. Used as a source of IR radiation in the ocHOBe Kapdn^a KpeMHim. 2. Hcnojit3yeTCR KaK hctohhhk wavelength band from 1 pm to 1 5 pm. HK H3JiyneHH5i b £Hana30He ,zijihh bojih 1 ... 1 MKM. 130 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.1.3. Nernst’s glower - ULlTMcfDT HepHCTa Term TepMUH Nernst’s glower UIth(|)t HepHCTa Definition Onpedenemie A thermal source of infrared radiation TennoBOH hctohhhk HH^paxpacHoro made of rare-earth oxides. H3JiyHeHH5I, H3TOTOBJieHHBIH H3 OKHCJIOB peztK03eMenbHbix ojicmchtob. 5.1.4. Laser - Jla3ep Term TepMUH Laser JIa3ep Definition OnpedeneHue A device that generates coherent Y CTponcTBo, reHepnpyiomee KorepeHTHbie electromagnetic waves via stimulated 3JieKTpoMarHHTHbie bojihbi 3a cneT emission or stimulated scattering of BbiHy^czteHHoro ncnycKamia hjih radiation by the active medium located in Bbmy^jteHHoro paccemmi H3JiyHeHH5i the optical resonator. aKTHBHon cpezton, Haxo^mencH B onTHuecKOM pe30HaTope. 5.1.5. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl OnTHHecKHH KBaHTOBbiii reHepaTop Light emitting diode - CBeTOM3JiyHaK)LHMM A^ofl Term TepMUH Light emitting diode CBeTOH3JiyHaK)mHH jihozi Definition OnpedeneHue A semiconductor device with electron-hole IIojiynpOBOZtHHKOBbiH npn6op c transition, heterojunction, or metal- 3JieKTpoHHO-£bipoHHbiM nepexoztOM, semiconductor contact, in which the reTeponepexozioM hjih c KOHTaKTOM flowing electric current generates an MeTajui—nojiynpoBO^iHHK, reHepnpyiomHH optical radiation due to injection onrauecKoe H3JiyueHHe npn npoxonc^eHHH electroluminescence. uepe3 Hero 3JieKTpHuecKoro Toxa Ha OCHOBe HBJieHHH HH^CeKHHOHHOH SJieKTpOJHOMHHeCHeHHHH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl 131 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES LED (acronym) CBeTOAHOfl OjieKTpojuoMHHecueHTHbiii CHJX (coKpameHne) CJ\ (coKpameHne) 5.1.6. Overfilling beam - Wmpokmm nynoK Term Tep.xiuH Overfilling beam llInpoKiiH nynoK Definition Onpedenenue A beam of radiation with its cross-section IfynoK H3JiyHeHHH, ceuemie KOTOporo bigger than the aperture of the sensor being 6ojibme anepTypti Kajm6pyeMoro ^aTHHKa. calibrated. 5.1.7. Underfilling beam -Y3kmm nynoK Term TepMim Underfilling beam Y3KHH nynoK Definition OnpedeJienue A beam of radiation with its cross-section flyuoK HSJiyueHHH, ceueHne KOToporo smaller than the aperture of the sensor MeHbme anepTypbi KajmdpyeMoro being calibrated. aaTHHKa. 5.1.8. Extended-area source - npo*ra>KeHHbm hctohhhk Term TepMun Extended-area source IlpOT5DKeHHbHI HCTOHHHK Definition OnpedeJienue A radiation source whose linear dimensions Hctohhhk H3JiyueHHfl, JiHHenHbie pa3Mepti exceed the size of the calibrated sensor’s KOToporo npeBbimaioT pa3Mepti BxoztHon input aperture by a value sufficient for anepTypu Kajin6pyeMoro jx aTHHKa Ha covering the sensor’s entire field-of-view BejinuHHy, ^ocTaTOunyio nun sanojiHeHHfl (or at least a considerable fraction of it) paBHOMepHBiM H3JiyueHHeM Bcero hjih, no with uniform radiation. KpanHen Mepe, 3HannTejibHOH nacTH norm 3peHH« jx aTHHKa. Synonyms CllHOHlIAlbl Extended source Comments IlpuMenaHUft 132 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES An equivalent definition: radiation source OKBHBaneHTHoe onpe^eneHHe: hctohhhk whose image size exceeds the size of the H 3JiyHeHHJi, pa3Mepti H3o6pa>KeHHji radiation detector’s sensing element by at KOToporo, no KpaiiHen Mepe, b HecKOJibKO least several times. pa3 npeBbimaioT pa3Mepbi uyBCTBHTejibHoro 3JieMeHTa npneMHHKa H3JiyHeHH31. 5.2. Spectral Instruments - CnenmpajibHbie npudopu 5.2.1 . Filter - On/ibTp Term Tepjvnm Filter dhiijibTp Definition OnpedejieHue A device for modifying the spectral Y cTponcTBo, cjiy>Kamee H3MeHeHiw distribution of incident radiation. cneKTpajibHoro pacnpeTtenemw na^aiomero H3JiyHeHnn. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl CueTO(J)HJlbTp 5.2.2. Interference filter - HHTepcfrepeHMMOHHbm c})MjibTp Term TepMUH Interference filter MHTep(|)epeHUHOHHbIH (|)HJlbTp Definition OnpedeneHue A filter, for which the spectral composition OnJlbTp, B KOTOpOM B03^eHCTBHe Ha of incident radiation is determined by the cneKTpajibHbin cocTaB najjaiomero interference in thin films of metals and H3jryHeHH)i onpe^ejineTca dielectrics. HHTepijiepeHitHeH b tohkhx rniemcax MeTajuia n ,n,H3JieKTpHKa. 133 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.2.3. Longpass filter - fl/iMHHOBOJiHOBbiM nponycKahoiuni/i cjDwibTp Term Tep.MUH Longpass filter /LiHHHOBOJiHOBbiii nponycKaiomHH (|)HJlbTp Definition Onpedenenue A filter that transmits long-wavelength OiuibTp, KOTopLiii nponycKaeT radiation and blocks short-wavelength ZtJIHHHOBOJIHOBOe H 6jIOKHpyeT radiation. KOpOTKOBOJIHOBOe H3JiyneHHe. Synonyms CunOHUMbl /tjIHHHOBOJIHOBblil (|)HJlbTp 5.2.4. Shortpass filter - KopoTKOBOJiHOBbm nponycKaioutuM 4>njibTp Term Tep.MUH Shortpass filter KopoTKOBOJiHOBbiii nponycKaiomHH (J)HJlbTp Definition Onpede.neHue A filter that transmits short-wavelength OnjibTp, KOTopbiii nponycKaeT radiation and blocks long-wavelength KOpOTKOBOJIHOBOe H 6jlOKHpyeT radiation. ZIJIHHHOBOJIHOBOe H3JiyneHHe. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl KopOTKOBOJIHOBblH (|)HJlbTp 5.2.5. Bandpass filter - flonocoBcm nponycKaiomi/m c|3MnbTp Term Tep.MUH Bandpass filter IIojiocoboh nponycKaiomnn (|)H.JibTp Definition OnpedencHue A filter that passes radiation in a specific OnjibTp, nponycKaiomHH H3JiyneHHe b spectral band and rejects radiation whose onpe^eneHHOM cneKTpanbHOM m-rrepBane wavelengths lie outside this band. n 6jiOKHpyiomHH H3JiyneHHe c juumaMH bojih 3a npe^enaMH 3toto KHTepBana. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl IIOJIOCOBOH (j)HJlbTp Comments TlpuMenaHUH A bandpass filter can be realized by IIojiocoboh nponycKaiomHH ^HJibTp combining shortpass and longpass filters. MO^ceT 6biTb nojryneH KOM6HHiipoBaHHeM 134 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES KOpOTKOBOJIHOBOTO Ji ^JIHHHOBOJIHOBOTO (j)HJlbTpOB. 5.2.6. Band reject filter - flonocoBOM BbipesawDLunPi cjDmibTp Term TepMuu Band reject filter IIojiocoBoii Bbipe3aK)mnH (jmjibTp Definition OnpedeneHue A filter that blocks radiation within a OHJIbTp, 6nOKHpyiOIUHH H3JTyHeHHe B specific wavelength band and transmits the onpeziejieHHOH nonoce ^jihh bojih h radiation outside it. nponycKaiontHH H3JiyueHHe BHe ee. 5.2.7. Blocking filter - BnoKupyioLLtMM cfrmibTp Term Tep.Mim Blocking filter EjlOKHpyiOmHH (JlHJlbTp Definition Onpedenenue A filter designed to reject the sideband Ohjiltp ajm OTceneHHH 6okobbix nonoc transmission of a primary filter. nponycKaHHH nepBHHHoro (jiHJibTpa. Comments TJpuMenamtH This type of filter may be a part of a 3tot ran (})HJibTpa mokct 6bitl nacraio composite bandpass filter. cocTaBHoro nonocoBoro nponycKaiomero (jiHJibTpa. 5.2.8. Neutral density filter - HeMTpanbHbm cjDM/ibTp Tenn Tep.Mim Neutral density filter HeHTpaJlbHblH (J)HJlbTp Definition Onpedenenue Filter that decreases the intensity of OHJIbTp, yMeHbUiaiOIIUiH HHTeHCHBHOCTb transmitted (or reflected) radiation without H3JiyHeHHR 6e3 H3MeHeHHfl altering its relative spectral distribution. oraocHTejibHoro cneKTpajibHoro pacnpejtejieHHH npoxoxuimero uepe3 Hero (oTpa^ceHHoro hm) H3JiyHeHHfl. 135 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.2.9. Circular variable filter - KpyroBoft nepeMeHHbm cjDMJibTp Term TepMUH Circular variable filter KpyroBoii nepeMCHHbiH tpHJibTp Definition Onpedejienue A filter that changes its transmission OHJIbTp, H3MeH^K)mHH XapaKTepHCTHKH characteristics when rotated. nponycKamm npn BpanteHHH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl CVF (acronym) 5.2.10. Monochromator - MoHOxpoMaTop Term TepMUH Monochromator MOHOXpOMaTOp Definition Onpedejienue An optical instrument used to single out OnTHuecKHii npn6op ^jdi BbmejieHHfl narrow portions of an optical radiation y3KHx yuacTKOB cneKTpa onTimecKoro spectrum. H3JiyueHH^. 5.2.11. Filter monochromator - cDunbTpoBbiM MonoxpoMaTop Term TepMUH Filter monochromator ^)HJlbTpOBbIH MOHOXpOMaTOp Definition Onpedejienue A monochromator that makes use of filters MoHOxpoMaTop, HCnOJIb3yK>mHH (jlHJlbTpbl to single out narrow bands of the spectrum. £jdi BbijiejieHH5i y3Kiix yuacTKOB cneKTpa. 5.2.12. Prism monochromator - flpn3MeHHbm MOHOxpoMarop Term TepMUH Prism monochromator IlpH3MeHHblii MOHOXpOMaTOp Definition Onpedejienue A monochromator with a prism acting as a MoHOxpoMaTop c npH3Moii b KauecTBe dispersive element. ^ncneprnpyiontero 3JieMeHTa. 136 i Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.2.13. Diffraction monochromator - flnc^paKMMOHHbm MOHOXpOMaTOp Tent Tep.MUH Diffraction monochromator ^H^paKUHOHHbHI MOHOXpOMaTOp Definition Onpedejiemie A monochromator with a diffraction MOHOXpOMaTOp C HH(J)paKlIHOHHOH grating acting as a dispersive element. pemeTKon b KauecTBe zmcneprnpyioniero sjieMeHTa. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Grating5.2.14. monochromator Michelson’s interferometer MHTepc|3epoMeTp MaMKe/ibcoHa Tenn TepMUH Michelson’s interferometer HHTep(|)epoMeTp MaiiKejibcoHa Definition Onpedejiemie An instrument consisting of moving and HHCTpyMeHT, COCTOflLUHH H3, n03BH2CH0r0 fixed mirrors and a beamsplitter that splits h HenojtBiDKHoro 3epKan h CBeTO^enHTejiR, the input radiation beam into two coherent pacmenjunomero HcxoziHbiH nyuox beams, which interfere when an optical H3JiyHeHM Ha usa KorepeHTHbix nyuKa, path difference varies with the KOTOpbie HHTepijiepHpyioT nocne npH^amm displacement of the moving mirror. hm onTHuecKOH pa3HOcra xo,na MemnomeHCfl npn nepeMemeHHH nojtBH^cHoro 3epKana. npu.xieMaMtH Comments Michelson’s interferometer is used in MHTep(j)epoMeTp MahKenbcoHa spectral instruments of high resolution, and Hcnonb3yeTCR b cneKTpajibHbix npndopax for precision measurements of length, BbicoKoro pa3pemeHHH, a Taioxe jxjw microscopic5.2.15. surface irregularities, and TOHHOTO H3MepeHHS TtJIHH, OTCTynJieHHfl OT deviations from flatness. njlOCKOCTHOCTH H H3MepeHHJI MHKpOHepOBHOCTeii. Fourier transform spectrometer - cpypbe-cneKTpoMeTp Term TepMUH Fourier transform spectrometer Oypbe-cneKTpoivieTp Definition Onpedenenue 137 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Spectral instrument consisting of usually a CneKTpajiBHbin npH6op, o6e»ihho Michelson’s interferometer and a detector cocTOjmum H3 HHTep(]iepoMeTpa making it possible to record the input MaHKejibcoHa h zteTeKTOpa, no3BOJunomHH radiation interferogram while the optical 3aperncTpnpOBaTi> HHTep^eporpaMMy path difference varies due to the moving bxo^hoto H3JiyneHHH npH H3MeHeHHH mirror. The input radiation spectrum is pa3HOCTH XOZta nOZtBH^KHBIM 3epKaJ10M. restored by Fourier transforming the CneKTp H3JiyHeHHR Ha Bxo^e interferogram. HHTep(j)epoMeTpa nojiynaeTcn (jiypbe- npeo6pa30BaHneM HHTeptjieporpaMMbi. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Fourier spectrometer 5.3. Optical Components - OnmuvecKue KOMnoHBHmbi 5.3.1. Window - Okho Term Tep.Mim Window Okho Definition Onpedenemie A plate made of transparent material and rinacTHHa H3 npo3pauHoro MaTepnajia, used for admitting radiation into the optical Hcnojn>3yeMaa jjjhi nponycKaHHH system or to radiation detector, while H3JiyneHH5i b onTHnecKyio CHCTeMy hjih k isolating them from environmental effects npHeMHHKy H3JiyHeHiin h H30JiHpyioiiiaji (atmosphere, water vapor, dust, other HX OT B03ZteHCTBH5I BHCIHHeH Cpe^BI polluting or corrosive agents, etc.). (aTMOC(j)epbi, Bozt^Hbix napoB, nbiJiH, 3arpfl3Hjnomnx hjih arpeccHBHbix areHTOB h T.n.). 5.3.2. Mirror - 3epKano Term TepMUH Mirror 3epKajio Definition Onpedenenue A smooth flat, convex or concave surface Fjia^Kan njiocKaH, Bbinyicjian hjih BorayTaa reflecting the incident optical radiation. noBepxHOCTb, OTpa^aioman naztaiomee onTHHecKoe H3JiyneHHe. Comments npuMeuamin To improve reflection characteristics, B coBpeM eHHbix 3epxajiax jxnn yjiyHHieHiui 138 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES modem mirrors are coated with thin layers OTpaHcaTejiLHtix xapaKTepHCTHK Ha of metals (aluminum, silver, gold and nOBepXHOCTL nOnO.THHTe.TEHO HaHOCRTCR others) and with thin protective dielectric TOHKHe cjioh MeTannoB (ajnoMHHHH, layers. cepeopo, 30jioto h up.) h TOHKite 3aniHTHBie nroneKTpHHecKHe cjioh. 5.3.3. Lens - JlMHsa Term Tep.MUH Lens fIiiH3a Definition Onpedeienue An optical component manufactured of a H3TOTOBJieHHBIH H3 np03paHH0T0 B transparent (within a certain wavelength HeKOTOpOH oonacTH xihh both MaTepHajia range) material such as glass or crystal, so (CTeKTO, KpHCTaTTLl) OnTHHeCKHH that at least one of its surfaces is shaped as KOMnoHeHT, y KOTOporo no KpaitHeH Mepe a revolution surface (sphere, ellipsoid, OTHa noBepxHOCTB HMeeT bht paraboloid, hyperboloid, etc.) serving to noBepxHOCTH BpameHHT (cijiepa, differently deviate incident rays depending omnmcoHji, napaooTOHT, rnnepooTOHT h on the incidence point position on the t. t.). cjiyntaniMH tjit H3MeHeHiw surface. HanpaBneHHH nanaioninx Ha Hee jiynen onpeneTeHHBiM ttt nanaon tohkh ee noBepxHOCTH o6pa30M. 5.3.4. Objective - 06-beKTMB Term Tep.MUH Objective OoteKTHB Definition Onpedejenue A collection of optical components - lenses CoBOKvnHOCTL onpe,aeTeHHLiM oopa30M and/or mirrors - that makes it possible to H 3 TOTOBTeHHBIX H pacnOTOTCeHHLIX obtain (with a designated quality) a onTHnecKHx KOMnoHeHTOB - thh3, 3epKaT, magnified or diminished image of objects thoo Tex h Tpyrnx, no 3 BOJiTioniaT or scenes within a certain range of their nonyT HHTB yBejiHneHHoe hth yMeHBineHHoe angular positions relative to the system axis H3o6pa>KeHHe npe^MeTOB h cneH b and in the certain radiation wavelength onpezteneHHOM THana30He hx vttoboto range. nOTOHteHHT OTHOCHTe.TLHO OCH CHCTeMLI H b onpeneneHHOM THana30He tthh both H 3 TyneHHT c 3 aTaHHBiM KanecTBOM. 139 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Comments IlpuMenaHUH The simplest objective allowing one to get npOCTeHUIHMH 06l>eKTHBaMH, a qualitative image in a very small range of n03B0J15HOIUHMH nOCTpOHTb KaueCTBeHHOe incidence angles may be realized by a H3o6pa>KeHHe b oueHt MajiOM ,miana30He spherical mirror, and in a small range of yrnoB naxieHHfl Jiyueii, MoryT cjiyacHTb incidence angles and small wavelength O/jHO cijiepHHecKoe 3epKajio h, TaioKe b range by a lens. ManoM £Hana30He yrnoB h MajiOM jIHana30He ^jihh bojih, - oziHa JiHH3a. 5.3.5. Collimator - KonnMMaTop Term Tep.Mun Collimator KOJIJIHMaTOp Definition OnpedeneHue Optical system that transforms a diverging OnTHuecKa^ cncTeMa, npeo6pa3yiomaa or converging wave front into a plane front. paCX0/UHHHHCfl HJIH CXO^JHIHlHCfl BOJIHOBOH (jipOHT B nJIOCKHH. Comments HpuMevamix Collimator transforms the incoming KojuiHMaTop npeBpamaeT na^aiomee radiation into parallel beam. Usually, H3JiyHeHne b napajuiejibHbiH nyuox. collimator builds the image of a point 06bIHHO, KOJIJIHMaTOp CTpOHT radiation source in infinity. Some types H3o6pa^eHHe TOueuHoro HCTOHHHKa absorb the incoming radiation to ensure the H3JiyueHHa Ha 6ecKOHeuHOCTH. HeKOTopbie rays input from small solid angle. Tiinbi norjiomaioT na^aiomee H3JiyueHHe, HTodbi o6ecneuHTb nocTynjieHHe jiyueii TOJibKO H3 Majioro TejiecHoro yraa. 5.3.6. Beamsplitter -flexiMTe/ib nynKa Term TepMun Beamsplitter ^ejiHTejib nyHKa Definition Onpedenemie An optical device that reflects a certain OnTHuecKoe ycTponcTBO, no3BOJunomee fraction of a radiation beam in a specified OTpa3HTb onpe^ejieHHyio uacTb nymca direction and transmits the remaining H3JiyueHHfl b 3aztaHHOM HanpaBJieHHH h fraction in the direction of the incident nponycraTb ocTaBiiiyiocfl uacTb b tom >Ke radiation without modifying the geometry HanpaBJieHHH, hto h na^aiomee of rays of the incident beam and its spectral H3JiyueHHe, 6e3 H3MeHeHna reoMeTpHH characteristics. jiyueii b nyuKe naxiaioiuero H3JiyueHHJi h 140 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES ero cneKTpajiBHtix xapaKTepHCTHK. Synonyms CUHOHUMbl Light splitter CBeToaejiHTejib Beam splitter (GB) Comments TlpimeHamiH Light splitters are semitransparent mirrors CBeTO/teuHTejiH npe^cTaBjuuoT co6oh with specified characteristics of nojrynpo3paHHi>ie 3epKana c 3anaHHLiMH transmission (reflection) evaporated on xapaKTepncTHKaMH nponycicaHmi plane surfaces of plates and prisms. (oTpa^Kemw), HantiJDieMBie Ha ruiocKiie noBepxHOCTH nnacTHH hjih npii3M. 5.3.7. Dichroid - UBeTOfle/iMTerib Term Tep.MUH Dichroid IjBeToaejiHTejib Definition OnpedeJienue A beamsplitter that transmits radiation in CBeTo^enHTejib, oTpavKaiomHH H3JiyueHHe one spectral band and reflects it in the other b ohhoh odnacTH cneKTpa h spectral band. nponycKaiomHH - b npyron. Synonyms CUHOHUMbl Jl,HXpOHHHbIH (|)HJlbTp 5.3.8. Polarizer - l"lormpM3aTop Term TepMUH Polarizer Il 0 J15ipH 3 aT0p Definition OnpedeJienue An optical device capable of transforming OnrauecKoe ycTpoiiCTBo, npeBpaiuaioinee nonpolarized radiation into polarized Henon^pH30BaHHoe H3nyHeHHe b radiation; usually a filter that transmits noiDipH30BaHHoe; o6bihho - (jmubTp, only the radiation of a single polarization nponycKaiomHH H3JiyueHHe tojibko ozmoro state. COCTOJIHHJ1 nOJDipH3aUHH. 141 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5 . 4 . Detectors of Optical Radiation - ilpueMHUKu onmuvecKoao u3/iyHeHun 5.4.1. Detector - flpueMHMK onTunecKoro M3JiyHeHnn Teim TepMim Detector IlpHeMHIiK OnTHHeCKOrO H3JiyHeHHH Definition Onpedenemie A device for converting the energy of yCTponcTBo ^iih npeo6pa30BaHHfl 3Heprnn electromagnetic radiation into detectable ojieKTpoMarHHTHoro H3JiyHeHHJt b cHraan signal that can be measured. KOToptm MO)KeT 6 bitb o6Hapy>KeH n H3MepeH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Photodetector ,HeTeKTop Comments npimenamM 1 . There are single-element and multiple- 1 . CymecTByiOT 0,ztH03JieMeHTHbie n element (linear and matrix) detectors, and MHoro3JieMeHTHi,ie (nnHennaTbie n detectors with continuous (TV type) field MaTpnHHBie) npneMHHKH H3JiyneHHH h of responsivity. npneMHHKH H3JiyneHHH c HenpepbiBHbiM 2. Radiation detector includes a (TeneBH3HOHHoro rana) noneM photosensitive element (or elements) and HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH. an electronic interface that supports the 2. npneMHHK H3JiyHeHHH BKJitonaeT b ce6a functioning of the detector as a (})OTOHyBCTBHTeJlbHbIH 3JieMeHT HJIH photoconverter and an electric circuit aneMeHTbi, a TaioKe 3JieKTpoHHbin element. HHTepiJieiic, o6ecneHHBaiomHH (jtyHKitHOHHpOBaHne npneMHHKa KaK (J)OTonpeo6pa30BaTejw n KaK aneMeHTa ajieKTpHuecKOH nenn 5.4.2. Standard detector - STanoHHbm npneMHHK M3JiyHeHHfl Term TepMUH Standard detector 3TajiOHHbin npneMHHK H3JiyHeHHH Definition OnpedeneHue A detector with a known spectral and/or npneMHHK H3JiyHeHHfl C H3BCCTHOH integral absolute responsivity used as a cneKTpajibHon h/hjih HHTerpajibHon standard. a6cOJTK)THOH HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTbK), 142 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES ncnojii>3y eMtiH b KanecTBe 3TajiOHa. Synonyms CuHonuMbi Reference detector OnopHbiii aeTeKTop 5.4.3. Selective detector - CeneKTMBHbm npneMHHK nsnyneHnfi Term TepMun Selective detector CejieKTHBHbiii npneMHHK H3JiyHeHifH Definition Onpede.neHue Detector of optical radiation whose spectral npneMHHK onTHnecKoro H3JiyneHHJi, y responsivity varies with wavelength over KOToporo cneKTpajibHaa xapaKTepncTHKa the spectral bandwidth considered. HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTH H3MeH#eTCfl C .ZtJIHHOH bojihli b paccMaTpHBaeMOM HHTepBajie £JIHH BOJIH. 5.4.4. Non-selective detector - HeceneKTMBHbm npneMHHK M3JiyHeHMB Tenn TepMUH Non-selective detector HecejieKTHBHbiii npneMHHK H3JiyHeHHH Definition OnpedeJiemie Detector of optical radiation whose spectral npneMHHK onTHnecKoro H3JiyneHHfl, y responsivity is independent of wavelength KOToporo cneKTpajibHafl over the spectral bandwidth considered. HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb He 3aBHCHT OT ^JIHHbl 5.4.5. BOJiHbi b paccMaTpHBaeMOM ziHana30He ZtJIHH BOJIH. Photoelectric detector - OoToaneKTpoHHbin npneMHHK M3nyHeHMB Term TepMun Photoelectric detector d>OT03JieKTpoHHbin npneMHHK H 3JiyHeHHH 143 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpedenenue Detector of optical radiation which utilizes npneMHHK onTHuecKoro H3JiyueHiw, b the interaction between radiation and KOTOpOM HCnOJIB3yeTCfl B3aHMO,ZteHCTBHe matter resulting in the absorption of MOK/iy H3JTyueHHeM n BemecTBOM, photons and the consequence liberation of npHBO,zumtee k nornomemno ^dotohob h electrons from their equilibrium states, nocjieayiomeMy BbicBo6o^cteHmo thereby generating an electric potential or 3JieKTpOHOB H3 aTOMOB, HTO C03,ZtaeT current, or causing a change in electrical 3JieKTpHHecKHH noTeHnnan HJIH tok, HJIH resistance, excluding electrical phenomena H3MeHeHne 3JieKTpnnecKoro caused by temperature changes [3]. COnpOTHBJieHHH, HCKJlIOHaH 3JieKTpHHeCKHe iiBJieHH^, npHBO^mtne k H3MeHeHHio TeMnepaTypbi [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl 5.4.6. Photoemissive cell - cpoToaneMeHT Tenn TepMUH Photoemissive cell (p 0T03JieMeHT Definition Onpedenenue Photoelectric detector that utilizes emission OoT03JieKTpoHHbin npneMHHK, of electrons caused by optical radiation [3]. iicnojibsyiomHh smhcchio sneKTpoHOB, KOTopaa BbObiBaeTCH onTnnecKHM H3JTyneHHeM [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Phototube 5.4.7. Photoresistor - OoTope3MCTop Term TepMUH Photoresistor Definition Onpedejiemie Photoelectric device that utilizes the 0T03HeKTp0HH 0e yCTpOHCTBO, change of electrical conductivity produced Hcnojib3yiomee H3MeHeHne by the absorption of optical radiation [3]. 3JieKTpOnpOBOOTMOCTH, KOTopoe nponcxo^HT BCJieztCTBne noniomeHHfl 144 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES onTHuecKoro H3JiyHeHiia [3]. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl Photoconductive detector OTOnpOBOilHmHH JieTeKTOp Photoconductive cell 5.4.8. Photocathode - OoTOKaTOfl Term TepMun Photocathode CpOTOKaTOZt Definition Onpedejiemie Metallic or semiconducting layer designed MeTajiJiiiuecKHH hjih nojiynpOBO^HHKOBBiH for efficient photoemission of electrons and cjioh, npe^Ha3HaueHHbiH zudi used in a photoelectric detector [3]. 3(j)Cj)eKTHBHOH (j)0T03MHCCHH 3JieKTpOHOB H npHMeH^eMBIH B (})0T03JieKTp0HH0M npneMHHKe [3]. 5.4.9. Photomultiplier - OoToa/ieKTpoHHbiM yMHO>KMTenb Term TepMUH Photomultiplier Definition Onpedejiemie Photoelectric detector comprising a O0T03JieKTp0HHbIH npneMHHK, photocathode, an anode and an electron coztep^amHH (jioTOKaTO^, aHO# h multiplication device that uses the 3ueKTpoyMHO»caK)mee ycTponcTBO, secondary emission of dynodes or channels Hcnojib3yiomee ^hhojibi btophhhoh between photocathode and anode [3]. 3MHCCHH 3JieKTpOHOB HJIH KaHaJIBI MOK^y (j)OTOKaTOHOM H aHO£OM [3]. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl OOTOyMHO^KHTeJIb 145 a Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.4.10, Photovoltaic cell - BeHTMiibHbm cj^OToaneMeHT Term TepMun Photovoltaic cell BeHTHJlbHblil (|) 0T03JieMeHT Definition Onpede.nemie Photoelectric detector that utilizes the O 0T03JieMeHTHbIH npneMHHK, electromotive force prodused by the Hcnojn>3yiomHH ojieKTpoztBH^ymyK) cnny, absorption of optical radiation [3]. KOTOpaa Bbipa6aTi>iBaeTCfl npn nornomeHHH onTHuecKoro H3nyneHH5i [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Photoelement 0T03JieMeHT c 3aimpaiomHM cjioeM 5.4.11. Photodiode - Ootoamo Term TepMun Photodiode Definition Onpedejienue Photoelectric detector in which a O0T03JieKTp0HHbIH npneMHHK, B KOTOpOM photocurrent is generated by absorption of ^)ototok reHepHpyeTCfl 3a cueT optical radiation in the neighborhood of a nornomemifl H3JiyueHHJi o6jiacTbio Me>K,iiy p-n junction between two semiconductors ^ByMii nojiynpoBO/iHHKaMH, 6jih3koh k p-n or a junction between a semiconductor and nepexoay hjih Ha rpaHHue Me^y a metal [3]. nonynpoBOztHHKOM h MeTannoM [3]. 5.4.12. Avalanche photodiode - JlaBMHHbm 4>otoamoa Term Tep.mm Avalanche photodiode JIaBif HHbiii cfjOToanoa Definition Onpedejienue Photodiode operating with a bias OOTOJtHOZt, pa6oTaK)mHH C TBKHM CZtBUrOM electromotive force such that the primary 3JieKTpO^BH^ymeH CHJIbl, HTO nepBHHHblH photocurrent undergoes amplification (J)Ototok npeTepneBaeT ycnjieHHe b through avalanche breakdown at the npe^enax npneMHHKa [3]. junction [3]. 146 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.4.13. Phototransistor - (J>OTOTpaH3MCTop Term TepMun Phototransistor O0T0TpaH3HCT0p Definition Onpedejienue Photoelectric detector that uses O0T03JieKTp0HHbIH npHeMHHK, semiconductors in which the photoelectric ncnojib3yiomHH nonynpoBo^HUKH, b effect is produced in the neighborhood of a KOTOpbIX (j)0T03JieKTpHHeCKHH 3(j)(})eKT double p-n junction (p-n-p or n-p-n), which npOHCXOAHT B OKpeCTHOCT^X /IBOHHOrO P“B possesses amplification properties [3]. (p-n-p hjih n-p-n), odna^aiomero CBOHCTBaMH yCHJieHHfl [3]. 5.4.14. Quantum detector - KBaHTOBbiii npHeMHHK H3JiyHeHHH Term Tep.MUH Quantum detector KBaHTOBbiii npueMHHK iojiyneHnn Definition Onpedejienue Detector of optical radiation whose npueMHHK onTHuecKoro H3JiyneHHJi, y quantum efficiency is independent of KOTOpOTO KBaHTOBblH K.H.^. He SaBHCHT OT wavelength over the spectral range XUlHHbl BOJIHbl Ha paCCMaTpHBaeMOM considered [3]. cneKTpajibHOM ,miana30He [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Non-selective quantum detector HecejieKTMBHbin KBaHTOBbiii npneMHHK H3JiyHeHHU Comments ripuMenanufi A photoluminescent material having a OoTOJHOMHHecuHpyioiuHH MaTepHaji, photoluminescence yield independent of HMeiOUtHH BbIXO£ (J)OTOJIK)MHHeCHeHHHH, the wavelength of the exciting radiation He 3aBHC^mHH ot zuiHHbi B036y^aiouiero over a wide spectral range is sometimes H3JiyHeHH5i b mnpoKOM cneKTpajibHOM called a quantum counter [3]. £Hana30He, HHoma, Ha3biBaiOT KBaHTOBbiM CHeTHHKOM [3]. 147 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.4.15. Photon counter - CneTHMK cJdotohob Term Tep.vim Photon counter CueTHHK (J)OTOHOB Definition Onpedenenue Instrument comprising a photoelectric npndop, HMeiOIltHH (j) 0T03JieKTp0HHBIH detector and auxiliary electronics with npneMHHK h no3BOJHHOHtHH nozicHHTbiBaTB which the electrons emitted by the HHCHO 3JieKTpOHOB, 3MHTHpOBaHHbIX photocathode can be counted [3]. (j)OTOKaTO^OM npneMHHKa [3]. 5.4.16. Charge-coupled device - flpn6op c sap^floeoii CBB3bio Term TepMun Charge-coupled device ripilSop C 3ap*mOBOii CBH3bK) Definition Onpedenenue A self-scanning imaging device formed by CaMOCKamipyromee H 3 o6pa^aiomee an ensemble of MOS (metal-oxide- yCTpOHCTBO, 06pa30BaHH 0 e MaCCHBOM semiconductor) condensers, in which the MOFI (MeTajui-OKHceji-nojrynpoBO^HHK) charges are successively transferred from KOHZieHCaTOpOB, B KOTOpOM C nOMOIUbK) one condenser to another by means of ynpaBJiHiontHx HanpEDKemm control voltages. ocyrRecTBJiaeTCH nocjieztOBaTejibHbra nepeHoc 3 apa^0B H3 o^hoto KomreHcaTopa b apyron. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl CCD (acronym) I13C (coKpameHne) Comments5.4.17. npiiMenamiH Thermal detector of radiation - TennoBon npneMHHK M3JiyHeHHfl Term TepMUH Thermal detector of radiation TenjiOBOH npiieMHHK H3JiyHeHnn Definition Onpedenemie Detector of optical radiation in which a npneMHHK onTHnecKoro H3JiyHeHHR, measurable physical effect is produced by (})H3HHeCKHH npHHHHn H3MepeHH5I the heating of the part that absorbs KOTOporo ocHOBaH Ha HarpeBaHHH toh ero radiation. [3] Hacra, KOTopaa nomontaeT SHepnno 148 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES H3nyHeHH5i. [3] Synonyms CuhOHUMbl Thermal (radiation) detector TepivioneTeKTop H3JiyHemm 5.4.18. Absolute thermal detector - A6conK>THbm TennoBOM npneMHMK M3JiyHeHMB Tenn Teptuun Absolute thermal detector A6cojiK)THbin TenjiOBoii npneiviHHK H3JiyHeHHH Definition Onpedenenue Thermal detector of optical radiation which TennoBOH npHeMHHK onTimecKoro can compare radiant flux directly with H3JiyHeHH5I, KOTOpLIH MO^eT electrical power [3]. Henocpe^CTBeHHO cpaBHHBaTB noTOK H3JTyneHH^ c sjieiapHHecKOH moiuhoctbio [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Self-calibrating thermal detector CaMOKajmbpyiomHHcn TenjioBoii npneMHIIK H3JlYHeHHH 5.4.19. Radiation thermocouple - PaAnaMMOHHbiii TepMoaneMeHT Tenn TepMun Radiation thermocouple PazmauHOHHbin TepM 03JieivieHT Definition Onpedenenue Thermal detector of optical radiation in TennoBOH npneMHHK onTHuecKoro which the electromotive force produced in H3JiyHeHHfl, B KOTOpOM 3a CHeT a single thermoelectric junction is used to nornomaeMoro H3JiyHeHH5i b cnae measure the heating effect produced by the pa3HOpOZtHLIX MaTepHajlOB B03HHKaeT absorbed radiation [3]. 3JieKTponBH^yma5i crnia, KOTopaa Hcnonb3yeTCH hjiji H3MepeHiw pa3HHitbi TeMnepaTyp [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl PannaunoHHan TepMonapa 149 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.4.20. Radiation thermopile - PaAnaMMOHHafi TepMo6aTapen Tenn TepMun Radiation thermopile PafliiamioHHaH TepMoSaTapea Definition Onpedenenue Thermal detector of optical radiation in TennoBon npneMHHK onTnuecKoro which the electromotive force produced in H3JiyHeHHH, B KOTOpOM 3a cueT several thermoelectric junctions is used to nornomaeMoro H3JiyueHHa b HeKOTopbix measure the heating effect produced by the cnaax pa3HOpoziHbix MaTepnanoB absorbed radiation [3]. B03HHKaeT 3JieKTOpO^BH^yiRa51 CHJia, KOTopaa Hcnojib3yeTca H3MepeHHa pa3HHUbi TeMnepaTyp [3]. Comments TlpuMenanuH Russian definitions of terms 845-05-47 and PyccKiie onpeaejiemiH TepMHHOB 845-05- 845-05-48 in [3] must be transposed. 47 h 845-05-48 b [3] HeodxoaHMO noMeHaTb MecTaMH. 5.4.21. Bolometer - BonoMeTp Tenn TepMun Bolometer BonoMeTp Definition OnpedeneHue Definition Onpedenenue Thermal detector of optical radiation in TennoBon npneMHHK onTHuecKoro which the heating of the part that absorbs H3JiyueHHa, b kotopom HarpeBaHne toh the radiation causes a change in its uacTH, KOTopaa nornomaeT H3JiyueHHe, electrical resistance [3]. Bbi3biBaeT H3MeHeHiie ero 3JieKTpHuecKoro conpoTHBJieHHa [3]. Comments TlpuMenaHUH Russian5.4.22. definitions of terms 845-05-47 and PyccKue onpeaeneHHa TepMHHOB 845-05- 845-05-48 in [3] must be transposed. 47 h 845-05-48 b [3] Heo6xoanMO noMeHaTb MecTaMH. Pyroelectric detector - nupoojieKTpuHecKMM npneMHMK Term TepMun Pyroelectric detector IlHpoBJieKTpHHecKHM npneMHHK Definition Onpedenenue Thermal detector of optical radiation that TennoBon npneMHHK onraHecKoro 150 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES utilizes the time rate of change of the H3JiyueHHJI, KOTOpblH Hcnojib3yeT spontaneous electric polarization, or of 3aBHCHM0CTb CKOpOCTH H3MeHeHHJI induced long-lived polarization, of certain TeMnepaTypti cnoHTaHHon 3JieiapHHecKOH dielectric materials, caused by the noiDipH3anHH hjih HaBezteHHon temperature change [3]. npO^OJI^CHTeJTBHOH nOJIJipH3aHHH HeKOTOpbIX flH3JieKTpHKOB [3]. 5.4.23. Matrix detector - MaTpnHHbm npneMHMK Tenn TepMim Matrix detector MaTpuHHbiii npneMHHK Definition Onpede.nemie Radiation detector with sensitive area IfpHeMHHK H3HyHeHHfl C HyBCTBHTeJlbHOH consisting of discrete elements arranged in o6jiacTbio, cocTosmeii H3 ^HCKperabix rows and columns to read out the 3JieMeHTbi, pa3MemeHHbix b cipoKH h information simultaneously or sequentially. CTOJidnbi jxnsi oztHOBpeMeHHoro hjih nocjie^OBaTejibHoro CHHTbiBaHHH HH(j)OpMaHHH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Detector matrix MaTpHHHbiii aeTeKTop Matrix array Comments IJpuMenaHUR 1. Usually employed in imaging sensors or 1 . 06biHHo Hcnojib3yeTC)i b ^aTHHKax thermal imagers. H3o6pa^(eHHH HJIH TenJI0BH30BaX. 2. If a matrix has only one row or one 2. EcJIH MaTpHHa COCTOHT H3 o^hoto column, it is referred to as a linear array. CTOJl6ua HJIH OOTOH CTpOKH npHeMHbIX 3JieMeHTOB, roBopaT o «jiHHeiiKe npiieMHHKOB)) 151 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.5. Radiometric Instrumentation for Remote Sensing - PaduoMempunecKan annapamypa dnn ducmahmuoHHoao 30HdupoeaHun 5.5.1. Radiometer - PaAMOMeTp Tenn Tep.MUH Radiometer PafliiOMeTp Definition Onpedenenue Instrument for measuring radiometric npn6op, npejtHa3HaueHHE>m xuiji quantities [3]. H3MepeHHH 3HepreTHuecKHX BejinmiH [3]. 5.5.2. Spectroradiometer - CneKTpopaAMOMeTp Tenn TepMUH Spectroradiometer CneKTpopajjHOMeTp Definition Onpedenenue Instrument for measuring radiometric npndop fljia H3MepeHiw SHepreTHuecKHx quantities in narrow wavelength intervals BeJIHHHH B y3KHX HHTepBaJiaX ^JIHH BOJIH 5.5.3. over a given spectral region [3]. ZiaHHoro cneKTpajibHoro ,ztHana30Ha [3]. Filter radiometer - OnjibTpoBbm paflMOMeTp Term TepMun Filter radiometer HJIbTpOBbIH pa,HHOMeTp Definition Onpedenemie An instrument for measuring integrated npn6op XUIfl H3MepeHHfl HHTerpaJlbHBIX values of radiometric quantities in one or 3HaueHHH pa^HOMeTpHHeCKOX BeJIHHHH B several spectral bandwidth selected by the OJIHOM HJIH HeCKOJlbKHX CneKTpaJIBHBIX optical filters. HHTepBanax, BbiaejiaeMbix oimiHecKHMH 4)HJIBTpaMH. 152 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.5.4. Spectrophotometer - CneKTpoc{30TOMeTp Term Tep.MUH Spectrophotometer CneKTpo(|)OTOMeTp Definition OnpedeneHue Instrument for measuring the ratio of two IlpH6op XIJBt H3MepeHHfl OTHOIIieHIifl ZtByX values of a radiometric quantity at the same 3HaHeHHH pa^HOMeTpHHeCKOH BeJIHHHHBI wavelength [3]. HJI5I O^HOH H TOli >K6 JJJIHHBI BOJ1HBI [3]. 5.5.5. Gonioradiometer- ToHnopaAMOMeTp Term TepMUH Gonioradiometer rOHHOpaailOMeTp Definition OnpedeneHue Radiometer for measuring the directional Pa,miOMeTp jxjm H3MepeHiDi yrnoBoro radiation distribution characteristics of pacnpe^eneHna pa^noMeTpHuecKHX sources, media or surfaces [3]. xapaKTepncTHK hctohhhkob, cpea n 5.5.6. noBepxHOCTeh [3]. Reflectometer - PecJmeKTOMeTp Term TepMun Reflectometer Pe(J)JieKTOMeTp 5.5.7. Definition OnpedeneHue Instrument for measuring quantities npn6op njifl H3MepeHHfl bcjihhhh, pertaining to reflection. [3] xapaKTepH3yK)mHx OTpa^ceHne. [3] Optical scatterometer - OnTMHecKMM CKarrepoMeTp Term TepMUH Optical scatterometer OnTHHeCKHH CKaTTepOMeTp Definition Onpedenenue Active system used for measurement of AKTHBHaa cncTeMa, HcnonB3yeMaa jxnn 153 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES scattered radiation from irradiated surfaces H3MepeHUH H3JiyueHmi, pacce^HHoro or media. odjiyuaeMOH noBepxHOCTtio hjih cpe^oii. 5.5.8. Polarimeter- riormpnMeTp Tenn TepMUH Polarimeter IlOJIHpHMeTp Definition OnpedeneHue An instrument for measurements of npH6op JXJlft H3MepeHIi5I nOJLapH3aUHH polarization of radiation emitted by a H3JiyueHHH HCTOHHHKa HJIH H3JiyHeHH5I, source or transmitted by or reflected from, npoxozumtero uepe3 cpe^y hjih a medium. OTpa^eHHoro cpe^oii. 5.5.9. Imaging radiometer - M3o6pa>KaK)LMMM pa^MOMeTp Tenn TepMun Imaging radiometer H3o6pa^KaiomHH pajjHOMeTp Definition Onpedenemte A radiometer with an imaging optical Pa^HOMeTp c H3o6pa>KaK)meH onraHecKOH system.5.5.10. CHCTeMOH. Focal plane array - OoKaxibHan MaTpuLta Tenn TepMUH Focal plane array Definition OnpedeneHue A matrix detector of radiation placed in the MaTpHHHBIH npHeMHHK H3JiyueHHH, focal plane of an imaging or scanning pa3MemeHHBIH B (})OKaJIbHOH nJlOCKOCTH radiometer. H3o6pa^caioiiiero hjih cKaHHpyioiuero pajjHOMeTpa. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl FPA (acronym) 154 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.5.11. Multispectral imaging radiometer - MyjibTMcneKTpa/ibHbiM M3o6pa>KaK)inMM paAMOMeTp Term TepMUH Multispectral imaging radiometer MyjibTHcneKTpajibHbiii H3o6pa5KaiomHH pazmoMeTp Definition Onpedenemie An imaging radiometer with a set of filters. M3o6pa>KaK)inHH pa^HOMeTp c HadopoM (j)HJIbTpOB. 5.5.12. Hyperspectral radiometer - runepcneKTpanbHbm paflMOMeTp Term TepMUH Hyperspectral radiometer rnnepcneKTpajibHbiH pa/jnoivieTp Definition Onpedenenue A radiometer that combines a dispersive PaAMOMeTp, o6be^HH^iomHH monochromator (with a prism or diffraction HHCnepCHOHHblH MOHOXpOMaTOp (c grating) or a Michelson interferometer with npH3MOH HJIH ZIH(})4)paKIXHOHHOH an array detector. pemeTKon) hjih HHTep(j)epoMeTp MaiiKejibcoHa c MHoro3JieMeHTbiM 5.5.13. npneMHHKOM H3JiyHemDi. Thermal imager- TennoBM3op Term TepMUH Thermal imager TenjiOBH3op Definition OnpedeneHue An imaging sensor with an output monitor M306pa>KaK)mHH XtaTHHK, C03ZtaK)mHH Ha to create an image of a scene, whose BMXOJIHOM MOHHTOpe BH^HMOe brightness distribution is determined by H3o6pa>KeHHe cneHbi, pacnpextejiemie different thermal radiation fluxes from flpKOCTH B KOTOpOM 3aBHCHT OT pa3JIHHHJI individual parts of the scene. noTOKOB TennoBoro H3JiyueHH>i omejibHbix uacTeH cneHbi. 155 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.5.14. Sounder - 3oHAnpyK)LMMM npn6op Term Tep.vuH Sounder 3oH^HpyK)miiH npnGop Definition Onpedenenue An instrument to measure the vertical npndop zum H3MepeHHH BepTHKajibHoro distribution of physical or chemical pacnpejtejieHiw (})H3HHecKHX hjih characteristics of an extended atmospheric XHMHHeCKHX XapaKTepHCTHK npOTIDKeHHOH region. odnacTH aTMOC^epti. 5.5.15. 7. Tracking sensor - CneAfliAMM a^thuk Term Tep.MUH Tracking sensor Cjie^nmnn .naTHiiK Definition Onpedenenue A sensor which follows a source of JfaTHHK, HanpaBJieHHbiH Ha hctohhhk radiation during the given time interval, in H3JiyneHH5i b TeueHHe 3a^aHHoro 0Tpe3Ka order to acquire data concerning the source. BpeMeeHH juih cdopa HH(j)opMauHH 06 3tom 5.5.16. HCTOHHHK e. Step-tracking sensor - nomaroBO-cneA^LAMM a^thhk Term TepMUU Step-tracking sensor IloiuaroBO-cjieflHmMH .huthhk Definition Onpedenenue A tracking sensor operating under the step- CjiezpmiHH ztaTHHK, pa6oTaioiiiHH b tracking mode. pe^KHMe nomaroBoro cjiokchhh 5.5.1 Staring sensor - Cmotphlumm a^thmk Term Tep.Mun Staring sensor CMOTpnmHH aaTHHK Definition OnpedeneHue A sensor used to stare at a given scene or J^aTHHK, odecneuHBaioutHH nocTOUHHoe object. CMOTpeHHe Ha 3a^aHHyio cueHy hjih 156 . Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES OOteKT Synonyms Cuhohumh Starer 5.5.18. Step-stare sensor - noLuaroBO-CMOTpnmiMM a3thmk Term TepMun Step-stare sensor IloinaroBO-CMOTpflmHH jiaTHHK Definition OnpedeJienue A staring sensor operating under a step- Cmotp^ihiih naTHHK, padoTaioinHH b stare mode. pe>KHMe noinaroBoro CMOTpeHim. 5.5.19. Scanning sensor - CKaHupyjoutuM flaTHMK Term TepMUH Scanning sensor CKaHHpviomHii naTHHK Definition OnpedeneHue A sensor whose field of regard is formed ^aTHHK, y KOToporo none o 63 opa through moving the field-of-view by (jiopMHpyeTcn 3 a cneT nepeMeineHnn noun optical means or platform motion, or both. 3peHHR onTHuecKHMH cpencTBaMH h/hjih nepeMemeHneM nnaT^opMbi. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Scanner5.5.20. CKaHep Across-track scanning sensor - rionepenHO—CKaHupyromHM flaTHMK Term TepMun Across-track scanning sensor IlonepeHHO-cKaHiipyiomHH naTHHK Definition OnpedeneHue A scanning sensor in which the scanning is CKaHHpyiOmHH naTUHK, B KOTOpOM performed in the direction perpendicular to CKaHnpoBaHne ocyiuecTBJineTcn b the motion of the platform. H anpaBJieHHH, nepneHnnKyimpHOM HanpaBJieHHio nBmKemw nnaT(})opMBi. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl 157 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Whiskbroom scanner CKaHep-MeTJia Comments IJpuMenaHUM The image along the second coordinate is no BTopon KOopAHHaTe H3o6pa>KeHHe realized owing to the platform nojiynaeTCJi 3a cueT nepeMemeHHfl displacement. njiaT(j)opMM. 5.5.21. Along-track scanning sensor - npoAonbHO-CKaHMpyroLMMM A3THMK Term TepMim Along-track scanning sensor FI p oj o.i b n o-c ka 1 1 n py io mhm ;ia i HHK Definition Onpedenenue Scanning sensor, in which the displacement CKaHHpyiOIUHH JtaTHHK, B KOTOpOM of the field-of-view is performed only due nepeHoc norm 3peHna ocymecTBjmeTCfl to the platform motion. tojibko 3 a cueT ^BH^eHHa njiaTtjiopMBi. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Pushbroom scanner CKaHep-uteTKa Along-track scanner Comments [Jpwwenamtx The image along the orthogonal direction is llo BTopon KoopjtHHaTe H 3 o6pa>KeHHe obtained by using the sensor array mounted nonyuaeTCfl 3a cueT npnMeHeHHa b perpendicular to the direction of platform jtaTHHKe MHoroajieMeHTHoro npneMHHKa motion. H3JiyneHM jiHHeHuaToro rana, ycTaHaBJiHBaeMoro TaKHM o6pa30M, hto6bi JIHH eHKa HyBCTBHTeJIBHbIX 3JieMeHT0B 6buia opToroHanbHa HanpaBJieHmo ZIBH)KeHH 5I nJiaT(j)OpMBI. 158 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.6. Radiometric Accessories - PaduoMempunecKue npuHad/iewHOcmu 5.6.1. Chopper - ripepbiBaTenb Term TepMUH Chopper IlpepbiBaTejib Definition OnpedeneHue A mechanical or electro-optical device for MexaHHuecKoe hjih 3JieKTpoHHo- repeated interruption of a the radiation onTHuecKoe ycTponcTBO rjw noBTopHoro beam from a single source or to alternate it npepbiBamm nyuica H3JiyueHH5i o^hoto between two sources. HCTOHHHKa HJIH nepeKJHOHaHHH nyHKOB 5.6.2. ZIByx hctouhhkob. Shutter - 3aTBop Term TepMUH Shutter 3aTBop Definition OnpedeneHue A mechanical or electronic device used to MexaHHuecKoe hjih ajieKTpoHHoe control the time interval during which ycTpoHCTBO, ncnojib3yeMoe optical radiation can pass into an optical ynpaBJieHiin BpeMeHHbiM HHTepBajioM, b system. TeueHHe KOToporo onTHuecKoe H3JiyueHHe 5.6.3. nocTynaeT b onTHuecKyio CHCTeMy. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl 3acjioHKa Modulator - Mofly/iBTop Term TepMUH Modulator Mo^yjiHTop Definition OnpedeneHue A mechanical or electro-optical device for MexaHHuecKoe hjih 3JieKTp0HH0— changing the radiation beam amplitude onTHuecKoe ycTponcTBO, H3MeHjnomee no 159 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES and/or phase according to a given timeline. 3a^aHHOMy BpeMeHHOMy 3aK0Hy aMnjiHTyzty h(hjih) $a3y nynxa H3JiyneHH5i. 5.6.4. Diffuser - PaccenBaTenb Term TepMUH Diffuser PacceuBaTejib Definition OnpedeneHue An optical component used to alter the OnTHHeCKHH KOMnOHeHT npHMeHHeMEIH spatial distribution of incident radiation by TtJia H3MeHeHH5i npocTpaHCTBeHHoro its diffuse reflection or diffuse pacnpejtejieHHfl naziaiomero H3JiyneHmi 3a transmission. cueT ^H^)(j)y3Horo OTpa^ceHHH hjth AH4)(})y3Horo nponycKamw. Synonyms CuHOHlIMbl JfH(J)(f)y3HbiH pacceiiBaTejib .Hmjxjmep Comments TlpimenanuH If all the radiation reflected or transmitted Ecjih H3nyneHHe, oTpa^ceHHoe h by the diffuser is diffused with no regular nponymeHHoe pacceHBaTejieM, nojiHOCTbio reflection or transmission, the diffuser is pacce^HO 6e3 KaKHx-jin6o 3JieMeHTOB said to be completely diffusing, 3epKajiBHoro OTpa>KeHH5i hjih independently of whether or not the H anpaBJieHHoro nponycKamw, reflection or transmission is isotropic [3]. pacceiiBaTejib Ha3biBaeTcn nojiHOCTbio JtH(|xj)y3HBIM, He3aBHCHMO OT TOTO, HBJHieTCfl J1H paBHOMepHBIM ZtaHHOe OTpa>KeHHe hjth paccenHHe [3]. 5.6.5. Reference panel - STanoHHan OTpawaTenbHan naHenb Term TepMun Reference panel 3TajioHHan OTpaacaTejibHaa naHejib Definition OnpedeneHue A plane or profiled screen with known and rijIOCKHH HJIH npO(])HJIHpOBaHHbIH 3KpaH C controlled reflection which can be used as a H3BeCTHBIM H KOHTpOJIHpyeMbIM reference sample in measurements of OTpa^eHHeM, KOTOpblH MO^CeT 6bITb diffuse reflectance or radiance factor, or as HcnojiB30BaH b KanecTBe o6pa3ua a standard of radiance. CpaBHeHHH K03(j)(J)HnHeHTa JlH())(j)y3HOrO OTpa^CeHHU HJIH K03(j)(j)HIIHeHTa SHepreTHuecKOH apKOCTH hjih 3TajiOHa 160 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3HepreTHHeCKOH SpKOCTH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Diffuse screen ^ii(J){f)y3Hbiii paccenBaTejib Diffuse panel ^HCjjtJjySHblH 3KpaH ^H(|)(l)y3Han naHejib 5 . 6 . 6 . Integrating sphere - HHTerpHpyroman ccfcepa Term Tepimm Integrating sphere HHTerpnpyiomafl ctjiepa Definition Onpedejiemte A hollow sphere whose internal surface is Fionas c(})epa c BbicoKooTpasvaiomHM covered with a highly reflecting diffuse nH(]D(])y3HbIM nOKpbITHeM BHyTpH, coating, and which has one or several holes HMeiOIUaS OZIHO HUH HeCKOJIbKO OTBepCTHH for incoming and outgoing radiation with JXJIS BBOna H BbIBOna H3JiyHeHHfl c diameters constituting a small fraction of nnaMeTpaMH, cocTaBJisioiuHMH Manyio the sphere’s diameter. aojno ztnaMeipa c^epbi. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl OoTOMeTpHHecKHH map Comments TlpuMenaHUH It may be used to (i) measure reflectance Hcnojib3yeTCs nns (1) H3MepeHHH and transmittance of samples, (ii) compare K03(J)(})HUHeHT0B OTpaSCCHHS H radiation fluxes from different sources, and nponycKamis o6pa3itoB; (2) cpaBHemw (iii) develop extended sources with uniform nOTOKOB H3JiyHeHHS pa3JIHHHbIX radiance. hctohhhkob; (3) peamminm npOTSJKeHHbIX HCTOHHHKOB C paBHOMepHOH SpKOCTbK). 5 . 6 . 7 . Attenuator - Ocjia6 nTerib Term Tep.MUH Attenuator Ocjia6nTejib Definition Onpedejienue A device designed to decrease irradiation ycTpoHCTBO, npenHa3 HaHeHHoe juis from a radiation source. yMeHbmeHHs o6jiyHeHHOcTH, co 3naBaeMOH HCTOHHHKOM H3JiyHeHHS. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Optical attenuator ATTemoaTop 161 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.6.8. Diaphragm -fluac^parMa Term Tep.xiuH Diaphragm JtHatJjparivia Definition Onpedejiemie An opaque screen with a hole used for Henp03pauHLiH 3KpaH c OTBepcraeM, confining transverse dimensions of npHMemieMMH orpaHHHeHHa radiation beams. nonepeuHBix pa3MepoB nyuKOB H3JiyueHHH. 5.6.9. Aperture stop - AnepTypHaa Ana Term Tepjxnm Aperture stop AnepTypHau ^uatJjparMa Definition Onpedejiemie A diaphragm that limits the beam of rays Jfna(j)parMa, orpammiiBaiomaji nyuox leaving an object’s points, located along jiyuen, bbixo^uiluhx H3 tohck npejtMeTa, the optical axis and passing through the pacnono^ceHHLix Ha onTHuecKOH och h optical system. npoxo^HLUHx uepe3 onraHecKyio CHCTeMy. Synonyms CuHOHllMbl /teucTByiomaH auac|)parMa Comments npuMenamiR A mounting of one of the objective lenses B KauecTBe anepTypHOH ztHaijiparMbi can5.6.10.serve as an aperture stop. MO>KeT BbicTynaTb onpaBa ohhoh H3 jihh3 odueRTHBa Field stop - rioxieea^ Anac^parMa Term Tepjmw Field stop IIojieBafl auacJjparMa Definition Onpedejiemie A diaphragm in the objective that sets the ^HatjiparMa b o6beKTHBe, onpeziejunoma^ angular dimensions of an optical system’s yrnoBBie pa3Mepti norm 3peHnn field of view. OnTHHeCKOH CHCTeMBI. Comments IIpUMCHaHlIH The mounting of one of the objective B KauecTBe noneBon xtHaijiparMbi mokct lenses can serve as a field stop. BticTynaTb onpaBa ozihoh H3 jihh3 o6beKTHBa. 162 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.6.11. Blend - EneHAa Term TepMUH Blend EjieHjja Definition Onpedenemie A device consisting of one or several Y CTpOHCTBO, COCTOHinee I13 OflHOH HJ1H concentric diaphragms located inside an HecKOJibKHx KOHneHTpHHHbix .zniaijiparM, opaque cylindrical or conical tube and pa3MemeHHBix BHyTpn Henpo3pauHoro serving to confine the solid angle of rays UHJlHH^pHHeCKOrO HJIH KOHHHeCKOTO coming from the hemisphere to a specified Ty6yca, h cny^camee rji% orpaHnuemui size area. TenecHoro yrna nyueM, npnxoznnmix H3 nojiycijiepbi k noBepxHOcra 3a^aHHbix pa3MepoB. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Lens hood Shade Baffle Comments FIpuMenaHUH 1 . The blend that are constructively 1 . BjieHJtbl, KOHCTpyKTHBHO matched with the optical system’s field-of- cornacoBaHHbie c noneM 3peHH5i view are used to suppress the level of onTHuecKon cncTeMbi, npuMemnoTcu juin scattered radiation so that radiation from CHKDKeHFDI ypOBHH paCCeHHHOrO B CHCTeMe sources located outside the field-of-view H3JiyneHHn, o6ecnennBan Henona^aHne Ha cannot reach the input elements of the BXO^Hbie 3JieMeHTbI OnTHHeCKOH CHCTeMbI optical system. H3JiyneHHa hctohhhkob, pacnojioxeHHbix BHe noun 3peHHn. 2. Attenuating properties of the blend are 2. Ocjia6junoinHe CBOHCTBa 6jieH£bi characterized by the suppression coefficient xapaKTepH3yioTC5i yrnoBon 3aBHCHMOCTbio dependence upon the angle; the K03(jxj}HHHeHTa noziaBJieHHn, suppression coefficient is defined as the onpeziejiaeMoro Rax OTHomeHHe ratio of the irradiance at the blend’s output 3HepreTH4ecKoii ocBemeHHOCTH b neHTpe opening center to the irradiance of the input BblXO^HOTO OTBepCTHU 6jieHflbI K opening irradiated by a distant point 3HepreTHuecKOH ocBemeHHOCTH bxo^hoto source. OTBepcran npn o6jiyueHHH ero yaaneHHbiM ToueuHbiM hctohhhkom. 163 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6. Characteristics of radiometric system components - XapaKrepncTMKM KOMnoneMTOB paflnoMeTpnHecKMx cncTeM 6.1. Characteristics of optical systems - XapaxmepucmuKu onmunecKux cucmeM 6 . 1 . 1 . Point spread function - cDyHKLtnn paccemm tohkm Quantity Benumma Point spread function Ct>yHKUHH paCCenHHH TOHKM Symbol Ooo3Hanemie K(x,y) K(x,y) Definition OnpedejieHue The irradiance distribution from a distant PacnpeaeneHiie odnyueHHOCTH ot point source formed by an optical system in yaajieHHoro TOueuHoro HCTommKa the image plane. (jiopMHpyeMoe onTHuecKon chctcmoh b nHOCKOCTH H306pa^CHH5I. Unit EduHui\a Synonyms CuHOHUMbl PSF (acronym) d>PT (coKpameHne) 6.1.2. Impulse function of optical system - PlMnynbCHasi cfryHKUMfi OnTMHeCKOM CMCTeMbl Quantity Benununa HMnyjibCHan (JjyHKUHn onTHHecKOH Impulse function of optical system CHCTeMbI Symbol 06o3HaneHue h(x,y) h(x,y) Definition Onpedenenue The ratio of irradiance distribution in the OTHomeHHe pacnpe^eneHmi distant point source image produced by the 3HepreTHuecKOH ocBemcHHOCTH b 164 • Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES optical system to the total radiant flux in nocTpoeHHOM OnTHHeCKOH CHCTCMOH this image. H3o6pa>KeHHH yztaneHHoro tohchhoto HCTOHHHKa H3JiyHeHH5I K nOJIHOMy nOTOKy H3JiyneHHH b 3tom H3o6pa>Kemm. Unit Ednnuua m" M Comments IlpuMenamiH 1. Calculated as the point spread function 1 . BblHHCJDieTCfl KaK {j)yHKUHH paCCeflHHJI divided by the integral of this function over tohkh, oTHeceHHa^i k HHTerpany ot stoh the spatial coordinates. (j)yHKUHH, B35IT0My no npOCTpaHCTBeHHbIM 2. The introduction of the impulse function KOOpZIHHaTaM. concept allows one to describe the 2. BBe^eHne nommw HMnyjibCHon distribution of irradiance inside an image (jDyHKUHH no3BOJi5ieT onncaTb built by an actual optical system (with pacnpe^eneHHe SHepreraHecKon account for diffraction and aberration OCBemeHHOCTH B H306pa>KeHHH, blurring and scattering) as a convolution nocTpoeHHOM peaubHon onrauecKOH integral. cncTeMOH (c yueTOM ^H^paKimoHHoro h a6eppaiiHOHHoro pa3MbiTHH n paccenmni), b bhjxq HHTerpana CBepTKH. 6.1.3. Spread circle - KpywoK pacce^HMR Quantity Benununa Spread circle Kpy>KOK pacceHHHH Symbol 06o3nauemie r r s s Definition Onpedejiemte Area of the point spread function domain OrpaHHHeHHaa OKpyncHOCTbio confined by the least diameter circle, for HaHMeHbiuero jtnaMeTpa nacTb o6nacTH which the integral of the point spread onpe^ejreHHfl (jiyHKmm paccenHHn tohkh, function over this area is equal to a given KOTopoh HHTerpan ot (jiyHKUHH part of the integral over the whole function pacceHHHn tohkh no 3toh o6nacTH paBeH domain. 3a^aHHon uacTH HHTerpana no Been o6nacTH onpe^enemw (})yHKHHH paccenmw tohkh Unit EduHuifa m M 165 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration 1 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6 . 1 . 4 . Encircled energy - KoactDcfrimMeHT KOHqeHTpaqMM 3Heprnn b Kpyre Quantity Bejwmma Encircled energy Ko3(|)(|)HUHeHT KOHueHTpamm 3Heprnn b Kpyre Symbol Ooo3Hauemie e e c c Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the energy in a point source image OTHonieHHe 3Heprnn b H3o6pa>KeHmi within the circle of a given diameter to the TouenHoro o6teKTa, co6HpaiomeHC^ b whole energy in a point spread function. Kpyre 3a^aHHoro .zmaMeipa, ko Bceii 3HepTHH B 4)yHKUHH paCCejffllW TOHKH. Unit EduHuua 6 . 1 . 5 . Ensquared energy - Koac^c^MMueHT KOHqeHTpaqmi SHeprun b KBaflpaTHOM nnoLqaAKe Quantity Benumma Ensquared energy K03 (|)(|)HUHeHT KOHUeHTpaunii 3 HepniH b KBanpaTHoii njioma^Ke Symbol Ooo3naneHue e e s s Definition OnpedeneHue Ratio of the energy in a point source image OTHonieHHe 3HeprnH b H3o6pa>KeHHii within a square area of a given size to the ToueHHoro o6T>eKTa, coSHpaiomeHCJi b entire energy in a point spread function. KBa^paTHOH nnomaziKe sa^ammix pa3MepoB, ko Been 3HepraH b cj)yHKLiiin paCCe^HHH TOHKH. Unit Edumnta 166 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.1.6. Line spread function - OyHKqkm paccenm/m jimhmm Quantity Bejiununa Line spread function OyHKUMH paccenHUfl jimhhh Symbol OOo3Hayemie h](x,y) h](x,y) Definition OnpedeneHue The irradiance distribution from a distant Pacnpe^eneHne odjiyuemiocTH ot thin line source formed by an optical y^aneHHoro ncTOHHHKa b Bnzte tohkoh system in the image plane. JIHHHH, (j)OpMHpyeMOe OnTHHeCKOH CHCTeMOH B nJlOCKOCTH H3o6pa^eHHH. Unit Edumnia 6.1.7. Optical transfer function - OnmnecKafi nepeflaxonHan 4>yHKLti/m Quantity Bejiumma Optical transfer function OnTHnecKan nepe^aTOHHan (jiyHKmm Symbol 06o3Haneuue H(co co H(co co x, y) x, y) Definition OnpedeneHue A complex function defined as a two- KoMnneKCHaa (jiymouni, onpe^enaeMaa dimensional Fourier transform of the Kax ^ByMepHoe npeo6pa30BaHne Oypte optical systems’ impulse function h(x,y): HMnynbCHoii (jiymomH h(x,y) onTnuecKon cncTeMbi: oo oo I xa>x+ya> ,[x( va ( >- °^ ' ] h(co ,co )= /?(x, y)e 'dxdy . h{co 0D y)e dxdv . x v J x , y ) = J/?(x, —oo —oo Unit Edumnia Synonyms CuHOHUMbl OTF 0110 (coKpaufenue) Comments ripuMeuamm The optical transfer function allows to FIepe,naTOHHaji (JiyHKima no3BOjnieT present the two-dimensional spatial npeziCTaBHTb ^ByMepHbin frequency spectrum l(co ,o of irradiance npOCTpaHCTBeHHO-HaCTOTHBIH CneKTp x r ) I[co ,co pacnpe^enemw oHepreTnuecKon distribution in the E(x,y built x v ) image ) by a 167 . , , Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES real optical system (with account for the ocBemeHHOCTii E(x,y ) b H3o6pa>KeHHH, diffraction and diffusion blurring and nocTpoeHHOM peaJTBHOH OnTHHeCKOH scattering) as a product of the optical CHCTeMOH (c yueTOM ZtH(})paKUHOHHOrO H transfer function h[co ,co and the two- x v ) a6eppannoHHoro pa3MbiTHfl n paccejmmi), dimensional spatial frequency spectrum b BH^e npOH3Be^eHna onTHnecKon nepe^aTOHHon (jiyHKitHH h co , co h o(co ,a of irradiation distribution ( x v x r ) ) ZtByMepHoro npocTpaHCTBeHHO- in the image that would be built E*(x,y ) uacTOTHoro cneKTpa O(co ,co by an ideal system: x y ) pacnpejteneHHJi SHepreTHuecKOH ocBemeHHOCTH E*(x,y) b H3o6pa>KeHHH, KOTopoe nocTpoHJia 6bi H/teajibHafl onrauecKa)! cncTeMa: l[co ii jb [eo cOy = h{co 0) )o(a> co § §* Jb 1 x , ) x , y x , y ) where rae °° t ‘ XC0x+yC0 xc°x+y0} > -' > ^E(x,y)e dxdy , l{oJ ,co )= y)e~' dxdy , ) = x v J*£(x, -X -X 00 , V l *° ^XC0x+yC0 x+; j*E*(x,y)e ^dxdy o(co ,a> ^E (x, y)e~' y dxdy , )= x v )= —X —00 6.1.8. Modulation transfer function - MoflyjiflLtnoHHan nepeflaTOMHan c|)yHKi4Mn Quantity Benumma Modulation transfer function Mo^yjiHunoHHan nepeaaTOHHan (JjyHKUHU Symbol OOo3Hanemte MTF MTF Definition Onpedeaenue A quantitative measure of image quality KojiHuecTBeHHaji Mepa KauecTBa numerically equal to absolute value of the H3o6pa>KeHmi, hhcjichho paBHaa Moayjno optical transfer function. onTHuecKon nepe^aTOHHon (jiymomH. Unit Edmuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl MTF (acronym) Mn 168 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.1.9. Field-of-view - floxie apeHkm Quantity’ Benumma Field-of-view Ilojie 3peHHH Symbol OdosHcmcHite fov, n fov, n Definition Onpedenenue The solid angle from which the detector TenecHbin yron, H3 KOToporo H 3 JiyHemie receives radiation. nonaztaeT Ha aeTejcrop. Unit Edumiifa sr cp 2 deg rpazr Synonyms CllHOHUMbl FOV (acronym) 6.1.10. Field-of-regard - flone o63opa Quantity Benumma Field-of-regard Ilojie o63opa Symbol 06o3Haueuue FOR, Q' FOR, Q' Definition Onpedenenue An area of the object space scanned by the 06nacTb b npocTpaHCTBe npeztMeTOB, field-of-view of a scanning sensor. OMeTaeMaR noneM 3peHiifl CKamipyioinero XtaTHHKa. Unit Edumnfa sr cp 2 2 deg rpa^ Synonyms CllHOHUMbl FOR (acronym) 169 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.1.11. Instantaneous field-of-view - SneMeHTapHoe none 3peHMn Quantity Benuuuna Instantaneous field-of-view OjieMeHTapHoe nojie 3peHHH Symbol Ovo3nanenue Mo Definition Onpedenenue The field-of-view of a single photosensitive none 3peHH)i ojmoro (j)OTOHyBCTBHTejitHoro element of a multi-element radiation 3JieMeHTa MHorosneMeHTHoro npneMHHKa detector. H3JiyHeHHfl. Unit Edumnfa sr cp 2 deg rpazC 6.1.12. Footprint - 3oHa Ha6nK>AeHkm Term TepMun Footprint 3oHa HaGjiioaeHHH Definition OnpedeneHue The area of a target encircled by the field- 06nacTb nejin, oxBaTbiBaeMaa noneM of-view of a detector of radiation, or 3pemifl npneMHHKa H3JiyneHH5i hjih irradiated by an active system. o6jiynaeMafl aKTHBHon chctcmoh. Comments npu.MenamiH The6.1.13.microwave beam sent out by the CBH-nynoK, nocbinaeMbiH aHTeHHon, antenna irradiates an area on the ground o6jiynaeT o6jiacTb 3 cmhoh noBepxHocTH, that known as the antenna’s “footprint”. Ha3biBaeMyio “cne^OM” aHTeHHbi. Focal length - cDoKycHoe paccTo^Hne Quantity Benununa Focal length OKycHoe paccTOUHne Symbol OOo3Haueuue f f Definition Onpedenenue The distance from the rear node of an PaccTOjmne ot 3a^Hen y3JiOBon tohkh objective to the plane on which the image odteKTHBa #0 nnocKocra H3o6pa^eHHH of a distant point radiation source is yziajieHHoro tohchhoto ncTOHHHKa formed. H3JiyHeHH5I. Unit Edunuya m M 170 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.1.14. Relative aperture - OTHOCMTenbHoe OTBepcTiie Quantity Beaumma Relative aperture OTHOCHTCJIbHOe OTBepcTue Symbol Ooo3Hanemie F#, /# F f# Definition OnpedejieHue The ratio of the diameter D of the optical OTHomeHne .zuiaMeTpa bxo^hoto 3pauKa system's entrance pupil to its focal length f. onrauecKon chctcmbi D k ee (j)OKycHOMy paCCTO^HHK) f: F#=°. f Unit EduHuya Synonyms CuHOHUMbl f-number Comments IJpuMenaHux A reciprocal referred to as a diaphragm npHMemieTCfl TaioKe o6paTHa)i BejinunHa, number is also used as a ratio whose Ha3tiBaeMaii ^na(j)parMeHHbiM uhcjiom, b numerator is the letter and denominator HHCJiHTene KOToporo ctoht 6yKBa “f’\ a is the ratio of the focal length to the 3HaMeHaTane - oTHOineime (j)OKycHoro diameter. Thus ,f/2 indicates that the paccTO^HHH k unaMeTpy. TaK, f/2 03HauaeT, diameter of the entrance pupil is half of the hto jtnaMeTp BxoziHoro 3pauxa B^Boe focal length. MeHbiue (jiOKycHoro paccTOAHim. 6.1.15. Entrance pupil - Bxoahom 3panoK Teim TepMUH Entrance pupil Bxojihoh 3panoK Definition Onpedenenue The image of the aperture diaphragm in the H3o6pa>KeHiie anepTypHon xmacJiparMbi b space of objects that is constructed by the npocTpaHCTBe npe^MeTOB, CTpoaiueecR optical elements of the objective, located in npeztcTOjmtHMH jtna^parMe onTHHecKHMH front of the diaphragm. 3neMeHTaMH o6beKTHBa. 171 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.1.16. Exit pupil - BbixoAHOM apanoK Term TepMun Exit pupil BbixoaHOH 3panoK Definition Onpedenemie The image of the aperture diaphragm in the fhodpavKeHHe anepTypHon xmaijiparMbi b space of images that is constructed by the npoeipaHCTBe H3o6pa>KeHHH, CTpomueecji optical elements of the objective, located cjie^yiomHMH 3a ,mia(]DparM0H behind the diaphragm. OHTHHeCKHMH SHeMCHTaMH 06beKTHBa. 6.2. Characteristics of spectra! instruments - XapanmepucmuKu cneKmpanhHbix npudopoe 6.2.1. Spectral bandwidth - CneKTpanbHbm HHiepBan Term TepMim Spectral bandwidth CneKTpajibHbin HHTepeaji Definition Onpedenemie Wavelength interval limited from both short- IdHTepBaJl /JJIHH BOJIH (B0J1H0BEJX HHCCJ1, wave and long-wave sides according to a HaCTOT), OrpaHMHeHHblH C KOpOTKOBOJIHOBOH specified criterion. H ^JIHHHOBOJIHOBOH CTOpOH Onpe^eJieHHblME no aa^aHHOMy KpnTepmo rpaHnnaMH. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl 2hiana30H jJJIMH BOJIH CneKTpajibHasi nojioca Comments Tipmienamin 1. When referred to sensors, filters, 1 . npHMeHHTeJIbHO K /JUTHUKaM, detectors, etc., it is the spectral bandwidth, (jiHJibTpaM, npneMHHKaM H3JiyueHHn n t. n. within which a given device fulfils its -o6jiaCTb 7IJIHH BOJIH, B KOTOpQH ^OJDKHO function with a required quality. o6ecnenHBaTbc^ BbinojiHemie 2. One should always specify at what 4)yHKiiH0Hajn>H0H 3a#aHH jjaHHoro fraction of the maximum ordinate within ycTpoiicTBa c Tpe6yeMbiM KauecTBOM. the given spectral bandpass the long-wave 2. Bcerzta TpebyeTCR oroBapiiBaTb, Ha and short-wave boundaries are defined. KaxoM ypoBHe ot MaKCHManbHoro 3HaHeHHfl OpZtHHaTbl B XIBHHOM cneKTpajibHOM HHTepBajie onpejjejieHbi 172 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES £JlHHHOBOJTHOBafl H KOpOTKOBOJIHOBafl rpaHHUBi ztnana30Ha 6.2.2. Instrument function - AnnapaTHan cfrymaiym Quantity Be.wmma Instrument function AnnapaTHau (JjyHKUHH Symbol OOo3HaHemie A(A) A(A) Definition OnpedetteHue A characteristic of a linear spectral XapaKTepncTHKa JiHHeiiHoro instrument equal to the ratio of the cneKTpajitHoro npn6opa, paBHaa irradiance distribution in the image of the OTHomeHHK) pacnpejtejieHHH spectrum of monochromatic radiation SHepreTHuecKon ocBemeHHOcra b source, to the total radiation flux in this H306pa>KeHHH CneKTpa HCTOHHHKa image. MOHOXpOMaTHHeCKOrO H3JiyHeHHfl KO BceMy noTOKy rmyneHim b stom H306pa>KeHHIi. Unit Edimuua ” nf 1 m 1 Comments IJpuMeHamtH 1 . It is calculated as the ratio of a line 1 . BtiHHCiDieTca, Rax OTHomeHne (JiyHxnHH spread function divided by the integral of paCCeRHHR JIHHHH K HHTerpaJiy OT 3TOH this function over the spatial coordinate (JiyHKUHH no npocTpaHCTBeHHoii scaled in accordance with the wavelength. KoopxiHHaTe, MacmTa6H0 CBimHHOH c 2. Instrument function allows to describe JtJIHHOH BOJIHBI. the irradiance distribution in the spectrum 2 . Annaparaan (jiynxinm no 3 BOJineT of every source in the form of convolution onncaTb pacnpezienemie SHepreTnuecxon integral: ocBemeHHOCTH b cnexTpe jno6oro MCTOHHHKa b BHjje HHTerpajia cBepTKn: oo X(A ,A) jA(,A ,A-A')X(A ,A')dA', ,A) 0 = 0 0 X(A0 = JA(A0 ,A-A')X(A0 ,A')M', -oo -oo where X(A is the distribution ')~ 0 ,X) of me X(A0 ,A pacnpezienemie irradiance, which would be obtained by an SHepreTHuecKon ocBemeHHOCTH, xoTopoe ideal spectral instrument showing nocTponn 6 bi nzieajibHbiH cnexTpajibHbin monochromatic radiation as an infinitely npn6op, OTodpaixaiomnn thin line. MOHoxpoMaTHnecKoe H 3jryueHHe b Bime 173 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3. For spectral devices whose dispersion 6ecK0HeuH0 tohkoh jihhhh. varies over the spectrum, the instrument 3. cneKTpantHLix npn6opoB c function is different for different nepeMeHHOH zmcnepcnen no cneKTpy wavelengths, which is accounted for by annapaTHaa (jiymamn pa3JiHHHa ana introduction the in the pa3HBIX flJlHH BOJ1H, HTO OTMeueHO of parameter A0 BBeaeHneM napaMeTpa A b npHBeaeHHOM above expression. 0 BBipanceHHH. 6 . 2 . 3 . Bandpass - flonoca nponycKaHMB Term TepMiiH Bandpass ELojioca nponycKamifl Definition Onpedenemie The wavelength range of optical radiation, in IdHTepBan zuihh bojih onrauecKoro which the optical system transmits the H3JiyueHHa, b kotopom onTnuecKaa CHCTCMa incident radiation. nponycKaHna. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Passband 6 . 2 . 4 . Slope of transmission - KpyTM3Ha nponycKaHun Quantity Bemmuna Slope of transmission KpyTH3Ha nponycKaHHfl Symbol 06o3naneuue s s Definition OnpedejieHue A parameter characterizing the rate, at JlapaMeTp, xapaKTepH3yioinHH cxopocTb which the transmission grows or HapacTamni huh cnana nponycKaHHn diminishes with wavelength at the short- (])HJIbTpa C £J1HH0H BOJIHbl Ha wave and long-wave shoulders of the KOpOTKOBOJIHOBOM H nJIHHHOBOJIHOBOM transmission characteristic. CKJiOHax xapaKTepncTHKH nponycKaHHn. 174 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES T Unit EduHuifa Synonyms CuHOHUMbl HaKJlOH Comments FIpimenamifi A possible form of such a parameter is OziHa H3 B03M0)KHBIX (})OpM TaKOTO napaMeTpa: 2 —2 2 —2 — ^Q- 05 Ai.a Ai.os ^o.s 5 ^ _ ^0.5 ^0.5 (the designations are shown in the above (o6o3HaueHHR noKa3aHti Ha pHcyHKe picture). BBepxy). 6.2.5. Out-of-band leakage - BHenojiocoBoe nponycKaHne Quantity BejiumiHa Out-of-band leakage BHenojiocoBoe nponycKaHne Symbol 06o3Hauenue P P Definition Onpedenenue A measure of unwanted transmission of a Mepa He^enaTejibHoro nponycKaHKa filter outside the bandpass: (})HJiBTpa 3a npe^enaMH nonocbi nponycKaHmi: 175 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES A] oo 00 \r{X)dX + \t{x)dX jr(/l)dX+ jV (X)dX ~ - P = ; P = ^ r(X )dX fr{x)dX J 0 0 where r(/1) is the spectral coefficient of me t(A) - cneKTpajibHMH kod^^huhcht filter transmission, X is the wavelength, and (j)HjibTpa - jpiHHa BOJiHbi, nponycKaHH^ 5 X [/Li is the filter bandpath. , ] [/l, ,/l nponycKaHHH (jiHJibTpa. 2 ]- nonoca Unit EdiiHitifa 6.3 . Parameters and characteristics of radiometric devices - flapaMempbi u xapaxmepucmuKu paduoMempunecKux ycmpoucme 6.3.1. Input - BxoAHaa BennHMHa Term TepMUH Input Bxo^Han BejiHHHHa Definition Onpedenenue Radiometric quantity that a detector of Pa^HOMeTpHuecKan BejiHHHHa, zuifl optical radiation is being used to measure H3MepeHua huh npneMa KOTopon or detect [3]. Hcnojib3yeTC5i npneMHHK onTHuecKoro H3JiyHeHHH [3]. Synonyms CllHOHUMbl Bxojihoh curHaji Bxo^Hoe B 03aeiicTBHe 6.3.2. Output - BbixoAHan BennHMHa Teim TepMim Output BblXOJlHaH BejiHHHHa Definition OnpedeneHue Physical quantity yielded by a detector in OH3HHecKan BejiHHHHa, Bbipa6aTbraaeMafl response to an optical input [3]. npiieMHHKOM B OTBeT Ha OnTHHeCKyiO 176 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES BejiHHHHy Ha ero Bxojie [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Response Otkjihk BbixoflHon cnmaji Comments IlpuMenaHm This quantity, usually electrical, may for 3Ta BejiHHHHa, o6bihho sjieinpHHecKafl, example be current, voltage or a change in MO/KCT, HanpHMep, 6bITb 3JieKTpHHeCKHM resistance; the output may also be TOKOM, HanpEUKeHHeM HJIH Bbipa^aTBCR B chemical, as in a photographic film or an H3MeHeHHH COnpOTHBJieHHR. BbIXOZIHaR actinometer, or mechanical as in a Golay BejiHHHHa MO^eT TaioKe 6bm> BejiHHHHOH detector [3]. xHMHuecKOH, Kax b cjiynae (jioTorpatjmuecKHx nneHOK hjih aKTHHOMeTpOB, HJIH BeJIHHHHOH MexaHHHecKoii, Kax b npneMHHKe Tojiea [3]. 6.3.3. Response matrix - MaTpmja OTKflMKOB Term Tep.MUH Response matrix MaTpnna otkjihkob Definition Onpedenemte A matrix composed of responses from MaTpima, cocTaBJieHHaa H3 bbixo^hbix individual elements of multiple-element BeJIHHHH OTZieJIbHbIX 3JieMCHTOB radiation detector. MHoro3JieMeHTHoro npneMHHKa H3JiyueHHa. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl MaTpnna Bbixo^Hbix cnmajioB 6.3.4. Electronic gain - KoacjDctDMMMeHT ycmiem/m Quantity’ Be.iumma Electronic gain K03{J)(J)HnHeHT yCHJieHHH Symbol 06o3Hanemte G G Definition Onpedenemte The ratio of the signal amplitude at the OTHomeHiie cnrHajia Ha Bbixojte output of an electron amplifier to that at its 3JieKTpoHHoro ycHJiHTejia k cnrHany Ha input. ero Bxojie. Unit Edumnfa 177 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Synonyms CimoHUMbi Amplification 6.3.5. Photocurrent - Oototok Quantity Benumina Photocurrent CDototok Symbol Ooo3Hauemie 1 ph Definition Onpedenenue That part of the output current of a CocTaBjnnoinaji sjieKTpHuecKoro TOKa, photoelectric detector, which is caused by B03HHKaiomero Ha Bbixojte incident radiation [3]. (J)OT03JieKTpHuecKoro npneMHHKa BCJieztCTBne naztaiomero H3JiyHeHim. [3] Unit Ediimiifa A A Comments JlpiiMenamiH In photomultipliers a distinction must be B cjiyuae (j)OToyMHO)KHTejieH Heo6xoziHMO made between the cathode photocurrent pa3JIHHaTb KaTO^HBIH (J)OTOTOK H aHO^HBIH and the anode photocurrent [3]. (J)OTOTOK [3]. 6.3.6. Dark current - TeMHOBOM tok Quantity Bejiununa Dark current TeMHOBOH TOK Symbol Ooo3nanemie h h Definition OnpedetieHue Output current of a photoelectric detector OneKTpHHeCKHH TOK Ha BblXO^e or of its cathode in the absence of incident (})OT03JieKTpHHecKoro npneMHHKa hjih ero radiation [3]. KaTOzta npn OTcyTCTBHM bxo^hoh BeJIHHHHbl, TO eCTb H3JiyHCHHfl Ha Bxozie npHeMHHKa [3]. Unit Edumiua A A Synonyms ClIHOHUMbl Offset 178 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.7. Background signal - OoHOBbm cuman Term Tep.vuH Background signal OoHOBbiii CHraaji Definition OnpedeneHue A signal at the output of a sensor pointed to CHman Ha Bbixone jaTuiiKa, HaBeneHHoro a background. Ha (j)OH. 6.3.8. Responsivity - HyBCTBMTenbHocTb Quantity BeJiuHUHa Responsivity HVBCTBIITeJlbHOCTb Symbol Ooo3HaHenue S S Definition Onpedeaenue Quotient of the detector output Y by the OTHomeHHe bcjihhhhli Y Ha Bbixone detector input X [3]: npneMHHKa k BenHuime X Ha ero Bxo;te [3]: 5 = Y/X . s = Y/X . Unit Edunuua [Y]/[X] [Y]/[X] Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Sensitivity7 Comments IJpuMenaHux If the detector output is in the ECJIH npH OTCyTCTBHH KaKOTO-JIHOO Y0 absence CHTHana Ha Bxone, Ha Bbixone npneMHHKa of input, and is Y when there is a detector t nonyuaeM BenHHHHy Y h BejiHHHHy Y input 0 , r A , the responsivity is [3]: npH BXO^HOH X , TOT^a, COOTBeTCTBeHHO, UyBCTBHTeJILHOCTL npHCMHHKa onpenejiiieTCH no (jiopMyne [3]: s )/X. s = {Y,-Y0 = (Y,-Y0 )/X. 179 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.9. Relative responsivity - OTHOCMTejibHan HyBCTBMTenbHOCTb Quantity’ Benununa Relative responsivity OTHOCiiTejibHan HyBCTBMTejibHocTb Symbol Ooo3Hanemie S S r Definition Onpedejiemie Ratio of the responsivity s{z) when the OTHOLLieHHe HyBCTBHTeJIBHOCTH s(Z) npH detector is irradiated with radiation Z to odjiyneHHH npneMHHKa H3JiyueHHeM Z k the responsivity s(7V) when it is irradiated 3HaneHHio uyBCTBHTenbHOCTH npHeMHHKa s(n) npH ero o6jiyueHHH CTaHjtapTHbiM with a reference radiation N [3]: H3JiyneHHeM N [3]: s S r =s{z)/s{N). s r =s{z)/ {N). Unit Edunuua Synonyms Cuhohumu Relative sensitivity 6.3.10. Spectral responsivity - CneKTpanbHan HyBCTBMTenbHOCTb Quantity Benumma Spectral responsivity CneKTpajibHan HyBCTBHTejibHOCTb Symbol Ooo3haneHue s{A) s{x) Definition Onpedenemte Quotient of the detector output dY(A) by OraomeHne BenHHHHbi Ha Bbixo^e the monochromatic detector input npneMHHKa dY(A) k BenHHHHe Ha Bxofle dX (X) = (A)-dA in the wavelength npneMHHKa MOHOxpoMaTHuecKoro e X e - b H3JiyueHH>i dX (A)= - (A)- dA interval dA as a function of the wavelength e X e Z bojih Kax (j)yHKHmi [3]: HHTepBane juihh dA , OT JXJTHHbl BOJIHbl A [3]: dYjfi dY{X) S (A) dX e dxMY Unit Edumnya [YHXrV mtxr'm- 1 180 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Synonyms CuHOHUMbi Spectral sensitivity 6.3.11. Relative spectral responsivity - OTHOCMTenbHaa cneKTpanbHan HyBCTBMTenbHOCTb Quantity' Bejiimuna Relative spectral responsivity OTHOCHTejibHan cneKTpajibHan HyBCTBIITeJlbHOCTb Symbol Ooo3Hanenue Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the spectral responsivity 5(A) of OTHomeHne cneKTpanbHon the detector at wavelength A to a given uyBCTBHTejibHocTH s(A) npneMHHKa Ha bojihbi k onopHOMy reference value sm [3]: ZUiHHe A HexoTopoMy 3HaueHHio s m [3]: s {X) = r s(X)fsm . Unit Edimuija Synonyms CliHOHUMbl Relative spectral sensitivity Comments HpuMenamiH 3HaueHHe MO)KeT 6biTb The given reference value sm can be an 3to onopHoe epe^HHM 3HaueHHeM, MaKCHMaJIBHBIM average value, a maximum value or an 3HaueHHeM, JIH60 npOH3BOJIbHO arbitrarily chosen value of s(A) [3]. Bbi6paHHbiM 3HaueHHeM cneiapajibHOH HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTH s(A) [3]. 6.3.12. Peak spectral responsivity - MaKCMManbHafl cneKTpanbHaR HyBCTBMTe/lbHOCTb Quantity Benumma Peak spectral responsivity MaKcniviajibHan cneKTpajibHan HyBCTBIITeJlbHOCTb Symbol 06o3HaneHue max (X) (A SA max S ? ) 181 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpedenemie The maximum value of the absolute MaKCHMajiLHoe 3HaueHHe a6cojnoTHOH spectral responsivity over a given spectral CneKTpaJIBHOH HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH B bandwidth. saziaHHOM cneKTpanBHOM HHTepBajie. Unit Edumiifa V/(W m), A/(Wm), n/(Wm), etc. B/(Btm), A/(Bt m), T>/(Btm) h t. jl 6.3.13. Effective value of radiant quantity - 34>4>eKTHBHoe SHaneHMe aHepreTMHecKOM BennHMHbi Quantity’ Benumma Effective value of radiant quantity 3(|)c|)eKTMBHoe 3HaneHHe 3HepreTiiHecKOH BejiHHiiHbi Symbol 06o3Hauemie V V Definition Onpedenemie A value characterizing an optical radiation BejiHHHHa, xapaKTeproyiomafl onrauecKoe in terms of its action on the given selective H3JiyueHHe no ero B03aencTBHio Ha sensor or detector and equal to the integral JtaHHblH CeJieKTHBHblH JiaTHHK HJIH of the product of the spectral distribution of npneMHHK n paBHaa HHTerpajiy ot a radiant quantity acting at the input of the nponsBe^eHiiH cneKTpanbHoro detector and the relative spectral pacnpe^ejieHini 3HepreTHHecKOH distribution of its responsivity: BejiHHHHbi, ^encTByrnmeH Ha bxojjq ZtaTHHKa hjih npneMHHKa H3JiyneHH5i, Ha oraocHTejibHoe cneKTpajibHoe pacnpejtejieHHe nyBCTBHTejibHOCTH jiaTHHKa hjih npneMHHKa: oo {X)s x, = x, = \xel r Q)dX. o 0 Unit EduHuifa The same as for Xei Ta >Ke, hto h rim Xex Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Pe^yunpoBaHHan SHepreTunecKaji BejiiiHHHa AKTHHHHHan 3HepreTHuecKan BeJIHHHHa 182 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.14. Response time - Bpeivm peaKMMM Quantity’ Bemnuna Response time Bpeivm peaKUiiii Symbol Odo3Hanemie tr tr Definition OnpedeneHue Time required for the change of detector BpeMii, KOTopoe TpedyeTc^ Ha to, hto6bi output to reach, after a step variation of a 3HaueHHe BennHHHbi Ha Bbixo^e steady detector input, a given percentage of npneMHHKa ^octhtjio ztaHHoro its final value [3]. npoueHTHoro OTHOineHiui ot ero KOHeuHoro 3HaueHHR, npn CTyneHuaTOM H3MeHeHHH BejiHHHHbi, nocTynaiomen Ha bxozi npneMHHKa [3]. Unit Edunuifa S C Synonyms CuHomiMbi JtjlHTeJlbHOCTb peaKUHH BpeMH OTKJlIIKa JtjlHTeJlbHOCTb OTKJIHKa 6.3.15. Time constant - nocTom-mafl BpeMeHM Quantity; BenuMuna Time constant IloCTOHHHaH BpeMeHH Symbol 06o3nanemie T T Definition Onpedenenue Time required for the detector output to BpeMfl Heo6xo^HMoe j\jm toto, hto6bi vary, after a step variation from a steady BejiHHHHa Ha Bbixozte npneMHHKa input to another steady input, from its H3MeHHJiacb ot ee nepBHHHoro 3HaneHini initial value by the fraction (l - 1/e) of its Ha BejiHHHHy (l-l/e) ot kohchhoto final change [3]. 3HaueHM npn CKauKoo6pa3HOM H3MeHeHHH BeJIHHHHbl Ha Bxo,ne npneMHHKa ot ozihoto ycTonnnBoro 3HaneHHR k apyroMy [3]. Unit Eduuuifa S C 183 0 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.16. Rise time - Bpeivm HapacTam/m Quantity Benumtna Rise time Bpeivm HapacTaHMH Symbol OGosnaHCHue + + + + + + t1 t1 t1 tl 1t 1t ’ ’ •> 5 ,Y% 1 % 90% x% 10% 90% Definition Onpedenenue Time required for a detector output to rise BpeMfl, KOTOpoe TpedyeTCH jum Toro, from a stated low percentage to a stated hto6li BenHHHHa Ha Bbixone npneMHHKa higher percentage of the maximum value yBejiHHHJiacb ot ycTaHOBJieHHoro Manoro when a steady input is instantaneously 3HaueHH5i k ycTaHOBJieHHOMy dojibinoMy applied [3]. 3HaueHHK), Bt>ipa)KeHHOMy b npoueHTax ot MaKCHMajiBHoro CHraana, Korna Ha bxoji npneMHHKa mthobchho nonaeTCfl nocTOHHHan BejiHHHHa [3]. Unit Edunuua S C Comments IlpuMeuaHUH It is usual to consider a low percentage of 06bihho paccMaTpHBaiOT Manoe 3HaneHne 10% and a high percentage of 90% [3]. 10% h Sojibinoe 3HaneHne 90% [3]. 6.3.17. Fall time - Bpeivm cna^a Quantity Benumina Fall time Bpeiwa cnana Symbol 06o3Hauenue C-% ’ h 0% 5 Co% C% Tio% ^90% Definition Onpedenenue Time required for a detector output to fall BpeMH, KOTOpoe Tpe6yeTCJi jxjik Toro, uro6bi from a stated high percentage to a stated BejiHHHHa Ha Bbixone npneMHHKa lower percentage of the maximum value yMeHtmHJiacb ot ycTaHOBJieHHoro when a steady input is instantaneously Oonbinoro 3HaneHHfl k ycTaHOBJieHHOMy removed [3]. ManoMy 3HaneHHK), Bbipa^eHHOMy b npoueHTax ot MaKCHManbHoro cnraana, Korna Ha Bxone npneMHHKa mthobchho CHHM aeTC5I nOCTOflHHafl BeJIHHHHa [3]. Unit EduHiiifa S C Comments ElpuMenaHUH 184 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES It is usual to consider a high percentage of Oobihho paccMaTpiiBaioT dojiBnioe 90% and a low percentage of 10% [3]. SHaueHne 90% h Manoe 3HaueHne 10% [3]. 6.3.18. Noise - lilyM Term TepMim Noise UlyM Definition OnpedetieHue 1. The random, unpredictable and 1 . CjryuaHHBie, Henpe^CKa3yeMBie h undesirable signals, or changes in signals, H e>KejiaTejiBHBie CHTHajiBi hjih H3MeHeHiw that hinder radiation detection or CHTHajia, 3aTpy^HaK)mne 00Hapy>KeHHe measurement. hjih H3MepeHHe H3JiyHeHiw. 2. Fluctuations of the sensor or radiation 2. OjiyKTyaHHH BBIXOUHOH BeJIIIHHHBI detector output value, caused by the HaTHHKa HJIH npHeMHHKa H3JiyueHIHI, discrete nature of the energy carriers - odycjiOBJieHHBie uncKpeTHOH npupo^oii photons and electrons. HOCHTejieii 3HepniH - (Jiotohob h 3JieKTpOHOB. Comments npiaienaHUH Noise is characterized by the probability UlyMBi xapaKTepH3yioTCR 3aKOHaMH distribution laws, variance and r.m.s. value, pacnpe^ejiemiii BepoaTHOCTeii, power spectra, etc. HHcnepcHeii h cpenHeKBanpaTHHHBiM 3HaueHHeM, SHepreTHuecKHMH cneKipaMH H T. n. 6.3.19. Signal-to-noise ratio - OTHOLueHne curHaji/iuyM Quantity BeaunuHa Signal-to-noise ratio OTHouieHHe cnmaji/rnyM Symbol 06o3Hanenue SNR SNR Definition Onpedeaenue The ratio of the power of a desired signal to OTHOHieHIie MOHIHOCTH nOJie 3 HOTO the noise power in the absence of the CHraana k mohihocth myMa b OTcyTCTBHe signal. cnmajia. Unit EduHuua Synonyms Cuhohumu SNR (acronym) OC1JJ (coKpameHHe) 185 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES C/m (coKpamemie) Comments TlpuMeHaHUH 1. For pulse signals, the SNR is the ratio of 1 . HMnyJTBCHBIX CHTHaJlOB OCIIi eCTB the squared maximum value of the signal to OTHomeHne KBa^paTa nmcoBoro 3HaueHmi the noise variance. cnmajia k zmcnepcim myMa. 2. Just as frequently, the SNR is defined as 2. IlInpoKO Taioxe ncnojib3yeTCfl no^ TeM a square root of the above value, i.e., the tkq Ha3BaHHeM BejiHHHHa, ratio of the signal maximum value to the npejtcTaBiunomafl co6oh KBa^parabiH r.m.s. noise value. KOpeHb H3 yKa3aHH0H BeJIIiHHHBI, t. e. OTHomeHne nnKOBoro 3HaueHHfl ciimajia k cpejtHeKBajtpaTHHHOMy 3HaueHHio myMa. 6.3.20. Noise equivalent input - SKBMBaneHTHbiM bxoahom oilman LuyMa Quantity Benumma Noise equivalent input 3KBHBajieHTHbiii BxoflHoii ciimaji rnyivia Symbol Obo3Hanemie Definition Onpedenenue Value of the detector input that produces an 3HaueHne cHmana Ha bxojxq npneMHHKa, output equal to the root mean square KOTopoe Bbi3biBaeT CHman Ha Bbixo^e (r.m.s.) noise output, for a stated frequency paBHbiii cpe^HeKBazipaTHHHOMy 3HaueHHio and bandwidth of the measuring BejiHHHHbi myMa Ha Bbixo^e jxr% instrument. [3] onpe^ejieHHOH uacTOTbi h mHpHHbi nonocbi uacTOT npndopa, H3Mepjnomero BejiHHHHy Ha Bbixo^e npueMHUKa. [3] Unit Edimuifa Comments HpiiMenaHUH It is usual to consider a 1Hz bandwidth and 06biHHO paecMaTpHBaeTCH mnpHHa this value is implied unless stated nonocbi uacTOT lfn, h, ecjiH cnemianbHO otherwise [3]. He oroBopeHo, to 3to 3HaueHHe npuMemieTCii Ha npaKTime [3]. 6.3.21 . Noise equivalent power - SKBueaneHTHan MOujHOCTb myMa Quantity Benumma Noise equivalent power 3KBHBajieHTHan MomHOCTb myiua Symbol 06o3Haneuue ®,„,NEP 1\„NEP 186 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpedejiemie Name given to the noise equivalent input TepMHH, KOTOpblH npHCBaHBaeTCJI when the quantity that the detector is being 3KBiiBajieHTHOMy BxoziHOMy CHmany used to measure or detect is radiant flux niyMa, Koma bcjihhhhoh, KOTopyro [3], H3MepEieT hjih o6Hapy>KHBaeT npneMHHK, HBJIfleTCfl nOTOK H3JiyueHHH [3]. Unit Edumtua w Bt Synonyms CUHOHUMbl NEP (acronym) 3MI11 (coKpameHne) Moiuhoctl, TKBHBajieHTHaji niyMy 6.3.22. Noise equivalent irradiance - SKBusaneHTHa^ o6nyHeHHOCTb no niyMy Quantity BeJiunuHa Noise equivalent irradiance OKBHBajieHTHan oSjiyneHHOCTb no niyMy Symbol 06o3Hanenue Em ,NEI Em ,NEI Definition OnpedejieHue Name given to the noise equivalent input TepMHH, KOTOpBIH npHCBailBaeTCB when the quantity that the detector is being 3KBHBaJieHTH0My BXOZtHOMy CHTHany used to measure or detect is a uniform rnyMa, Koma bcjihuhhoh, KOTOpyio irradiance [3]. H3Mep^eT hjih o6Hapy>KHBaeT npneMHHK, ^BJiaeTcn paBHOMepHaa odjiyneHHocTb [3] Unit Edumiifa Wm“2 Bt-m" Synonyms CUHOHUMbl NEI (acronym) OGjiyneHHOCTb, 3KBHBajieHTHan niyMy 6.3.23. Noise equivalent radiance - SKBMBaneHTHaB aHepreTunecKan npKocTb no niyMy Quantity Benimuua 3KBHBajieHTHan 3HepreTHHecKan Noise equivalent radiance npKOCTb no niyMy Symbol 06o3nauemie L,NER l,„,ner 187 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition OnpedeneHue A value of radiance of the radiation 3HaueHne flpKocra H3JiyueHHH, na^aiomero incident on a sensor or detector, which Ha XiaTHHK HJ1H npHCMHHK H3JiyHeHHfl, generates an output signal equal to the KOTopoe Bbi3biBaeT CHman Ha Bbixo^e, output noise r.m.s. value. paBHLIH Cpe^HeKBaZtpaTHHHOMy 3HaueHHK) niyMa Ha Bbixo^e. Unit EduHutja -1 2 WnT'sr Bt m cp~* Synonyms CllHOHUMbl NER (acronym) OHepreTHHecKafl npKOCTb, 3KBHBajieHTHaH uiyMy 6.3.24. Noise equivalent difference of temperatures - SKBMBaneHTHan pa3HOCTb reMnepaTyp no wyMy Quantity Benumma Noise equivalent difference of 3KBiiBajieHTHaH pa3HOCTb TevmepaTyp temperatures no myMy Symbol Ouo3Hanemie NEDT, NEAT NEDT, NEAT Definition OnpedeneHue The difference in temperatures of a Pa3H0CTb TeMnepaTyp HCTOHHHKa radiation source and background, for which H3JiyHeHHfl h OKpy^Kaiomero ero (j)OHa, npn the signal-to-noise ratio at the output of a KOTOpOH OTHOmeHHe CHTHaJl/myM Ha thermal imaging system is unity. BbIXOfle TenJIOBH3HOHHOH CHCTeMbI paBHO e^HHHne. Unit Edimuua K K Synonyms CuHOHUMbl NEDT Pa 3 HOCTb TeMnepaTyp, SKBHBajieHTHan myMy 6.3.25. Detectivity - 06Hapy>KMTejibHaR cnoco6HOCTb Quantity Benumma Detectivity 06Hapy2KHTejibHasi cnoco6HOCTb Symbol Ooo3uaneHue D D 188 2 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Definition Onpedenenue Reciprocal of the noise equivalent power BenHHHHa, ooparaafl 3KBHBajieHTH0H [3]: molhhocth rnyMa [3]: = D = I/O,, • D I/O,- Unit EduHuua - " w 1 Bt 1 6.3.26. Normalized detectivity - YfleribHafi o6Hapy>KMTenbHafl cnoco6HOCTb Quantity Be.nuHuna Normalized detectivity YaejibHaH o6HapymiTejibHafl cnoco6HOCTb Symbol Ouo3Hanenue D* D* Definition OnpedeaeHue Detectivity normalized to take into account HyBCTBHTejibHOCTb 00Hapy)KeHiw, two important parameters of the detection H0pMaJlH30BaHHa5I C TeM, HTOObl yueCTb system, the sensitive area A of the detector ^Ba Ba^cHbix napaMeTpa chctcmm npneMa: and the measurement bandwidth Af [3]: nnomazib uyBCTBHTejibHoro 3JieMeHTa npneMHHKa A h mnpHHy nonocbi uacTOT H3MepeHH^ Af [3]: l/2 2 2 1/2 = 1 D* = D(A A/) . = (A . =O m'(A-Af ) D‘ D(A Af f O. Af f Unit Edunuua -1 -1 m-Hz'Av m- Tn 1 Bt Comments ripuMenaHUH This concept is realistic only if the JlaHHas ())opMyjia BepHa tojibko b cnyuae, responsivity and noise output of the KOTZta HyBCTBHTeJIBHOCTL H BeJTHHIIHa detector are frequency independent myMa Ha Bbixo^e npneMHHKa He aaBHCjrr throughout the frequency range under ot uacTOTbi Ha paccMaTpHBaeMOM consideration and if the noise equivalent uacTOTHOM ^nana30He h sKBUBaneHTHbiii input varies as the square root of the bxo^hom CHTHan no myMy H3MeHfleTC5i Rax detector area; this is not always the case KopeHb KBa^paTHbin ot nnomanH [3]. uyBCTBHTejibHoro 3JieMeHTa npHeMHHKa, hto He Bcerna BbinonmieTCfl [3]. 189 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.27. Spectral distribution of normalized detectivity - CneKTpanbHoe pacnpefleneHne yflenbHOM o6Hapy>KMTenbHOM CnOCObHOCTM Quantity Bemimma Spectral distribution of normalized CneKTpajibHoe pacnpeaejieHiie detectivity yaejibHoii obHapyauiTejibHOH CnOCObHOCTH Symbol OOo3Hanenue D*(;i) D'(l) Definition Onpedenenue A function characterizing the dependence OyHKitHH, xapaKTepH3yiontaa 3aBHCHM0CTb of normalized detectivity upon the yzienbHOH o6Hapy)KHTejibHOH cnoco6Hocra monochromatic radiation wavelength. OT JIJIHHbl BOJIHbl MOHOXpOMaTHHeCKOTO H3JiyueHH5I. Unit Edumnia " 1/2 ] 1/2 1 m-Hz VC m- Tn Bt 6.3.28. Quantum efficiency - KBaHToean acJxfceKTMBHOCTb Quantity Benuuuna Quantum efficiency KBaHTOBan 3<})(})eKTHBHOCTb Symbol 06o3Hanenue 7 7 Definition Onpedenenue Ratio of the number of elementary events OTHomeHne nncna cnyuaeB ocBodo^emm (such as release of an electron) contributing H3 CB5I3aHHOrO C0CT05IHHJI B aTOMaX to the detector output, to the number of 3KTp0H0B, KOTopbie o6pa3yK)T incident photons [3], 3JieKTpHHeCKHH CHTHajI Ha BE.IXOAe npHeMHHKa H3JiyneHHJi k HHCJiy na^aiomux (jDOTOHOB [3]. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl Internal quantum efficiency Unit Edunuifa 190 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.29. Generalized quantum efficiency - 06o6meHHafl KBaHTOBaa acjDCjDeKTMBHOCTb Quantity BenuHUHa 06o6meHHan KBaHTOBaa Generalized quantum efficiency 3(J)(J)eKTHBHOCTb Symbol 06o3Hauemie n' n Definition OnpedeneHue Ratio of the number of electrons released OTHomeHne uncjia (})0T03JieKTp0H0B, by the photoelectric effect to the number of o6pa30BaBmHxca npn (jD0T03(j)(J)eKTe, k incident photons. HHCJiy (|)otohob naxiaiomero H3JiyHeHH>L Synonyms CuHOHUMbl External quantum efficiency Unit Edumiija Comments TlpuMenanuH As distinct from the quantum efficiency, it B OTJIHHHe OT KBaHTOBOH 3(j)c[)eKTHBHOCTH, accounts for the losses due to the reflection yuHTBiBaeT noTepn Ha OTpa^ceHHe uacra of some photons from the surface of a (J)OTOHOB OT nOBepXHOCTH semiconductor.6.3.30. (J)OTonojiynpoBO^HHKa. Resolving power - PaapeiuaioLitan cnoco6HOCTb Term TepMuu Resolving power Pa3pemaiomaa cnocoimocTb Definition OnpedeneHue Measure of the ability of a radiometric Mepa cnocodHocTH pa,zmoMeTpHHecKOH system to distinguish between signals that CHCTeMBI pa3JIHHaTb CHTHaJIBI, 6jlH3KHe are close to each other in the time, space or ^pyr k zipyry bo BpeMeHH, b npocTpaHCTBe wavelength domain. HJIH no ZtJIHHaM BOJ1H. Synonyms8.3.31. CuHOHUMbl Resolution Spatial resolution - flpocTpaHCTBeHHoe pa3peujeHMe Quantity Bejiuuuua Spatial resolution flpocTpaHCTBeHHoe pa3pemeHiie 191 > Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Symbol Ooo3Hmemte AO, Ax AO, Ax Definition OnpedejieHue The least angular or linear distance HanMeHtmee yrnoBoe hjih jiHHeHHoe between two identical point sources of paccTOJfflne Me>icty ,a,ByMfl ToueuHbiMH radiation that can be distinguished o6i»eKTaMH c o^HHaKOBOH chjioh according to a given criterion. H3JiyueHii5i, pa3JiHH aeME>ix no 3a^aHHOMy KpHTepHK). Unit Edumiua rad, m pa^, m 6.3.32. Spectral resolution - CneKTpanbHoe paapemeHne Quantity BenuHUHa Spectral resolution CneKTpajibHoe pa3peiueHiie OOo3Hanemie A/t Definition OnpedejieHue The least difference in the radiation HanMeHbinafl pa3HOCTb zijihh bojih wavelengths of two monochromatic H3JiyHeHHH ziByx MOHOxpoMaTHnecKHx radiators of equal intensity that can be H3JiyuaTeJieH 0,ZtHHaK0B0H HHTeHCHBHOCTH, distinguished according to a given pa3JiHnaeMBix no 3a^aHHOMy KpnTepmo. criterion. Unit Edimuifa m M 6.3.33. Temporal resolution - BpeMeHHoe pa3pewenne Quantity Bemimma Temporal resolution BpeMeHHoe pa3peuieHne Symbol 06o3uaneHue At At Definition OnpedejieHue The minimum time interval between two HaHMeHbmnH BpeMeHHon HHTepBan radiation pulses of equal intensity that can MeyKjxy ^ByM5i HMnyjibcaMH H3JiyueHH5i be distinguished. OflHHaKOBOH HHTeHCHBHOCTH. Unit Edimuifa S C 192 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.34. Optical crosstalk - OnTMHecKaa nepeKpecTHaa noMexa Term TepMuu Optical crosstalk OnTMHecKaa nepeKpecTHaa noMexa Definition OnpedeneHue Presence of a response in non-irradiated Hajinnue OTKjiHKa b HeodjiynaeMbix detector array elements adjoining the 3JieMeHTax MHoro3JieMeHTHoro npneMHHKa irradiated ones. H3JiyneHH^, coceztHHX c odjiynaeMbiM. Synonyms CuHOHUMbl OnTHHecKan iiaBOik'a 6.3.35. Non-linearity of responsivity - HennHeMHOCTb HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH Term Tepjmrn Non-linearity of responsivity HeJlHHeilHOCTb HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH Definition Onpedenemte Dependence of responsivity upon the input 3aBHCHM0CTb HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH OT 6.3.36. level. ypOBHfl BXO^HOTO B03ZteHCTBH5I. Relative spatial responsivity - 3oHHan xapaKTepHCTHKa HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH Quantity ’ BenuMUHa Relative spatial responsivity 3oHHan xapaKTepncTHKa HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH Symbol OGo3Hauemie s(x,y) s{x,y) Definition Onpedenemte The responsivity as a function of the spatial HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb KaK (jDyHKlXHa coordinate on the radiation detector npOCTpaHCTBeHHOH KOOpZtHHaTbl Ha normalized to some chosen value of noBepxHocTH HyBCTBHTejibHoro 3JieMeHTa responsivity, usually its maximum value. npneMHHKa H3JiyHeHHa, OTHeceHHaa k HexoTopoMy Bbi6paHHOMy 3HaneHHK) HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH, o6biHHO, ero MaKCHMajibHOMy 3HaneHHK). Unit Edumiifa 193 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Synonyms CuHOHUMbl OTHOCHTejibHoe pacnpenejieHne HyBCTBHTejibHOCTM no ruiomaxiKe Comments TlpnMeMamm Conditions of responsivity measurements y CJ10BHH H3MepeHPW HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTH (i.e., a narrow beam falling at the right (y3KHH jiyn, HanpaBJieHHbm no HopMann k angle to the surface, a converging beam, nOBepXHOCTH, HJ1H CX0ZtHtUHHC51 nynoK radiation coherency and spectrum, etc.) jiyuen, KorepeHTHOCTb na^aiomero should be specified. n3JiyueHHH, cneinpajibHbiH cocTaB H3JiyHeHHH) aOJDKHbl oroBapHBaTbca. 6.3.37. Relative angular responsivity - OTHOCMTe/ibHan ymoBan HyBCTBMTe/lbHOCTb Quantity Benumma Relative angular responsivity OTHOCHTejibHau yrjiOBan HyBCTBIiTeJlbHOCTb Symbol 06o3Hanemie s(e. Definition Onpedenenue The responsivity as a function of the HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTH KaK (jiyHKHHa direction (angles 0 and (|> in spherical HanpaBJieHHH (yraw 0 h (|) b c^epHuecKOH coordinate system) of radiation coming to CHCTeMe KoopztHHaT) H3JiyueHHa, the radiation detector surface normalized to na^aKintero Ha noBepxHOCTb some chosen value of responsivity, usually nyBCTBHTejibHoro 3JieMeHTa npneMHHKa, its maximum value. OTHeceHHaa k HexoTopoMy Bbi6paHH0My 3HaueHHK) HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTH, oSbIHHO, ero MaxcHMajibHOMy 3HaneHHK). Unit Edunmia Comments ElpuMenanufi Conditions of responsivity measurement YCJIOBHJI H3MepeHH51 HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTH (i.e., a narrow beam falling at the right (y3KHH Jiyn c xtaHHoro HanpaBJieHHa, hjih angle to the surface, a converging beam, cxoztamHHca nynoK Jiyneii, KorepeHTHOCTb radiation coherency and spectrum, etc.) najtaiomero H3JiyHCHHH, cnexTpajibHbiH should be specified. COCTaB H3JiyHeHH5l) JtOJDXHbl oroBapHBaTbca. 194 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES REFERENCES IN ENGLISH 1. Clair L. Wyatt, Victor Privalsky, and Raju Datla. Recommended Practice; Symbols, Terms, Units and Uncertainty Analysis for Radiometric Sensor Calibration. NIST Handbook 152, NIST, 1998 2. Clair L. Wyatt, Victor Privalsky. Recommended Practice: Symbols, Terms, and Units for Space-based Infrared Sensor System Calibration and Uncertainty Analysis. Space Dynamics Laboratories/Utah State University. Logan, UT, 1996 th 3. International Lighting Vocabulary. 4 Edition. CIE Publication No. 17.4 (1987) /International Electrotechnical Vocabulary. Chapter 845: Lighting - International Electrotechnical Commission. Publication 50(845), 1987, Geneva, Switzerland nd 4. International Vocabulary of Basic and General Terms in Metrology. 2 Edition. ISO, Switzerland, 1993 5. Polarization: Definitions and Nomenclature, Instrument Polarization - CIE Publication No. 59, 1984, Paris, France 6. Radiometric and Photometric Characteristics of Materials and Their Measurement - CIE Publication No. 38(TC-2.3), 1977, Paris, France 7. Determination of the Spectral Responsivity of Optical Radiation Detectors - CIE Publication No. 64, 1984, Paris, France 8. Electrically Calibrated Thermal Detectors of Optical Radiation (Absolute Radiometers) CIE Publication No. 65, 1985 - Paris, France 9. Methods of Characterizing the Performance of Radiometers and Photometers - CIE Publication No. 53-1982, Vienna, Austria, 1996 10. Nomenclature and Definitions for Illuminating Engineering. American National Standard - Transactions of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America. ANSI/IES RP-16-1986 (ANSI Standard Z7. 1-1967) 1 1. The Infrared Handbook - Revised Edition. Eds. William L. Wolfe, George J. Zissis. Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, Washington, DC, 1989 12. William L. Wolfe. Introduction to Radiometry. Tutorial Texts in Optical Engineering, Volume TT29 - SPIE, 1998 13. Handbook of Applied Photometry. Ed. by Casimer DeCusatis. OSA & Springer- Verlag, New York - Berlin - Heidelberg, 1998 nd 14. Gerald C. Holst. Testing and Evaluation of Infrared Imaging Systems. 2 Ed. - SPIE, 1998 15. John L. Miller and Dr. Edward Friedman. Photonics Rules of Thumb: Optics, Electro-Optics, Fiber Optics, and Lasers - McGraw-Hill, 1996 16. Ronald G. Driggers, Paul Cox, Timothy Edwards. Introduction to Infrared and Electro-optical Systems - Artech House Inc., 1999 17. H. S. Chen. Remote Sensing Calibration Systems. An Introduction. - A Deepak Publishing, Hampton, VA, USA, 1997 195 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 18. G. Rees. The Remote Sensing Data Book. Cambridge, University Press, 1999 19. Self-study Manual on Optical Radiation Measurements. Part 1 - Concepts. Chapters 1 to 3. (Chapter 1. Introduction, F. E. Nicodemus, H. J. Kostkowski, and A. T. Hattenburg. Chapter 2. Distribution of Optical Radiation with Respect to Position and Direction - Radiance, F. E. Nicodemus, and H. J. Kostkowski. Chapter 3. Spectral Distribution of Optical Radiation, F. E. Nicodemus, and H. J. Kostkowski) Fred E. Nicodemus, Ed. -NBS Technical Note 910-1, 1976 20. Self-study Manual on Optical Radiation Measurements. Part 1 - Concepts. Chapters 4 and 5. (Chapter 4. More on Distribution of Optical Radiation with Respect to Position and Direction, Fred E. Nicodemus. Chapter 5. An Introduction to the Measurement Equation, Henry J. Kostkowski and Fred E. Nicodemus) Fred E. Nicodemus, Ed. - NBS Technical Note 910-2, 1978 21. Self-study Manual on Optical Radiation Measurements. Part 1 - Concepts. Chapter 6. Distribution of Optical Radiation with Respect to Polarization, John B. Shumaker. Fred E. Nicodemus, Ed. - NBS Technical Note 910-3, 1977 22. Self-study Manual on Optical Radiation Measurements. Part 1 - Concepts. Chapters 7, 8, and 9. (Chapter 7. The Relative Spectral Responsivity and Slit- Scattering Function of a Spectroradiometer, Henry J. Kostkowski. Chapter 8. Deconvolution, John B. Shumaker. Chapter 9. Physically Defining Measurement- Beam Geometry by Using Opaque Barriers, Fred E. Nicodemus) Fred E. Nicodemus, Ed. - NBS Technical Note 910-4, 1979 23. Self-study Manual on Optical Radiation Measurements. Part 1 - Concepts. Chapter 10. Introduction to Coherence in Radiometry, by John B. Shumaker. Fred E. Nicodemus, Ed. - NBS Technical Note 910-6, 1978 24. Self-study Manual on Optical Radiation Measurements. Part 1 - Concepts. Chapters 1 1. Linearity Considerations and Calibrations, by John B. Shumaker. Fred E. Nicodemus, Ed. - NBS Technical Note 910-7, 1984 25. Self-study Manual on Optical Radiation Measurements. Part 1 - Concepts. Chapter 12. Blackbodies, Blackbody Radiation, and Temperature Scales, by Joseph C. Richmond and Fred E. Nicodemus. Fred E. Nicodemus, Ed. - NBS Technical Note 910-8, 1985 26. F. E. Nicodemus, J. C. Richmond, J. J. Hsia. Geometrical Considerations and Nomenclature for Reflectance. NBS Monograph 160 - NBS, 1977 27. Dean B. Judd. Terms, Definitions, and Symbols in Reflectometry - J. Opt. Soc. Am., Vol. 57, No. 4, pp. 445-452 (1967) 28. Techniques of Metal Research. Volume VI, Part 1. Measurement of Physical Properties. Part 1 . Some Special Properties. E. Passagalia, Ed. Interscience Publishers, 1972 - Chapter 1. Theory and Measurement of the Thermal Radiation Properties of Metals. D. P. Dewitt, J. C. Richmond, pp. 1-90 29. Michael F. Modest. Radiative Heat Transfer. Academic Press - Elsevier Science, Amsterdam - New York 2003 - 826 pp. 30. Robert Siegel, John R. Howell. Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer. Fourth Edition - Taylor & Francis, New York - London, 2002 - 868 pp. 196 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 31. Francis X. Sillion, Claude Puech. Radiosity and Global Illumination - Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc., San Francisco, CA, 1994 - 251 pp. 32. Clair L. Wyatt. Radiometric Calibration: Theory and Methods - Academic Press, Inc., Orlando, FL, 1978 - 200 pp. 33. Clair L, Wyatt. Electro-optical System Design For Information Processing - McGraw-Hil, 1991 - 345 pp. 34. Steel, W. H. “Luminosity, Throughput or Etandue?” Further Comments - Applied Optics, 14 , 252, 1975 - 35. Palmer, J. M. Getting Intense on Intensity Metrologia, 30 , 371-372, 1993 36. Smith, W. J. Modern Optical Engineering. Second Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1990 37. Jones, R. C. Terminology in Photometry and Radiometry - Journal of the Optical Society of America, 53, 1314, 1963 38. Geist, J. and E. Zalewski. Chinese restaurant nomenclature for radiometry - Applied Optics, 12 , 435, 1973 - 1 39. Richmond, J. C. Rationale for emittance and reflectivity Applied Optics, 21 , , 1982 - 40. W. L. Wolfe. Proclivity for Emissivity Applied Optics, 21 , 1, 1982 41. Joseph C. Richmond and Jon C. Geist. Infrared Reflectance Measurements. Final Report to the NASA - National Bureau of Standards Report 1 0 07 U.S. 1 , Department of Commerce, NBS, 1969 42. Standard Terminology of Appearance - ASTM Standard E284-99a. The American Society for Testing and Materials, 1999 43. Standard Practice for Describing Retroreflection - ASTM Standard E808-99a. The American Society for Testing and Materials, 1999 44. Angle Resolved Optical Scatter Measurements and Specular or Diffuse Samples - ASTM Standard El 392-90 45. Surface Texture; Surface Roughness; Waviness, and Lay - ANSI/ASME Standard B46.1 nd 46. A. J. Lohwater’s Russian-English Dictionary of the Mathematical Sciences, 2 Ed. - American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island, 1990 - 342 pp. 47. Bartell F.O. Projected solid angle and blackbody simulators - Applied Optics, 1989, v. 28, No 6, pp. 1055 - 1057 48. EOS Reference Handbook - EOS Data Quality: Calibration/Validation, pp. 51-52 49. Brent Y. Bartschi, David E. Morse, and Tom L. Woolston. The Spatial Infrared Imaging Telescope III - Johns Hopkins APL Technical Digest, Volume 17, Number 2 (1996), pp. 215-225 50. Shawn V. Burdick, John Chalupa, Colleen L. Hamilton,Thomas L. Murdock, and Ray Russell. MSX Reference Objects - Johns Hopkins APL Technical Digest, Volume 17, Number 2 (1996), pp. 246-252 51. David C. Harrison and Joseph C. Chow. The Space-Based Visible Sensor - Johns Hopkins APL Technical Digest, Volume 17, Number 2 (1996), pp. 226-236 197 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES REFERENCES IN RUSSIAN Rl. TOCT 8.417-81. Tocy^apCTBeHHaji ciicTeMa o6ecneneHHa e^HHCTBa H3MepeHHH. EziHHHLlbl (j)H3HHeCKHX BejIHHHH R2. TOCT 16263-70. TocyziapcTBeHHaa CHCTeMa o6ecneneHHa ejjHHCTBa H3MepeHHH. MeTponorHa. TepMHHbi h onpe^eneHHH R3. TOCT 14686-69. CpexicTBa H3MepeHHH cbctobbix bcjihhhh R4. TOCT 7601-78. 0H3HHecKaa onTHKa. TepMHHbi, 6yKBeHHbie o6o3HaneHHa h onpe^eneHM ochobhbix bcjihhhh R5. TOCT 26148-84. OoTOMeTpiw. TepMHHbi h onpe^ejieHHa R6. TOCT 24286-88. OoTOMeTpna HMnyjibCHaa. TepMHHbi h onpeziejieHHa R7. TOCT 25462-82. BojioKOHHaa onTHKa. TepMHHbi h onpeaejieHHn R8. TOCT 7427-76. TeoMeTpHnecKaa onTHKa. TepMHHbi, onpe^ejieHiia h OyKBeHHbie 0603HaHeHH5I R9. TOCT 21934-83. npneMHHKH H3JiyHeHiw nojiynpoBOziHHKOBbie (j)0T03JieKTpHHecKHe h ycTpoiicTBa (j)OTonpHeMHbie. TepMHHbi h onpejiejieHHii RIO. TOCT 4.431-86. CncTeMa noKa3aTejien KanecTBa npoziyKHHH. npneMHHKH H3JiyneHHa (})0T03JieKTpHHecKHe. HoMeHKJiaTypa noKa3aTejien Rl 1. TOCT 17704-72. npn6opbi nojiynpoBOjiHHKOBbie. npneMHHKH jiynHCTon 3HeprHH (J)0T03JieKTpHHecKHe. KjiaccHcjiHKaHHa h chctcmb o6o3HaHeHHH R12. TOCT 17772-88. npneMHHKH H3JiyHemni nojiynpoBOziHHKOBbie ())0T03JieKTpHHecKHe h (j)OTonpneMHbie ycTpoiicTBa. MeTO^bi H3Mepemni (])0T03JieKTpHHecKHx napaMeTpoB h onpe^ejieHHH xapaKTepncTHK R13. TOCT 23778-79. HsMepemw onTHHecKne nojiapH3auHOHHbie. TepMHHbi h onpeaejieHHii R14. TOCT 24453-80. H3Mepemni napaMeTpoB h xapaKTepncTHK jia3epHoro H3JiyneHHa. TepMHHbi, onpe^ejieHHH h OyKBeHHbie o6o3HaHeHini bcjihhhh R15. TOCT 27176-86. npH6opbi cneKTpajibHbie onTHHecKne. TepMHHbi h onpe^ejieHHa R16. TOCT 13088-67. KojiopHMeTpna. TepMHHbi, 6yKBeHHbie o6o3HaHeHH>i. R17. TOCT 26302-93. Ctckjio. Mctoabi onpeziejieHHa K03(j)(j)HHHeHTOB HanpaBJieHHoro nponycKamw h OTpa^emia CBeTa R18. TOCT 8.197-86. TocyflapcTBemiafl CHCTeMa o6ecneHemm eziHHCTBa H3MepeHHH. ToeyziapCTBeHHbiH cnenHajibHbiH 3TajioH h rocy^apcTBeHHa^ noBepoHHaa cxeMa JXJIZ Cpe^CTB H3MepeHHH CneKTpaJIbHOH nJIOTHOCTH 3HepreTHHeCKOH apKOCTH onTHHecKoro H3JiyneHH5i b ^Hana30He zuihh bojih ot 0,04 ro 0,25 mkm R 19. TOCT 8.106-80. TocyjiapcTBeHHaji CHCTeMa oOecneneHHJi eziHHCTBa H3MepeHHH. ToeyziapCTBeHHbiH cnenHajibHbiH 3TajiOH h o6mecoio3Haa noBepoHHaa cxeMa juia epeZICTB H3MepeHHH 3HepreTHHeCKOH apKOCTH H CHJIbI H3JiyHeHHa TenJIOBbIX hctohhhkob c TeMnepaTypon ot 220 jxo 900 K 198 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES R20. TOCT 8.195-89. Tocy,napcTBeHHafl cncTeMa o6ecneneHHJi ejiHHCTBa H3MepeHHH. Tocy^apcTBeHHaH noBepoHHaa cxeMa rjw cpe^CTB H3MepeHHH cneKTpajibHon nJlOTHOCTH 3HepreTHHeCKOH flpKOCTH, cneKTpajitHOH njlOTHOCTH CHJIbI H3JiyHeHHR h cneKTpajibHOH nnoTHOCTH 3HepreTHnecKOH ocBemeHHocTH b ^Hana30He zijihh bojih ot 0,25 £0 25,00 mkm; chjibi H3JiyneHHJi h 3HepreTHnecK0H ocBemeHHocTH b OTana30He .zjjihh bojih ot 0,2 jxo 25,0 mkm R21. TOCT 19834.2-74. PtejiynaTejiH nojiynpOBO,mniKOBbie. Memzibi H3MepeHHJi CHJIBI H3JiyHeHH^ H 3HepreTHHeCKOH RpKOCTH R22. TOCT 8.558-93. rocy^apCTBemiafl cncTeMa oOecneneHim e^HHCTBa H3MepeHHH. TocyziapcTBeHHaR noBepoHHafl cxeMa ^Ji5i cpeztcTB H3MepeHHH TeMnepaTypbi R23. PyccKO-aHrjio-(J)paHHy3CKO-HeMeHKO-HcnaHCKHH cjioBapb ochobhmx h o6ihhx TepMHHOB b MeTpojiorHH, no^ pezb Jl.K.HcaeBa, M.: HFIK «H3naTejibCTBO CTaHziapTOB», 1998 R24. AHTjro-pyccKHH cjioBapb no MeTpojiornn h TexHHKe tohhbix H3MepeHini, nozt peziaRnneH B.M.KHnapeHKO h JI.K.McaeBa, M.: PyccKHH R3biK, 1981 R25. AHTJio-pyccKHH (j)H3HHecKHH, no,n pezu B. HoBHKOBa, M.: PYCCO, 2001 R26. Me>KnyHapo^HbiH CBeTOTexHHnecKHH cjioBapb. M., 1974 199 9 1 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES English Index Pages 5.4.18 Absolute thermal detector A6cohk)thi>ih TennoBOH npHeMHHK 150 H3jryHeHHfl 4.5.1 Absorptance KoacjxjmmieHT noniomeHHfl 121 3.7 Absorption llorjiomeHHe 80 5.5.20 Across-track scanning sensor nonepeHHO—CKaHHpyiouiHH zjaTHHK 159 1.2.1 Active system AKTHBHaH CHCTCMa 26 4.3.16 Albedo AnbOezio 1 1 5.5.21 Along-track scanning sensor npO^OJIBHO-CKaHHpyiOmHH ZiaTHHK 159 1 . 1.1 Amplitude AMiuiHTyzia 1 4.1.4 Angle factor YrjlOBOH K03(J)(J)HIIHeHT 88 5.6.9 Aperture stop AnepTypHan EtHaijDparMa 163 5.6.7 Attenuator Ocjia6HTenb 162 5.4.12 Avalanche photodiode JlaBHHHblH (j)OTOZIHOZl 148 1.3.10 Background radiation OoHOBoe H3JiyHeHHe 38 6.3.7 Background signal OOHOBblH CHTHaJl 179 5.2.6 Band reject filter riOJIOCOBOH Bbipe3aiOIHHH (j)HJIbTp 136 6.2.3 Bandpass Ilojioca nponycKamw 175 5.2.5 Bandpass filter rionocoBOH nponycKaiomHH (j)HJibTp 136 5.3.6 Beamsplitter ^ejiHTenb nyHKa 142 4.3.7 Biconical reflectance ^ByKOHHHeCKHH K03(})(})HUHeHT 104 OTpaJKHeHHfl 4.4.7 Biconical transmittance ^ByKOHHHeCKHH K03(j)(j)HLIHeHT 1 1 6 nponycKamw 4.3.5 Bidirectional reflectance ^ByHanpaBJieHHbiii K03(})^)HLiHeHT 102 OTpa>KeHHJi 4.3.4 Bidirectional reflectance OyHKiiH^ pacnpejiejieHHH 101 distribution function ZiByHanpaBJieHHoro K03(jxj)HLmeHTa OTpa>KeHHJi 4.7.2 Bidirectional scattering OyHKUH^ pacnpe^eneHH^ 130 distribution function ZiByHanpaBJieHHoro pacceaHim 4.4.5 Bidirectional transmittance flByHanpaBjieHHbm K03^xj)HiiHeHT 1 14 nponycKamw 4.4.4 Bidirectional transmittance OyHKiiHH pacnpeziejieHHii 113 distribution function ZlByHanpaBJieHHoro K03c|x]DHUHeHTa nponycKamw 4.3.13 Bihemispherical reflectance ^Bynojiyc(j)epHHecKHH 108 K034)(j)HUHeHT OTpa>KeHH51 4.4.13 Bihemispherical transmittance ^Bynojiyc(j)epHHecKHH 120 200 1 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES K03(j)(j)HLiHeHT nponycKaHiw 5.1.1 Blackbody MepHoe Teno 131 5.6.11 Blend BneHzia 1 64 5.2.7 Blocking filter BuoKHpyiomHH (jlHJIBTp 136 5.4.21 Bolometer EonoMeTp 151 4.6.4 Brewster angle Ytoji BpiocTepa 128 1.3.17 Calibration attitude maneuver OpHeHTaiJHOHHblH MaHCBp RIM 40 KaJIH6pOBKH 1.3.4 Calibration coefficients KaJIH6pOBOHHbie K03(j)(j)imHeHTbI 36 1.3.5 Calibration equation YpaBHeHHe KannSpOBKH 36 4.7 Characteristics of scattering XapaKTepHCTHKH pacce^HM 129 5.4.16 Charge-coupled device IIpH6op C 3ap^0B0H CBEI3BK) 149 5.6.1 Chopper npeptmaTejib 1 60 5.2.9 Circular variable filter KpyroBoi! nepeMeHHbm (j)HJibTp 137 3.10.3 Circularly polarized radiation H3JiyHeHHe, nomipH30BaHHoe no 83 Kpyry 3.1 Coherent radiation KorepeHTHoe H3JiyueHHe 69 5.3.5 Collimator KoJIJTHMaTOp 141 4.6.3 Complex refractive index KoMnneKCHbin noKa3aTenb 128 npejiOMJieHHfl 4.5.3 Conical absorptance KOHHHeCKHH K03(j)(jDHLIHeHT 122 nornomemui 4.3.8 Conical-directional reflectance KoHHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHbin 1 05 Kos^^nuneHT OTpa^eHHEI 4.4.8 Conical-directional KoHHnecKO-HanpaBJieHHbin 116 transmittance K03(J)(|)HiiHeHT nponycKaHHH 4.3.11 Conical-hemispherical KoHHnecKO-nojiyc(j)epHHecKHH 107 reflectance K03 ^)(j3 HIXHeHT OTpa>KeHHfl 4.4.11 Conical-hemispherical KoHHHecKO-nojiycijDepHHecKHH 119 transmittance K034)(j)HnHeHT nponycKaHHH 6.3.6 Dark current TeMHOBOHTOK 179 3.10.7 Degree of polarization CTeneHb noji^pn3anHH 84 6.3.25 Detectivity 06Hapy^cHTejibHan cnocoOHocTb 189 5.4.1 Detector ripneMHHK onranecKoro H3JiyueHHji 143 5.6.8 Diaphragm flnatjDparMa 163 5.3.7 Dichroid U,BeToziejiHTejib 142 3.3 Diffraction fliKjipaKnHH 69 5.2.13 Diffraction monochromator ^HijipaKnHOHHbm MOHOxpoMaTop 138 4.3.3 Diffuse reflectance Ko3(j)(])HnHeHT ^H(j)4)y3Horo 1 0 OTpa>KeHHfl 3.5.2 Diffuse reflection ^H(j)4)y3Hoe oTpa^ceHne 77 3.6.2 Diffuse transmission ,U,H(j)(})y3Hoe nponycKaHne 79 4.4.3 Diffuse transmittance Ko3(j)(j)HnHeHT ziH(})(j)y3Horo 112 nponycKamw 201 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.6.4 Diffuser PaccenBaTejiB 161 4.5.2 Directional absorptance HanpaBJieHHbm K03(})(})HUHeHT 121 norjiomeHHfl 4.3.6 Directional-conical reflectance FlanpaBJieHHo-KOHHHecKHH 103 K03(J)(j)H]THeHT OTpa^eHHH 4.4.6 Directional-conical HanpaBJieHHO-KOHHuecKHH 115 transmittance K03(J)(J)HUHeHT nponycKamin 4.3.9 Directional-hemispherical HanpaBJieHHO-nonyc(})epHHecKHH 106 reflectance K03(J»(j)HUHeHT OTpa>KeHHfl 4.4.9 Directional-hemispherical FlanpaBJieHHO-nojiyctjiepHHecKHH 117 transmittance K03(jKj)HUHeHT nponycKaHiw 3.11 Dispersion /JncnepcHn 85 4.2.13 Distribution temperature TeMnepaTypa pacnpe^enemw 98 6.3.13 Effective value of radiant 3(})(j3eKTHBHoe 3HaueHHe 182 quantity 3HepreTHuecKoii BenunHHbi 1.1 Electromagnetic radiation DneKTpoMarHHTHoe H3JiyueHHe 19 6.3.4 Electronic gain Ko3(j)(J)HimeHT ycHJieHHR 178 3.10.4 Elliptically polarized radiation 3jIJlHnTHHeCKH nOJ!HpH30BaHHOe 83 H3JiyueHHe 3.4 Emission 3mhcchr 70 6.1.4 Encircled energy Ko3(|){J)HLtHeHT KOHIteHTpaitHH 167 SHepran b xpyre 6.1.5 Ensquared energy Ko3(f){j)HUHeHT KOHUeHTpaUHH 167 3Heprmi b KBanpaTHon nnoma^Ke 6.1.15 Entrance pupil Bxo^hoh 3pauoK 172 6.1.16 Exit pupil BbIXOZtHOH 3paHOK 172 5.1.8 Extended-area source npOTJDKeHHblH HCTOHHHK 134 6.3.17 Fall time BpeMn cna^a 185 5.6.10 Field stop nojieBaa ^HaijiparMa 163 6.1.10 Field-of-regard none o63opa 170 6.1.9 Field-of-view none 3peHnn 170 5.2.1 Filter OnnbTp 134 5.2.11 Filter monochromator OnnbTpoBbin MOHOXpOMaTOp 138 5.5.3 Filter radiometer OnnbTpoBbiH pannoMeTp 153 6.1.13 Focal length OoKycHoe paccTORHne 171 5.5.10 Focal plane array OoKanbHan MaTpima 155 6.1.12 Footprint 3oHa Ha6moneHHn 171 5.2.15 Fourier transform spectrometer Oypbe-cneKTpoMeTp 139 1.1.2 Frequency MacTOTa 19 6.3.29 Generalized quantum 06o6meHHan KBaHTOBan 191 efficiency 3(})(j)eKTHBHOCTb 2.1.4 Geometric extent reOMeTpHHeCKHH (jiaKTOp 47 1.2.24 Geostationary orbit reocTaunoHapHan op6nTa 34 5.1.2 Globar Tno6ap 132 202 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.5.5 Gonioradiometer ToHHOpaziHOMeTp 154 1.3.13 Ground calibration HaseMHaa KajindpoBKa 39 4.5.4 Hemispherical absorptance riOJiyC(})epHHeCKHH K03^)())HLIHeHT 122 nomoineHHfl 4.3.12 Hemispherical-conical llojiyc(j)epHHecKo-KOHHHecKHii 108 reflectance K034)(j)HIIHeHT OTpa>KeHHfl 4.4.12 Hemispherical-conical Fl0JiyC(J)epHHeCK0-K0HHHeCKHH 119 transmittance K03(|)(J)HLiHeHT nponycKamui 4.3.10 Hemispherical-directional riojiyc(})epHHecKO-HanpaBJieHHi>m 1 06 reflectance K03(j)(j3HUHeHT OTpa^CeHHR 4.4.10 Hemispherical-directional nojiyc(j)epHHecKo-HanpaBJieHHBm 118 transmittance K03()D(jDHiiHeHT nponycKaHiw 5.5.12 Hyperspectral radiometer rHnepcneKTpanBHLiH paziHOMeTp 156 1.2.10 Image M3o6pa>KeHHe 29 1.2.11 Imaging 06pa6oTKa H3o6pa>KeHim 29 5.5.9 Imaging radiometer H3o6pa)KaiomHH paziHOMeTp 155 1.2.12 Imaging sensor flaTHHK H3o6pa^ceHHH 30 6.1.2 Impulse function of optical HMnyjiBCHafl (jiymaimi onrauecKOH 165 system CHCTeMBI 4.1.1 Incidence angle Yron nazieHHH 87 1.1.8 Infrared radiation HH(})paKpacHoe H3nyHeHHe 22 6.3.1 Input Bxo^Haa BejiHHHHa 177 6.1.11 Instantaneous field-of-view OneMeHTapHoe none 3peHiui 170 6.2.2 Instrument function AnnapaTHan (j)yHKUHn 173 5.6.6 Integrating sphere MHTerpnpyiomaR c(})epa 162 3.2 Interference MHTepijDepeHLiHn 69 5.2.2 Interference filter MHTepc[)epeHnHOHHBIH (jlHJIBTp 135 3.5.7 Interreflection MHoroKpaTHBie OTpanveHnn 78 2.2.11 Irradiance 06jiyneHHocTB 56 1.1.14 Isotropic point source I430Tp0nHBIH TOHeHHBIH HCTOHHHK 25 3.4.6 Lambert’s law 3aKOH JlaM6epTa 73 3.4.7 Lambertian surface JIaM6epTOBCKan noBepxHocTB 74 5.1.4 Laser JIa3ep 132 5.3.3 Lens JInH3a 140 5.1.5 Light emitting diode CBeTOH3jTyHaiomHH nnon 133 6.1.6 Line spread function OyHKnnn paccenHHR jihhhh 168 3.10.2 Linearly polarized radiation JlnHenHO nojinpn30BaHHoe 83 H3JiyneHHe 5.2.3 Longpass filter - /^jihhhobojihobbih nponycKaiomnn 135 ^HJTBTp 1.3.11 Low background Hn3KoypoBHeBBin (})oh 38 3.4.8 Luminescence JIioMKHecneHunn 74 5.4.23 Matrix detector MaTpnHHBin npneMHHK 152 1.3.3 Measurement equation YpaBHeHHe H3MepeHiw 35 203 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.3.12 Medium background Cpe^HeypoBHeBMH (J)oh 38 5.2.14 Michelson's interferometer HHTep4)epoMeTp MaHKentcoHa 138 5.3.2 Mirror 3epKano 140 3.5.3 Mixed reflection CMeniaHHoe OTpa^ceHHe 77 3.6.3 Mixed transmission CMemaHHoe nponycKaHHe 79 6.1.8 Modulation transfer function MoayjumnoHHaji nepeztaTOHHaji 1 69 (j)yHKU,H5I 5.6.3 Modulator MojtymiTop 1 60 1.2.7 Monitoring MOHHTOpHHr 27 1.1.10 Monochromatic radiation MoHoxpoMaTHHecKoe H3JiyneHHe 23 5.2.10 Monochromator MoHoxpoMaTop 137 5.5.11 Multispectral imaging MyjitTHcneKTpajibHbiH 156 radiometer H3o6pa^caiomHH pa^HOMeTp 1.2.23 Nadir angle Ha^npHbiH yron 33 5.1.3 Nemst’s glower UJTH(j)T HepHCTa 132 5.2.8 Neutral density filter HeHTpaubHbiH 4)HJibTp 137 6.3.18 Noise UJyM 185 6.3.24 Noise equivalent difference of OKBHBaneHTHaji pa3H0CTb 189 temperatures TeMnepaTyp no myMy 6.3.20 Noise equivalent input OKBHBajieHTHbin bxouhoh cnmaji 187 niyMa 6.3.22 Noise equivalent irradiance OKBHBajieHTHafl o6jiyneHHOCTb no 188 myMy 6.3.21 Noise equivalent power OKBHBaneHTHaH Mon^HocTb myMa 187 6.3.23 Noise equivalent radiance OKBHBaneHTHa^ OHepreranecKa^ 188 FipKOCTb no myMy 6.3.35 Non-linearity of responsivity HejinHenHOCTb nyBCTBHTejibHOCTH 194 5.4.4 Non-selective detector HecejieKTHBHbin npneMHHK 144 H3JTyneHHH 4.2.10 Non-selective radiator HecejieKTHBHbin H3JiynaTejib 97 6.3.26 Normalized detectivity Y^ejibHaa o6Hapy^cHTejibHa^ 190 cnoco6HOCTb 2.2.4 Number of photons HhCJIO (jlOTOHOB 50 5.3.4 Objective 06beKTHB 141 1.2.5 Oblique sensing HaKJioHHoe 30H,itHp0BaHHe 27 1.3.14 Onboard calibration BopTOBaa KajiH6poBKa 39 3.7.3 Opaque medium Henpo3pamiafl cpe/ia 81 6.3.34 Optical crosstalk OnTHnecKaa nepeKpecTHaB noMexa 193 2.1.5 Optical extent OnTHHecKHH (jiaKTop 48 1.1.5 Optical radiation OnranecKoe H3JiyneHHe 21 5.5.7 Optical scatterometer OnTHHecKHH cxaTTepoMeTp 155 6.1.7 Optical transfer function OnTHHecKaa nepe^aTomiafl tjiyHKnmi 168 6.2.5 Out-of-band leakage BHenojiocoBoe nponycKaHHe 176 6.3.2 Output BbixojjHan BenHHHHa 177 204 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 5.1.6 Overfilling beam UlnpoKim nyuoK 133 3.10.6 Partially polarized radiation HacTHHHO nojDtpit30BaHHoe 84 H3JiyueHHe 1.2.2 Passive system flaccHBHafl CHCTeMa 26 6.3.12 Peak spectral responsivity MaKCHMantHa^ cneKTpajibHa5i 182 HyBCTBHTeJlBHOCTb 3.4.3 Perfect blackbody A6cojiiotho uepHoe Teno 71 3.5.5 Perfectly diffuse reflection HzteajibHO ;tH(j)4)y3Hoe OTpa^ceHne 78 3.6.4 Perfectly diffuse transmission PfiteajibHO jm 205 1 021 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2.2.9 Radiance OHepreTHHecKaa jipKOCTb 53 4.3.15 Radiance factor K03(J)(j)HUHeHT 3HepreTHHeCKOH 1 1 RpKOCTH 4.2.11 Radiance temperature ^pKOCTHaR TeMnepaTypa 97 2.2.3 Radiant energy 3Hepnra H3JiyHeHH5i 50 2.2.13 Radiant exitance 3HepreTHnecKa5i CBeTHMOCTb 57 2.2.5 Radiant exposure OHepreTHHecKan 3Kcno3HHHJi 5 2.2.1 Radiant flux ITotok H3JiyneHHH 48 2.2.7 Radiant intensity Cnna H3nyHeHHfl 52 5.4.19 Radiation thermocouple Pa^HauHOHHbiH TepM03JieMeHT 150 5.4.20 Radiation thermopile PajtnaHHOHHafl TepMo6aTape;i 1 5 5.5.1 Radiometer Pa^HOMeTp 153 1.3.1 Radiometric calibration PazmoMeTpHHecKan KanH6poBKa 34 1.3.6 Radiometric calibration system PajiHOMeTpHHecKaa KajiH6poBOHHaji 36 CHCTeMa 1.3.2 Radiometric measurement PaziHOMeTpuHecKaa H3MepHTejibHaji 35 system CHCTeMa 1.3.7 Radiometric standard PaflHOMeTpHHeCKHH 3TaJ10H 37 1.1.6 Radiometry PajiHOMeTpHfl 21 5.6.5 Reference panel 3TanoHHa5i OTpa>KaTejibHaji naHejib 161 4.3.1 Reflectance K03(})(j3HHHeHT OTpaHCeHHH 99 4.3.14 Reflectance factor OaKTOp OTpa>KeHHfl 109 3.5 Reflection OTpanceHHe 76 4.1.2 Reflection angle Ytoji OTpa>KeHH5i 87 5.5.6 Reflectometer Pe(j)JieKTOMeTp 154 3.9 Refraction npenoMJieHHe 82 4.1.3 Refraction angle Ytoji npenoMjieHHH 88 4.6.1 Refractive index noKa3aTejib npejiOMjieHmi 127 3.6.1 Regular transmission HanpaBJieHHoe nponycxaHHe 79 4.4.2 Regular transmittance Ko3(J)cj)HHHeHT HanpaBJieHHoro 1 1 nponycKaHM 6.3.37 Relative angular responsivity OTHOCHTeubHa^ ymoBa^ 195 HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb 6.1.14 Relative aperture OTHOCHTenbHoe OTBepcrae 171 6.3.9 Relative responsivity OTHOCHTeJTbHafl HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb 180 6.3.36 Relative spatial responsivity 3oHHaH xapaKTepncTHKa 194 HyBCTBHTeJIbHOCTH 6.3.11 Relative spectral responsivity OTHOCHTejibHaii cneKTpajibHa^ 1 8 HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb 6.3.30 Resolving power Pa3peuiaiomaH cnocoOHocTb 192 6.3.3 Response matrix MaTpnua OTKJIHKOB 178 6.3.14 Response time BpeMH peaKHHH 183 6.3.8 Responsivity HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb 1 80 3.5.4 Retroreflection Bo3BpaTHoe OTpa>KeHHe 77 206 1 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 6.3.16 Rise time BpeMJi HapacTaHHfl 184 1.2.18 Scanning CicaHHpoBaHHe 32 5.5.19 Scanning sensor CKaHHpyPOmHH JiaTHHK 158 3.8 Scattering Pacceamie 8 4.7.1 Scattering indicatrix HHOTKaTpHca pacceaHHfl 129 1.3.9 Secondary radiometric BTOpHHHblH paZIHOMeTpHHeCKHH 37 standard 3TaJ10H 5.4.3 Selective detector CejieKTHBHbiH npneMHHK H3JiyHeHHJi 144 4.2.9 Selective radiator CeneKTHBHbm H3jryHaTenb 97 1.2.8 Sensor ^aTHHK 28 1.2.9 Sensor optical system OnraHecKafl cncTeMa .ztaTHHKa 28 5.2.4 Shortpass filter KopoTKOBOJiHOBbiH nponycKaiomnii 135 (j)HJIbTp 5.6.2 Shutter 3aTBop 160 6.3.19 Signal-to-noise ratio OTHomeHHe CHTHaji/myM 186 1.2.20 Signature CnraaTypa 33 6.2.4 Slope of transmission Kpyra3Ha nponycKamw 174 2.1.1 Solid angle TenecHbiH yroji 43 5.5.14 Sounder 3oHaHpyiomHH npn6op 157 1.2.4 Sounding 3oH^HpoBaHne 26 6.3.31 Spatial resolution ripocTpaHCTBeHHoe pa3pemeHHe 192 4.6.2 Spectral absorption index CneKTpanbHbiH rjiaBHbiii noKa3aTejib 128 norjiomeHHH 6.2.1 Spectral bandwidth CneKTpajibHbra HHTepBan 173 4.2.5 Spectral conical emissivity CneKTpajibHafl KommecKafl 93 n3JTyHaTejibHa>i cnoco6HOCTb 4.2.1 Spectral directional emissivity CneKTpaubHa^ HanpaBjieHHaa 90 H3JiyHaTenbHa5i cnoco6HOCTb 6.3.27 Spectral distribution of CneKTpanbHoe pacnpeziejieHHe 190 normalized detectivity y^ejibHoil o6Hapy>KHTejibHOH ciioco6hocth 4.2.7 Spectral hemispherical CneKTpajibHan nojiyccjiepHHecKafl 95 emissivity H3JiyHaTejibHaa cnoco6HOCTb 2.3.11 Spectral irradiance CneKTpajibHa5i nnoTHOCTb 66 06jiyHeHH 0CTH 1.1.12 Spectral line CneKTpajibHaji jihhhji 24 4.5.6 Spectral linear absorption CneKTpajibHbiH HaTypajibHbiii 124 coefficient noKa3aTenb nornomeHHH 4.5.7 Spectral linear attenuation CneKTpajibHbiH HaTypanbHbiH 124 coefficient noKa3aTejib ocjia6jieHHfl 4.5.5 Spectral linear scattering CneKTpajibHbiH HaTypajibHbiii 123 coefficient noKa3aTejib paccesHHJi 4.5.8 Spectral mass attenuation CneKTpajibHbiH noKa3aTejib 125 coefficient ocjia6jieHH« Ha e^HHHny Maccbi 207 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 4.2.3 Spectral normal emissivity CneKTpajiLHaa HOpManbHan 91 H3nyuaTejii>Haj! cnocodHOcra 2.3.4 Spectral number of photons CneKTpaubHafl nnoraocTb nncna 61 (j)OTOHOB 4.5.9 Spectral optical thickness CneKTpajibHaa onranecKan TOJimima 126 2.3.14 Spectral photon exitance CneinpajibHafl nnoraocTb (})otohhoh 68 CBeTHMOCTH 2.3.6 Spectral photon exposure CneKTpajibHaa nnoraocTb c})otohhoh 62 3KCn03HUHH 2.3.2 Spectral photon flux CneKTpanbHaji nnoTHOCTb 60 (})OTOHHoro noTOKa 2.3.8 Spectral photon intensity CneKTpanbHaa nnoTHOCTb (])otohhoh 64 CHJI bI H3JiyHeHH5I 2.3.12 Spectral photon irradiance CneKTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb ^otohhoh 66 o6jiyueHHOCTH 2.3.10 Spectral photon radiance CneKTpajTbHaH nnoraocTb (Jdotohhoh 65 flpKOCTH 2.3.9 Spectral radiance CneKTpanbHan nnoTHOCTb 64 SHepreranecKon npKOcra 2.3.3 Spectral radiant energy CneKTpajibHaji njioTHOCTb 3Heprnn 60 H3JTyHeHHR 2.3.13 Spectral radiant exitance CneKTpanbHafl nnoraocTb 67 SHepreTHHecKon CBeraMocra 2.3.5 Spectral radiant exposure CneKTpanbHaa nnoraocTb 62 SHeprerauecKOH 3Kcno3nnnn 2.3.1 Spectral radiant flux CneKTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb noToxa 59 H3JTyueHHa 2.3.7 Spectral radiant intensity CneKipajibHaa nnoraocTb cnnbi 63 H3JiyueHHJi 6.3.32 Spectral resolution CneKTpanbHoe pa3pemeHHe 193 6.3.10 Spectral responsivity CneKTpajibHan uyBCTBHTejibHOCTb 181 5.5.4 Spectrophotometer CneKTpo())OTOMeTp 154 5.5.2 Spectroradiometer CneKTpopajrnoMeTp 153 1 . 1.11 Spectrum CneKTp 24 4.3.2 Specular reflectance Ko3(j)(})HLmeHT 3epKanbHoro 100 OTpanceHnn 3.5.1 Specular reflection 3epKajibHoe OTpanceHne 76 6.1.3 Spread circle KpyncoK paccenmifl 166 5.4.2 Standard detector 3TanoHHbiH npneMHHK n3JiyueHHn 144 1.2.14 Staring CMOTpeHne 30 5.5.17 Staring sensor CMOTpnmnn ^araHK 158 3.4.5 Stefan-Boltzmann law 3aK0H CTetjiaHa-BojibUMaHa 73 5.5.18 Step-stare sensor IlomaroBO-CMOTpnmHH ^aranx 158 1.2.16 Step-staring FIomaroBoe CMOTpeHne 31 208 11 1 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.2.17 Step-tracking rioiiiaroBoe cjieaceHne 3 5.5.16 Step-tracking sensor IIoiiiaroBO-cjie^mHH naTHHK 157 1.2.13 Stereo imaging nonyHCHHe CTepeoH3o6pa>KeHHH 30 3.4.9 Stimulated emission Bbmy^czieHHoe H3JiyueHne 75 1.2.6 Surveying 063op 27 3.4.10 Synchrotron radiation CHHxpoTpoHHoe H3JiyHeHHe 75 1.2.19 Target Ifenb 32 6.3.33 Temporal resolution BpeMeHHoe pa3pemeHHe 193 1.3.15 Test site TecTOBa^ 30Ha 40 1.3.16 Test target TecTOBbm oOteKT 40 5.4.17 Thermal detector of radiation TennoBoil npHeMHHK H3nyHeHHH 150 5.5.13 Thermal imager- TeruiOBHSop 156 3.4.1 Thermal radiation TennoBoe H3JiyHeHHe 70 3.4.2 Thermal radiator TenjiOBOH H3JiyuaTejib 70 6.3.15 Time constant nocTO^HHaa BpeMeHH 184 4.2.6 Total conical emissivity HHTerpanbHa^ KOHHuecKaEi 94 H3nyHaTejibHafl cnoco6HOCTb 4.2.2 Total directional emissivity MHTerpajibHaji HanpaBneHHa^ 91 H3JiyHaTejibHa5i cnoco6HOCTb 4.2.8 Total hemispherical emissivity HHTerpajibHaa nojiyctjiepHHecKaii 96 H3JiyHaTejibHaa cnoco6HOCTb 3.5.6 Total internal reflection IIojiHoe BHyTpeHHee OTpa^eHHe 78 4.2.4 Total normal emissivity MHTerpajibHafl HopMajibHaa 92 H3JiyHaTejibHa^i cnocodHocTb 4.2.12 Total radiance temperature PanHamioHHaji TeMnepaTypa 98 1.3.22 Traceability of measurements npHB^3Ka K 3TaJTOHaM 42 1.2.15 Tracking CnoKemie 30 5.5.15 Tracking sensor Cne^mHH ziaTHHK 1 5 7 3.7.2 Translucent medium npocBenHBaioma^ cpejia 80 3.6 Transmission llponycKaHHe 79 4.4.1 Transmittance Ko3(j)(J)HLiHeHT nponycKamm 1 1 3.7.1 Transparent medium Elpo3paHHa^ cpezta 80 1.1.9 Ultraviolet radiation yjibTpa^HOJieTOBoe JOJiyuemie 23 5.1.7 Underfilling beam Y3khh nynoK 132 1.3.21 Uniformity of measurements E^HHCTBO H3MepeHHH 42 3.10.5 Unpolarized radiation HenojmpH30BaHHoe H3JiyHeHiie 84 1.3.19 Validation ripoBepKa 41 1.3.20 Verification rioBepKa 41 1.3.18 Vicarious calibration 3aMemaiomaa KanH6poBKa 41 1.1.7 Visible radiation BimHMoe H3JiyHeHHe 2 1.1.3 Wavelength ^JIHHa BOJIHbl 20 1.1.4 Wavenumber BoJIHOBOe hhcjio 20 5.3.1 Window Okho 139 1.2.22 Zenith angle 3eHHTHbiH yroji 33 209 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES Russian Index Cip. 3.4.3 A6cojik)tho nepHoe Teno Perfect blackbody 71 5.4.18 A6cojnoTHbm TennoBon Absolute thermal detector 150 npneMHHK H3JiyneHHa 1.2.1 AKTHBHafl CHCTeMa Active system 26 4.3.16 Ajit6e^o Albedo 111 1 . 1.1 AMnuHTy^a Amplitude 19 5.6.9 AnepTypHaa ^natjiparMa Aperture stop 163 6.2.2 Annaparaaa (jjyHKumi Instrument function 173 5.6.11 EneHzta Blend 164 5.2.7 EjioKnpyiomHH (JmntTp Blocking filter 136 5.4.21 EojioMeTp Bolometer 151 1.3.14 EopTOBaa Kajin6poBKa Onboard calibration 39 5.4.10 BeHTHJIBHblH (])OT03JieMeHT Photovoltaic cell 147 1.1.7 BnjtHMoe n3JiyneHne Visible radiation 21 6.2.5 BHenonocoBoe nponycicaHHe Out-of-band leakage 176 3.5.4 Bo3Bparaoe OTpa^ceHne Retroreflection 77 1.1.4 BOJIHOBOe HHCJIO Wavenumber 20 6.3.33 BpeMeHHoe pa3pemeHne Temporal resolution 193 6.3.16 BpeMa HapacTaHHH Rise time 184 6.3.14 Bpeivia peaKUHH Response time 183 6.3.17 BpeMJi cnazia Fall time 185 1.3.9 BTOpHHHBIH pa^HOMeTpuneCKHH Secondary radiometric standard 37 3TaJIOH 6.3.1 BxoziHafl BennHHHa Input 177 6.1.15 Bxozihoh 3panoK Entrance pupil 172 3.4.9 Bbmy^cieHHoe H3JiyueHHe Stimulated emission 75 6.3.2 Bbixoxmaa BenHHHHa Output 177 6.1.16 Bbixo^hoh 3panoK Exit pupil 172 2.1.4 TeOMeTpHHeCKHH (jiaKTOp Geometric extent 47 1.2.24 TeocTannoHapHaa op6nTa Geostationary orbit 34 5.5.12 THnepcneKTpajibHBiH pa^noMeTp Hyperspectral radiometer 156 5.1.2 Tjio6ap Globar 132 5.5.5 ToHnopa^HOMeTp Gonioradiometer 154 1.2.8 JJaTHHK Sensor 28 1.2.12 ^aTHHK H306pa)KeHHH Imaging sensor 30 4.3.7 /^ByKOHHHeCKHH K03(j)(})HUHeHT Biconical reflectance 104 OTpavKHeHHfl 4.4.7 ^ByKOHHHeCKHH K03(j)(j)HimeHT Biconical transmittance 1 16 210 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES nponycKamw 4.3.5 TfByHanpaBJieHHbin Bidirectional reflectance 102 K03(j)(})HnHeHT oTpa^ceHHH 4.4.5 ^ByHanpaBJieHHBin Bidirectional transmittance 1 14 K03(j)(|)mmeHT nponycKamm 4.3.13 ^BynonycijjepHHecKHH Bihemispherical reflectance 108 K03(})(j)HLIHeHT OTpa^CCHHH 4.4.13 JfBynojiyc(j)epHHecKHH Bihemispherical transmittance 120 K03(j)(j)HLiHeHT nponycKamw 5.3.6 ,ZfejiHTejiB nynKa Beamsplitter 142 5.6.8 JfnaijiparMa Diaphragm 163 3.11 ZfncnepcHJi Dispersion 85 5.2.13 /fH(})paKimOHHBIH MOHOXpOMaTOp Diffraction monochromator 138 3.3 ^FK^paKLUDI Diffraction 69 3.5.2 /3,H(j)(j)y3Hoe OTpa^ceHne Diffuse reflection 77 3.6.2 ,ZfH(})cj)y3Hoe nponycKaHne Diffuse transmission 79 1.1.3 ZfjlHHa BOUHBI Wavelength 20 5.2.3 /fjIHHHOBOJIHOBblH Longpass filter - 135 nponycKaiomnn (jmnbTp 1.3.21 EztHHCTBO H3MepeHHH Uniformity of measurements 42 3.4.6 3aKOH JIaM6epTa Lambert’s law 73 3.4.4 3aKOH IljiaHKa Planck’s law 72 3.4.5 3aKOH CTe(j)aHa-BojiBnMaHa Stefan-Boltzmann law 73 1.3.18 3aMemaK)ina5i Kajm6poBKa Vicarious calibration 41 5.6.2 3aTBOp Shutter 1 60 1.2.22 3eHHTHbin yron Zenith angle 33 5.3.2 3epKano Mirror 140 3.5.1 3epKanbHoe OTpa>KeHHe Specular reflection 76 6.1.12 3oHa Ha6jiio,zieHHfl Footprint 171 1.2.4 3oH^HpoBaHne Sounding 26 5.5.14 3oH^HpyiomHH npn6op Sounder 157 6.3.36 3oHHaa xapaKTepncTHKa Relative spatial responsivity 194 HyBCTBHTeJIBHOCTH 3.5.5 HzteajibHO ,zni(])(j)y3Hoe Perfectly diffuse reflection 78 OTpa^eHne 3.6.4 M^eajibHO ziH(j)(j)y3Hoe Perfectly diffuse transmission 80 nponycKaHne 3.10.3 FUjiyneHne, nojmpjooBaHHoe no Circularly polarized radiation 83 xpyry 5.5.9 H3o6pa>KaK)mHH pajmoMeTp Imaging radiometer 155 1.2.10 H3o6pa^ceHne Image 29 1.1.14 H30TponHbin ToneHHbin Isotropic point source 25 HCTOHHHK 6.1.2 HMnyjibCHaa ^ymairDi Impulse function of optical 165 211 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES onrauecKOH cncTeMbi system 4.7.1 EhmHKaTpnca pacceaHmi Scattering indicatrix 129 4.2.6 MHTerpajibHafl KOHnuecKaa Total conical emissivity 94 H3nyHaTejn>Hafl cnoco6HOCTb 4.2.2 HHTerpaubHaa HanpaBJieHHaa Total directional emissivity 91 H3JiyuaTejibHafl cnoco6HOCTb 4.2.4 HHTerpajibHafl HopManbHaa Total normal emissivity 92 H3JiyuaTejibHafl cnoco6HOCTb 4.2.8 HHTerpajibHafl nojiyc^epimecKaji Total hemispherical emissivity 96 H3JiyuaTejibHaji cnoco6HOCTb 5.6.6 HHTerpnpyiomaa c^epa Integrating sphere 1 62 5.2.2 I4HTep(J)epeHLmoHHbm ^HJibTp Interference filter 135 3.2 ElHTepcfiepeHUHfl Interference 69 5.2.14 HHTep^epoMeTp ManKenbcoHa Michelson’s interferometer 138 1.1.8 HH(j)paKpacHoe H3JTyueHHe Infrared radiation 22 1.3.4 KaJIH6pOBOHHbie K03(j)(j)HLmeHTbI Calibration coefficients 36 6.3.28 KBaHTOBafl 3(|)Cj)eKTnBHOCTb Quantum efficiency 191 5.4.14 KBaHTOBbin npneMHHK Quantum detector 148 H3JiyueHH^ 3.1 KorepeHTHoe H3JiyHeHHe Coherent radiation 69 5.3.5 KojuiHMaTop Collimator 141 4.6.3 KoMnneKCHbin noKa3aTenb Complex refractive index 128 npenoMjreHHH 4.5.3 KOHHHeCKHH K03^)(j3HUHeHT Conical absorptance 122 nornomemni 4.3.8 KoHHuecKO-HanpaBJieHHbin Conical-directional reflectance 105 K03(j)(j)HItHeHT OTpa)KeHHjl 4.4.8 KoHHuecKO-HanpaBJieHHbiH Conical-directional transmittance 1 16 K03(J)(J)HUHeHT nponycKamw 4.3.11 KoHHHecKo-nonyc(j)epHHecKHH Conical-hemispherical 107 K03(|)(|)nuHeHT OTpa^ceHHa reflectance 4.4.11 KoHHuecKo-nojiyc(j)epHMecKHH Conical-hemispherical 119 K03(j)(j)HUHeHT nponycicaHHfl transmittance 5.2.4 KopOTKOBOJlHOBblH Shortpass filter 135 nponycKaiomHii (fnuibTp 4.3.3 K03(j)(j)HUHeHT ZtH(})(]3y3H0r0 Diffuse reflectance 101 OTpa^eHHa 4.4.3 Ko3(})(j)HUHeHT ZIH(})(J)y3HOrO Diffuse transmittance 112 nponycxaHHa 4.3.2 Ko3(J)(J)HimeHT 3epKajibHoro Specular reflectance 100 OTpa>KeHHa 6.1.5 K03(j)(|)HITHeHT KOHUeHTpaUHH Ensquared energy 167 3HeprHH b KBazipaTHOH nnonja^Ke 6.1.4 K03(|)4)HUHeHT KOHUeHTpaUHH Encircled energy 167 212 21 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 3HeprHH b Kpyre 4.4.2 Ko3(j)(j)HUHeHT HanpaBJieHHoro Regular transmittance 1 1 nponycKaHini 4.3.1 K03(J)(J)HUHeHT OTpayKeHHfl Reflectance 99 4.5.1 Ko3(})(j)HnHeHT nornoineHmi Absorptance 121 4.4.1 Kost^cjmm^HT nponycKamm Transmittance 1 1 6.3.4 Ko3(j)(})HnHeHT ycnjieHHfl Electronic gain 178 4.3.15 Ko3(J)(J)HIIHeHT 3HepreTHHeCKOH Radiance factor 110 flpKOCTH 5.2.9 KpyroBOH nepeMeHHbin (jmnbTp Circular variable filter 137 6.1.3 KpyvKOK pacceflHiw Spread circle 166 6.2.4 KpyTH3Ha nponycKaHHfl Slope of transmission 174 5.4.12 JlaBHHHblH (^OTO^HOJI Avalanche photodiode 148 5.1.4 JIa3ep Laser 132 3.4.7 JIaM6epTOBCKa;i noBepXHOCTb Lambertian surface 74 3.10.2 JlnHeiiHO noimpH30BaHHoe Linearly polarized radiation 83 H3jryneHHe 5.3.3 JlHH3a Lens 140 3.4.8 JlbDMHHecneHmw Luminescence 74 6.3.12 MaKCHMajibHas cneKTpajibHas Peak spectral responsivity 1 82 HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTb 6.3.3 MaTpnna OTKJIHKOB Response matrix 178 5.4.23 MaTpHHHblH npiieMHHK Matrix detector 152 3.5.7 MHoroKpaTHbie oTpa^ceHM Interreflection 78 5.6.3 Mo^yjiaTop Modulator 160 6.1.8 MojtyjnmHOHHafl nepe^aTOHHa5i Modulation transfer function 169 (j)yHKIIH5I 1.2.7 MOHHTOpHHT Monitoring 27 1.1.10 MoHoxpoMaTiinecKoe H3JiyHeHne Monochromatic radiation 23 5.2.10 MoHoxpoMaTop Monochromator 1 3 7 5.5.11 MyjibTHcneKTpanbHbiH Multispectral imaging radiometer 156 H3o6pa>KaK)mHH pa^noMeTp 1.2.3 HaBe^emie Pointing 26 1.2.23 HaztnpHbm yron Nadir angle 33 1.3.13 Ha3eMHaa Kajin6pOBKa Ground calibration 39 1.2.5 HaKJlOHHOe 30H,HHpOBaHHe Oblique sensing 27 3.6.1 HanpaBJieHHoe nponycKamie Regular transmission 79 4.3.6 HanpaBjieHHO-KOHHHecKnn Directional-conical reflectance 103 K03(j)(j)HLmeHT OTpa)KeHM 4.4.6 HanpaBJieHHo-KOHHHecKnn Directional-conical transmittance 1 15 K03(J)(J)HijHeHT nponycKamw 4.3.9 HanpaBneHHO-nojiyccjiepHHecKHH Directional-hemispherical 106 Kos^^HimeHT OTpa^eHiw reflectance 4.4.9 HanpaBJieHHO-nojiycijiepHHecKHH Directional-hemispherical 117 213 1 1 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES K03(j)(j)HnHeHT nponycKaHHH transmittance 4.5.2 HanpaBJieHHbiH K03(})(])mmeHT Directional absorptance 121 norjiomemiji 5.2.8 HenTpajiBHLm (jnuiBTp Neutral density filter 137 6.3.35 HejiimenHOCTb Non-linearity of responsivity 194 HyBCTBHTeJIBHOCTH 3.10.5 HenojiapH30BaHHoe H3JiyHeHne Unpolarized radiation 84 3.7.3 Henp03pauHafl cpe^a Opaque medium 8 4.2.10 HecejieKTHBHLin H3JiyuaTejii> Non-selective radiator 97 5.4.4 HeceneKTHBHBiH npneMHHK Non-selective detector 144 jojiyueHHfl 1.3.11 Hn3KoypOBHeBbm (})oh Low background conditions 38 1.2.6 0630p Surveying 27 2.2.11 OdjiyHeHHOCTb Irradiance 56 6.3.25 06Hapy)KHTejn>HaH cnocoOHOCTb Detectivity 189 6.3.29 06o6nteHHaa KBaHTOBaa Generalized quantum efficiency 191 3(j)(j)eKTHBH0CTb 1.2.11 06pa6oTKa H3o6pa)KeHHH Imaging 29 5.3.4 06ueKTHB Objective 141 5.3.1 Okho Window 139 6.1.7 OnTHnecKa^ nepenaTOHHaa Optical transfer function 168 (j)yHKUHH 6.3.34 OnrauecKaji nepeKpecraaa Optical crosstalk 193 noMexa 1.2.9 OnranecKaR cncTeMa aaTHHKa Sensor optical system 28 5.5.7 OnTHuecKHH CKarrepOMeip Optical scatterometer 155 2.1.5 OnTHUeCKHH (jiaKTop Optical extent 48 1.1.5 OnTHuecKoe H3JiyueHHe Optical radiation 21 1.3.17 OpneHTauHOHHBiH MaHeBp jxim Calibration attitude maneuver 40 Kajin6poBKH 5.6.7 Ocjia6nTejii> Attenuator 1 62 6.3.11 OTHOCHTejiBHa^ cneKTpanbHaa Relative spectral responsivity 1 8 HyBCTBHTeJIBHOCTb 6.3.37 OTHOCHTejibHafl yrjiOBan Relative angular responsivity 195 HyBCTBHTeJlbHOCTB 6.3.9 OTHOCHTeJltHa^ Relative responsivity 180 HyBCTBHTeJIBHOCTL 6.1.14 OTHOCHTejitHoe OTBepcrae Relative aperture 171 6.3.19 OTHomeHne CHraaji/myM Signal-to-noise ratio 186 3.5 OTpa^KeHne Reflection 76 1.2.2 nacciiBHafl cncTeMa Passive system 26 1.3.8 nepBHHHBIH pa^HOMeTpHUeCKHH Primary radiometric standard 37 3TanoH 5.4.22 nnp03JieKTpHHeCKHH npneMHHK Pyroelectric detector 152 214 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.2.21 rijiaT(]DopMa Platform 33 2.1.2 IljioinaziB npoeKUHH Projected area 45 1.3.20 rioBepKa Verification 41 3.7 nomomeHHe Absorption 80 4.6.1 IIoKa3aTejn> npenoMJieHHfl Refractive index 127 6.1.9 none 3peHH« Field-of-view 170 6.1.10 none o63opa Field-of-regard 170 5.6.10 noneBan anacJiparMa Field stop 163 3.5.6 nonHoe BHyrpeHHee OTpanceHne Total internal reflection 78 6.2.3 nonoca nponycKaHHn Bandpass 175 5.2.6 nonocoBOH BBipe3aiOIHHH (j)HnBTp Band reject filter 136 5.2.5 nonocoBOH nponycKaioiiiHH Bandpass filter 136 (jDHJIbTp 4.3.12 nonyC(J)epHHeCKO—KOHHHeCKHH Hemispherical-conical 108 K03(j)(j)HLiHeHT oTpa^emni reflectance 4.5.4 nonyecjiepHHeCKHH K03(j)(])HHHeHT Hemispherical absorptance 122 nornomeHHn 4.4.12 nonycijiepHHecKO-KOHHHecKHH Hemispherical-conical 119 K03(J)(j)HUHeHT nponycKaHHH transmittance 4.3.10 nonyc(j)epHHecKO-HanpaBneHHbiH Hemispherical-directional 106 K03(j)(j)HLiHeHT oipayKeHHfl reflectance 4.4.10 nonyc(j)epHHecKo-HanpaBneHHBiH Hemispherical-directional 118 K03(j)(j)HEiHeHT nponycKaHHfl transmittance 1.2.13 nonyneHHe CTepeoH3o6pa>KeHHH Stereo imaging 30 5.3.8 nonnpH3aTop Polarizer 143 3.10 nonnpH3auHn Polarization 82 3.10.1 nonnpiooBaHHoe H3nyneHHe Polarized radiation 82 5.5.8 nonnpHMeTp Polarimeter 155 5.5.20 nonepenHO-CKaHHpyiomHH Across-track scanning sensor 159 naTHHK 6.3.15 nocTonHHan BpeMeHH Time constant 184 2.2.1 noTOK H3nyneHHn Radiant flux 48 2.2.2 nOTOK (j)OTOHOB Photon flux 49 1.2.16 nomaroBoe CMOipeHHe Step-staring 31 1.2.17 nomaroBoe cnenceHHe Step-tracking 31 5.5.16 noiiiaroBo-cnenninHH naTHHK Step-tracking sensor 157 5.5.18 nomaroBO-cMOTpnmHH naTHHK Step-stare sensor 158 3.9 npenoMneHHe Refraction 82 5.6.1 npepbiBaTent Chopper 160 5.4.16 npn6op c 3apnnoBOH cBH3bio Charge-coupled device 149 1.3.22 npHBfl3Ka K 3TanOHaM Traceability of measurements 42 5.4.1 npneMHHK onTHnecKoro Detector 143 H3nyneHHH 5.2.12 npH3MeHHbIH MOHOXpOMaTOp Prism monochromator 138 215 1 1 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.3.19 ripoBepKa Validation 41 5.5.21 npO^OUBHO-CKaHHpyiOIUHH Along-track scanning sensor 159 JiaTHHK 2.1.3 IlpoeKnHfl TenecHoro yrna Projected solid angle 46 3.7.1 llpo3paHHa5i cpezta Transparent medium 80 3.6 TIponycKaHne Transmission 79 3.7.2 IlpocBeHHBaiomaji cpe^a Translucent medium 80 6.3.31 npocTpaHCTBeHHoe pa3pemeHne Spatial resolution 192 5.1.8 npOTJDKeHHbin HCTOHHHK Extended-area source 134 4.2.12 Pa^HamiOHHafl TeMnepaTypa Total radiance temperature 98 5.4.20 PaanauHOHHaH TepMo6aTapefl Radiation thermopile 1 5 5.4.19 PazmauHOHHtiH TepM03JieMeHT Radiation thermocouple 150 5.5.1 PaztnoMeTp Radiometer 153 1.3.2 Pa^HOMeTpHuecKaji Radiometric measurement system 35 EBMepHTejiBHaa cncTeMa 1.3.1 PaxmoMeTpHuecKaji Kajin6poBKa Radiometric calibration 34 1.3.6 Pa^noMeTpHuecKaa Radiometric calibration system 36 Kajin6poBOHHafl cncTeMa 1.3.7 PaZIHOMeTpHHeCKHH 3TaJ10H Radiometric standard 37 1.1.6 PanHOMeTpmi Radiometry 2 6.3.30 Pa3pemaK>maji cnocoSHOCTb Resolving power 192 5.6.4 PacceHBaTenb Diffuser 161 3.8 Paccejmne Scattering 81 5.5.6 Pe(j)jieKTOMeTp Reflectometer 154 5.1.5 CBeTOH3JiyHaiomHH ^hozi Light emitting diode 133 4.2.9 CeneKTHBHbm H3JiyuaTejib Selective radiator 97 5.4.3 CeneKTHBHbiH npneMHHK Selective detector 144 H3JiyueHH>i 1.2.20 CnrHaTypa Signature 33 2.2.7 Cnjia H3JiyueHH5i Radiant intensity 52 3.4.10 CHHXpOTpOHHOe H3JiyueHne Synchrotron radiation 75 1.2.18 CKaHHpoBaHne Scanning 32 5.5.19 CKaHHpyiOIUHH JiaTHHK Scanning sensor 158 5.5.15 CneZIHLUHH aaTHHK Tracking sensor 157 1.2.15 Cne^ceHHe Tracking 30 3.5.3 CMemaHHoe OTpa^eHne Mixed reflection 77 3.6.3 CMemaHHoe nponycKamie Mixed transmission 79 1.2.14 CMOTpeHne Staring 30 5.5.17 CMOTpHIUHH JiaTHHK Staring sensor 158 1 . 1.11 CneKTp Spectrum 24 4.2.5 CneKTpajibHa^i KOHnuecKaa Spectral conical emissivity 93 H3JiyHaTejibHa5i cnoco6HOCTb 1.1.12 CneKTpanbHa^ jihhhji Spectral line 24 4.2.1 CneKTpajibHaa HanpaBJieHHaa Spectral directional emissivity 90 216 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES H3nyHaTejibHas cnocoOHOCTb 4.2.3 CneKTpajiBHaa HopMajibHaji Spectral normal emissivity 91 H3nyHaTenbHa5i cnocodHOCTb 4.5.9 CneKTpajibHa^ onTHuecKaa Spectral optical thickness 126 TOJIHIHHa 2.3.11 CneKTpajibHafl nnoTHocTb Spectral irradiance 66 06jiyHeHH0CTH 2.3.1 CneKTpajibHa^ ruioTHOCTb noTOKa Spectral radiant flux 59 H3JiyHeHH^ 2.3.7 CneKTpajibHaji njioTHOCTb chum Spectral radiant intensity 63 H3JiyHeHH5I 2.3.2 CneKTpajibHaa nnoTHOCTb Spectral photon flux 60 4)otohhoto noTOKa 2.3.12 CneKTpajibHa^ nnoTHOCTb Spectral photon irradiance 66 (})OTOHHOH oOnyHeHHOCTH 2.3.14 CneKTpaubHafl nnoTHOCTb Spectral photon exitance 68 4)OTOHHOH CBeTHMOCTH 2.3.8 CneKTpajibHa^ tuiothoctb Spectral photon intensity 64 (j)OTOHHOH CHJIbI H3JiyHeHHfl 2.3.6 CneKTpajibHaH njioTHOCTb Spectral photon exposure 62 4)OTOHHOH 3KCn03HHHH 2.3.10 CneKTpanbHaa nnoTHOCTb Spectral photon radiance 65 (jDOTOHHOH RpKOCTH 2.3.4 CneKTpanbHaa njioTHOCTb HHCJia Spectral number of photons 61 (jlOTOHOB 2.3.13 CneKTpajibHa5i nnoTHOCTb Spectral radiant exitance 67 3HepreTHnecKOH cbcthmocth 2.3.5 C neKTpajibHaji nnoTHOCTb Spectral radiant exposure 62 SHepreTHHeCKOH 3KCn03HHHH 2.3.9 CneKTpanbHa^ nnoTHOCTb Spectral radiance 64 3HepreTHHeCKOH JIpKOCTH 2.3.3 CneKTpajibHa^ nnoTHOCTb Spectral radiant energy 60 3HepTHH H3JiyHeHHfl 4.2.7 CneKTpajibHaa nojiycijiepHHecKafl Spectral hemispherical emissivity 95 H3JiyHaTejibHaH cnocoOHOCTb 6.3.10 CneKTpanbHa^ uyBCTBHTejibHOCTb Spectral responsivity 181 6.3.32 CneKTpanbHoe pa3pemeHHe Spectral resolution 193 6.3.27 CneKTpaubHoe pacnpejtejiemie Spectral distribution of 190 yzieubHOH o6Hapy^HTejibHOH normalized detectivity CnOCOSHOCTH 4.6.2 CneKTpajibHbiH rnaBHbm Spectral absorption index 128 norjiomeHH^ noKa3aTejib 6.2.1 CneKTpajibHbiH HHTepBaji Spectral bandwidth 173 4.5.7 CneKTpajibHbiH HaTypajibHbiH Spectral linear attenuation 124 217 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES noKa3aTejit ocjia6jieHHfl coefficient 4.5.6 CneKTpajibHtiH HaTypanbHbiH Spectral linear absorption 124 noKa3aTenb nornomeHHH coefficient 4.5.5 CneKTpajiBHbiH HaTypanbHbiH Spectral linear scattering 123 noKa3aTeni> pacceflHEw coefficient 4.5.8 CneKTpanbHHH noKa3aTenb Spectral mass attenuation 125 ocjia6neHH5i Ha e^HHuuy Maccw coefficient 5.5.2 CneKTpopa/iHOMeTp Spectroradiometer 153 5.5.4 CneKTpo(j)OTOMeTp Spectrophotometer 154 1.3.12 Cpe^HeypoBHeBbih (})oh Medium background conditions 39 3.10.7 CTeneHb nojuipH3aitHH Degree of polarization 84 5.4.15 CueTHHK (j)OTOHOB Photon counter 149 2.1.1 TenecHbiH yron Solid angle 43 6.3.6 TeMHOBOH TOK Dark current 179 4.2.13 TeMnepaTypa pacnpexienemifl Distribution temperature 98 5.5.13 TennoBH3op Thermal imager 156 3.4.1 TennoBoe H3JiyueHHe Thermal radiation 70 3.4.2 TennoBOH H3JiyHaTenb Thermal radiator 70 5.4.17 TennoBOH npneMHHK H3JiyueHmi Thermal detector of radiation 150 1.3.15 TecTOBas 30Ha Test site 40 1.3.16 TecTOBbin o6beKT Test target 40 1.1.13 TOHeHHblH HCTOHHHK Point source 25 4.1.4 YrJIOBOH K03(])(})HLmeHT Angle factor 88 4.6.4 Ytoji BpiocTepa Brewster angle 128 4.1.2 Yron OTpa^eHM Reflection angle 87 4.1.1 Ytoji naztemw Incidence angle 87 4.1.3 Yron npenoMjieHHH Refraction angle 88 6.3.26 YjjejibHaji o6Hapy^cHTejibHaa Normalized detectivity 190 cnoco6HOCTb 5.1.7 Y3KHH nyHOK Underfilling beam 132 1.1.9 YjibTpa^HoneTOBoe H3JiyueHHe Ultraviolet radiation 23 1.3.3 YpaBHeHHe H3MepeHHH Measurement equation 35 1.3.5 ypaBHenue KannOpOBKH Calibration equation 36 4.3.14 OaKTOp OTpa)KeHH5I Reflectance factor 109 5.2.1 OHJIbTp Filter 134 5.2.11 OHJlbTpOBblH MOHOXpOMaTOp Filter monochromator 138 5.5.3 OHJIbTpOBblH pa^HOMeTp Filter radiometer 1 53 5.5.10 OoKanbHaa MaTpuna Focal plane array 155 6.1.13 OoKycHoe paccTOAHne Focal length 171 1.3.10 OoHOBoe H3JiyHeHHe Background radiation 38 6.3.7 OOHOBblH CHTHaJl Background signal 179 5.4.11 OOTO^HOZI Photodiode 147 5.4.8 OOTOKaTOZI Photocathode 146 2.2.12 OoTOHHaa o6jiyueHHocTb Photon irradiance 57 218 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1. CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 2.2.14 OOTOHHafl CBeTHMOCTL Photon exitance 58 2.2.8 OoTOHHafl CHJia rnnyueHiiH Photon intensity 52 2.2.6to OOTOHHaR 3KCn03HHIia Photon exposure 51 2.2.10to OOTOHHafl flpKOCTb Photon radiance 55 5.4.7 O0T0pe3HCT0p Photoresistor 146 6.3.5 OOTOTOK Photocurrent 178 5.4.13 0OTOTpaH3HCTOp Phototransistor 148 5.4.5 C>0T03JieKTp0HHbIH npHeMHHK Photoelectric detector 145 H3JiyHeHH^ 5.4.9 O0T03JieKTp0HHbIH yMHOyKHTeJIb Photomultiplier 146 5.4.6 O0T03JieMeHT Photoemissive cell 145 3.12 O0T03(})(j)eKT Photoeffect 85 4.3.4 OyHKHHR pacnpe^ejieHiw Bidirectional reflectance 101 HByHanpaBJieHHoro distribution function K03(J)(})HUHeHTa OTpa^veHM 4.4.4 OyHKUH5i pacnpejejieHim Bidirectional transmittance 113 ^ByHanpaBJieHHoro distribution function K03(})4)HHHeHTa nponycKamm 4.7.2 OyHKHHR pacnpe^enemra Bidirectional scattering 130 HByHanpaBJieHHoro paccemum distribution function 6.1.6 OyHKmM pacce^HHB jihhhh Line spread function 168 6.1.1 OyHKUHR paCCeBHHB tohkh Point spread function 165 5.2.15 Oypbe-cneKTpoMeTp Fourier transform spectrometer 139 4.7 XapaKTepHCTHKH pacce£Him Characteristics of scattering 129 5.3.7 LfBeToaejiHTejib Dichroid 142 1.2.19 Ifenb T arget 32 3.10.6 HaCTHHHO II0JlHpH30BaHH0e Partially polarized radiation 84 H3JiyHeHHe 1.1.2 HacTOTa Frequency 19 5.1.1 HepHoe Teno Blackbody 131 2.2.4 Hhcjio 4)otohob Number of photons 50 6.3.8 HyBCTBHTeUbHOCTb Responsivity 180 5.1.6 UInpoKHH nynoK Overfilling beam 132 5.1.3 UIthc[)t HepHCTa Nemst's glower 132 6.3.18 UlyM Noise 185 6.3.21 OKBHBajieHTHai? MoiHHocTb niyMa Noise equivalent power 187 6.3.22 OKBIIBaneHTHaB OOJiyueHHOCTb Noise equivalent irradiance 188 no myMy 6.3.24 OKBHBaneHTHafl pa3HOCTb Noise equivalent difference of 189 TeMnepaTyp no myMy temperatures 6.3.23 OKBHBaneHTHafl 3HepreTimecKa5i Noise equivalent radiance 188 BpKOCTb no myMy 6.3.20 OKBHBaJieHTHblH BXOnHOH CHTHaJl Noise equivalent input 187 myMa 219 1 1 Spaceborne Optoelectronic Sensors and Their Radiometric Calibration TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. PART 1 . CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES 1.1 OneKTpOMarHHTHoe H3JiyHeHHe Electromagnetic radiation 19 6.1.11 OneMeHTapHoe none 3peHiw Instantaneous field-of-view 170 3 . 10.4 OjuinnTHHecKH nojinpn30BaHHoe Elliptically polarized radiation 83 H3JiyHeHne 3.4 Omhccha Emission 70 to . 2.13 OHepreranecKaH CBeTHMOCTb Radiant exitance 57 to . 2.5 OHepreranecKan 3 Kcno3nmui Radiant exposure 5 2 . 2.9 3HepreTnnecKa5i npKOCTb Radiance 53 2 . 2.3 3Heprnn H 3JiyueHHH Radiant energy 50 5 . 6.5 3TanoHHan OTpa^aTenbHan Reference panel 161 naHejit 5 . 4.2 3TanoHHBin npneMHHK Standard detector 144 H3JiyHeHHn 6 . 3.13 3 $(|)eKTHBHoe 3 HaneHne Effective value of radiant quantity 182 3HepreTHHeCKOH BeJIHHHHbl 4 . 2. 1 ilpKOCTHan TeivinepaTypa Radiance temperature 97 220